table of contentsSafety Practice comPliance ProcedureS

ACCIDENT PREVENTION POLICYEMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIESEMPLOYEE ORIENTATION SIGN-OFF/TEST

ACCIDENT REPORTING PROCEDURES F1 AccidentReportingProcedures 11.07 F2 SpillReportingProcedures 11.07 F3 MercurySpillReportingandControl 11.07

SUBSTANCE ABUSE PROGRAM D1 Alcohol&SubstanceAbuseProgram 11.07

FIRST AID & CPR FA1 BloodbornePathogens 1.09 FA2 Choking,RescueBreathingandCPR 11.07 FA5 ColdStress 11.07 FA6 HeatStress 11.07

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT A1 PersonalProtection 1.09 A2 EyeProtection 11.07 A3 HearingProtection 11.07 A4 SuppliedAirRespirators 11.07 A5 FallProtection 1.09 A6 Air-PurifyingRespirators 11.07

SAFE WORK PRACTICES B1 ElectricalSafety 11.07 B2 HazardCommunication 11.07 B3 FlammablesandSolvents 11.07 B4 Corrosives 11.07 B5 Oxidizers 11.07 B6 Explosives 11.07 B7 ConfinedSpaces 1.09 B9 TrenchingandShoring 1.09 B10 VisualHazardIdentification 11.07 B12 FireExtinguishers 11.07 B13 Slings 11.07 B14 AquaFreed 11.07 B15 MaterialsHandling 11.07

1.09 1-TOC

1.09 2-TOC

B16 Lockout/TagoutProcedures 11.07 B17 GroundFreezingOperations 11.07 B19 GroundControl 1.09 B20 HandSafety 11.07 B21 MachineGuarding 11.07 B22 HandToolSelectionandDesign 11.07 B23 PersonalPhysicalHazarads 11.07 B24 JobHazardAnalysis 11.07 B25 Scaffolding 1.09 B26 Housekeeping 11.07 B27 LadderandStairwaySafety 11.07 B28 FireProtection 1.09

EQUIPMENT SAFETY T1 ReverseCirculationDrillingMethod 11.07 T2 TelescopingCraneOperations 1.09 T3 ArticulatingCraneOperations 11.07 T4 AirRotaryDrillingMethod 11.07 T5 MudRotaryDrillingMethod 11.07 T6 RotaryBucketDrillingMethod 11.07 T7 PercussionHammerDrillingMethod 11.07 T8 AugerDrillingMethod 11.07 T9 BarberDrillingMethod 11.07 T10 CoreDrillingMethod 11.07 T11 HelicopterSafety 11.07 T13 BargeSafetyforMarineDrillingOperations 11.07 T14 Backhoe/Loaders 1.09 T17 ForkliftSafety 1.09

VEHICLE SAFETY C1 VehicleSafety 11.07 C2 TransportingHazardousMaterials 11.07 C3 VehicleLoadSecurement 11.07 C4 PreventativeMaintenance 11.07 C5 CargoTanks 1.09 C6 Driver’sLogbooks 11.07 C7 TireMaintenanceandSafety 11.07 C8 HazardousMaterialsSecurityAwareness 11.07 C9 DriverDailyLogs 11.07

ENVIRONMENTAL WORK PRACTICES E2 SiteSpecificHealthandSafetyPlans 11.07 E4 IonizingRadiations 11.07 E5 HydrogenSulfideExposureControl 1.09

accident prevention policySafety Practice comPliance Procedure

It is the desire of the Layne Christensen Company to conduct its operations with the highest regard for the safety of its employees, customers, and the public. In order to eliminate accidents and injuries, and to reduce all likely hazards from the workplace, the company endeavors to provide equipment, specifications, and working conditions designed to promote a safe and efficient operation.

Safety policies and regulations have been developed and established on the basis of accidents that occurred in the past. These accidents could have been avoided but for the failure of people, methods, or equipment to control or eliminate the hazards involved. Therefore, a thorough understanding and strict observance of the safety rules by all employees and the continuous reinforcement by supervisors, can do much to prevent similar accidents in the future.

The responsibility for administering safety rules and regulations and instructing employees in the safe use of equipment rests with supervisors. Employees are responsible for their own personal safety, for using protective equipment in accordance with established practices and for operating vehicles in a prudent and responsible manner that compensates for unsafe situations and reflects obeyance of laws and company policies.

It is Layne Christensen’s obligation to conform with all Federal, State and Local regulations. It is our desire to not only meet, but to exceed, our industry Health and Safety Standards.

The accomplishment of these goals can be attained when each employee follows all safety practices and constructively cooperates in the company’s accident prevention effort for their own personal benefit, as well as, the benefit of others.

Layne Christensen’s Commitment to aCCident Prevention nNeedless accidents are unacceptable.

nAll accidents are preventable.

nHazards can be controlled or eliminated.

nSafety is a condition of employment.

_____________________________________Andrew B. Schmitt, President and CEO

your safety is Layne Christensen’s number one ConCern

11.07 2-APP

nEye protection is mandatory when you are in the yard, shop or on a job site.

nUse protective clothing when handling chemicals.

nWear hearing protection on all drilling sites during operation.

nWhen climbing the mast, or working at heights of 6 feet or more, always wear climbing protection.

nKnow where the first aid kit is located and how to use it.

nWhen raising the derrick, make sure the area is free of overhead hazards and all underground utilities.

driLLer/oPerator/foreman orientation on rigsnLocation of first aid kit (make sure it is

fully stocked)

nLocation of fire extinguisher.

nLocation of the kill switch.

nLocation of controls and their operation.

nDangerous parts of machinery — catheads, rotary, tables, slips, elevators, widow-makers, breakout tongs, etc.

nSpecific hazards to the rig assigned. Every rig and job site is different and new hires need to know the differences.

nDiscuss new hire’s responsibilities on the rig.

Planning a job must always be based on the safest procedure to protect all workers and the public. Safety on any job must not be sacrificed for the sole purpose of expediency, nor shall safety be ignored by substituting production or economics when approaching a task.

new emPLoyees and the odds of injurynIn the first six months of employment,

three of every ten employees are injured.

nNearly four out of every ten employees injured have been employed less than one year.

nOf all Layne Christensen injuries, about six of every ten have less than three years of service with Layne Christensen.

nNew employees need not pay so high a price to make a living.

emPLoyee resPonsibiLitiesnFollow safety rules and procedures exactly.

nReport any injury to management immediately.

nControl your own safety by wearing protective gear. Recognize hazards and be aware of your fellow employees and customer’s safety.

nRegard safety as the most important part of getting a job done.

safety ProCeduresnHard hats and

safety toe shoes must be worn on the job.

nGloves should be worn to protect hands when handling pipe, cables, tools, etc.

nGloves must not be worn when working rotating equipment such as lathes, grinders, etc.

11.07

employee responsibilities & orientationSafety Practice comPliance Procedure

Layne Christensen Company is committed to a safe work place for employees, but safety exists in the behavior of the individual. This means that your job is only as safe as you make it. We expect you to do your job in the safest possible manner and no one on a job should disregard safe practices for the sole purpose of production. Value your well being and the safety of others around you. Always control the safety of a job and don’t allow the job to control the safety or safety will not exist.

SAFETY BELIEFSn All injuries can be prevented. This is a realistic goal! Unless we fully believe that injuries can be prevented,

injuries begin to become acceptable.

n Management is dedicated to preventing injuries and illnesses. Managing safety is the most important aspect of our business.

n All hazards can be controlled. Sources of danger will be eliminated or hazards will be controlled through special

training, safety devices and protective clothing and equipment.

n Safety is a condition of employment. From the first day on the job, we are all responsible for working safely! Safety is the

most important job duty.

n Employees will be trained to work safely. Training will be a continuing process. Procedures and safety rules have been

developed for all jobs.

n People are the most important element of our safety program. Intelligent, trained and motivated people make the safety program work. The

program will work with your help.

n Remember off-the-job safety. An off-the-job injury is no less painful than one suffered on the job—and no less

disruptive of our business.

n Preventing injuries is good business. A safe business is a productive business. Better quality and morale will result from

our safety management program.

employee responsibilities & orientationSafety Practice comPliance Procedure

EmpLoYEE RESponSIBILITIESn Follow safety rules and procedures exactly.n Report any injury to management immediately.n Control your own safety by wearing protective gear. Recognize hazards

and be aware of your fellow employees and customer’s safety.n Regard safety as the most important part of getting a job done.

SAFETY pRocEduRESn Hard hats and safety toe shoes must be worn on the job.n Gloves should be worn to protect hands when handling pipe, cables,

tools, etc.n Gloves must not be worn when working rotating equipment such as

lathes, grinders, etc.n Eye protection is mandatory when you are in the yard, shop or on a job site.n Wear hearing protection on all drilling sites during operation.n When climbing the mast, or working at heights of 6 feet or more, always

wear climbing protection.n Know where the first aid kit is located and how to use it.n When raising the derrick, make sure the area is free of overhead hazards

and all underground utilities.

dRILLER/opERAToR/FoREmAn oRIEnTATIon on RIgSn Location of first aid kit (make sure it is fully stocked)n Location of fire extinguisher.n Location of the kill switch.n Location of controls and their operation.n Dangerous parts of machinery - catheads, rotary, tables, slips, elevators,

widow-makers, breakout tongs, etc.n Specific hazards to the rig assigned. Every rig and job site is different

and new.n Discuss new hire’s responsibilities on the rig.

YouR SAFETY IS LAYnE chRISTEnSEn’S numBER onE concERn

employee orientation sign-off sheetSafety Practice comPliance Procedure

Signatures attest to the receipt of a Layne Safety Practices Manual and empoyee on-site safety orientation. The employee has been trained and successfully tested in the proper safety requirements for field operations.

SignatureS

Employee’sName:____________________________________

EmployeeI.D.#:______________________________________

OfficeLocation:______________________________________

Signature: ________________________ Date:____________

Trainer’sSignature: __________________ Date:___________

your Safety iS layne chriStenSen’S number one concern

Copy and return the Employee Orientation Sign-off Sheet and Employee Orientation Test (on back) to the Safety department.

Retain a copy for district personnel files.

employee orientation testSafety Practice comPliance Procedure

Name:_____________________________________________

EmployeeI.D.#: ______________________________________

OfficeLocation:______________________ Date:____________

TruEOrFaLSE

Hard hats, safety glasses, safety shoes, and gloves are the four basic personnel safety items each employee must wear.

Safety blocks and a full body harness are required when conducting work above the ground at a height of 6’ for more.

Lockout tagout of electrical systems are NOT required if the crew leader is present.

Acids such as, the hydrochloric acid Layne uses, have a pH above 7 on the pH scale.

A permit is required when conducting Confined Space Entry.

Portable fire extinguishers are to be inspected every 5 years.

Mechanical methods should be used to move heavy materials.

A Bill of Lading must be present when hauling any hazardous materials.

Accidents do not need to be reported to your supervisor.

List 2 hazardous materials used in your work area.

1. ______________________________________________________________

2. ______________________________________________________________

A confined-space may include the following: sewer, manhole, underground utility vault, or a large pipe.

A person is considered to have entered a confined-space as soon as any part of his/her body breaks the plane of the entrance space.

____ 1.

____ 2.

____ 3.

____ 4.

____ 5.

____ 6.

____ 7.

____ 8.

____ 9.

10.

___ 11.

___ 12.

11.07 2-EOT

TruEOrFaLSE,CONTINuED

Workers may enter a permit-required confined-space if they check with the project manager first.

Oxygen deficiency is the only atmospheric hazard that must be considered when entering a confined-space.

An authorized attendant must be standing by outside a permit-required confined-space when entrants are inside.

Rescuers frequently become victims of confined-spaces.

The retrieval device attached to a tripod for raising and lowering workers must be approved for lifting humans.

Fall Protection is required when working 6 feet or more above a lower level.

Falls are the number one cause of fatalities in the construction industry.

The top rail of a guardrail system must be elevated above the surface 49 to 55 inches.

Tying a knot in a lanyard may be done only in a few specific circumstances.

A rope, wire, or chain can be used as a warning line system if marked every six feet with high visibility tape.

What is a trench?a. Any man-made cut, cavity, trench or depression in the earth’s surface

formed by removal of earthb. An underground excavation that is deeper than it is wide and no wider

the 15 ft.c. A and bd. Neither a or b

The protective system is removed …a. As a unitb. From the top downc. From the bottom upd. Laterally

Trenches more than _____ ft. in depth should be provided with a fixed means of egress

a. 4b. 6c. 8d. 10

___ 13.

___ 14.

___ 15.

___ 16.

___ 17.

___ 18.

___ 19.

___ 20.

___ 21.

___ 22.

___ 23.

___ 24.

___ 25.

11.07 3-EOT

muLTIpLyChOICE

accident reporting proceduresSafety Practice comPliance Procedure f1

Knowing what to do when an accident occurs is important to you and co-workers if someone is involved in a workplace accident. It is also your responsibility to immediately report accidents or near miss incidents to your supervisor.

This safety practice explains the actions you should take if an accident occurs and the steps your supervisor should follow to report the incident.

WHAT TO DOAny accident regardless of the severity should be reported to your supervisor immediately. Even near miss incidents should be reported. The more you understand how a near miss incident or accident happened, the easier it will be to prevent the same thing from happening again.

THE PROCESSIn the event of an injury follow these steps:

nGet appropriate medical care for the injured employee.

nNotify your supervisor as soon as possible. Provide your supervisor with the details of the accident and information on where the employee was taken for medical treatment.

nSupervisor should notify appropriate district management and gather as much information as possible and submit an accident report on the Layne Safety website. An e-mail notification with the information submitted on the website

will be sent to the regional safety coordinators, Director of Safety and Worker’s Compensation Manger. You may be contacted by any of these groups for additional information.

INJURY ACCIDENTSYour supervisor must be notified of all injuries that occur as a result of on-the-job accidents. The incident will be reviewed and the severity of the accident will be determined by the company Worker’s Compensation Manager. The severity will be assigned following the guidelines of OSHA General Recording Criteria CFR 29 Part 1904.7.

OSHA SERIOUS INJURY REPORTING REQUIREMENTS Accidents that result in the death of an employee or in-patient hospitalization of three or more employees requires the company to orally report the fatality/multiple hospitalization by telephone (1-800-321-6742) or in person to the Area Office of OSHA within 8 hours of the incident. You must provide OSHA with the following information:

nCompany name

nLocation of the incident

nTime of the incident

nName of any injured employees

nCompany contact person name and phone number

nBrief description of the incident

11.07 1-F1

MSHA NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTSIf the accident occurs on a mine site additional reporting to the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) is required. The definition of an accident is defined in 30 CFR 50-2(h).

An accident is any one of the items listed in that definition, and include the death of a person, personal injury potentially causing death and various unplanned events at the mine. The operator must immediately notify MSHA by telephone, the local MSHA field office, or failing that, contact MSHA headquarters in Arlington, Virginia (1-800-746-1553).

IMMEDIATELY REPORTABLE ACCIDENTS AND INJURIESnA death of an individual at a mine;nAn injury to an individual at a mine

which has a reasonable potential to cause death;

nAn entrapment of an individual for more than 30 minutes or which has a reasonable potential to cause death;

nAn unplanned inundation of mine by a liquid or gas;

nAn unplanned ignition or explosion of gas or dust;

n In underground mines, an unplanned fire not extinguished within 10 minutes of discovery; in surface mines and surface areas of underground mines, an unplanned fire not extinguished within 30 minutes of discovery;

nAn unplanned roof fall at or above the anchorage zone in active workings where roof bolts are in use; an unplanned roof or rib fall in active workings that impairs

11.07 2-F1

ventilation or impedes passage;nA coal or rock outburst that causes

withdrawl of miners or which disrupts regular mining activity for more than one hour;

nAn unstable condition at an impoundment, refuse pile, or culm bank which requires emergency action in order to prevent failure, or which causes individual to evacuate an area; or failure of an impoundment, refuse pile or clum bank;

nDamage to hoisting equipment in a shaft or slope which endangers an individual or which interferes with the use of the equipment for more than 30 minutes; and

nAn event at a mine which causes death or bodily injury to an individual not at the mine at the time the event occurs.

WHAT NEEDS TO BE REPORTED?The operator must report each accident, occupational injury and occupation illness at the mine. Occupational injury and illness are defined in 30 CFR 50.2(e) and 50.2(f). Occupational injuries range from injuries requiring medical treatment beyond first aid to those resulting in death.

The accident report must provide the mine name and mine identification number.

An MSHA 7000-1 form must be completed within 10 days after the accident or injury occurs.

VEHICLE ACCIDENTSIf an accident occurs in a company vehicle the driver should:nStop immediately. Pull off the roadway,

if possible.

11.07 3-F1

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

nWarn other motorist by setting out emergency flares or reflective triangles.

nCheck for injures. Call for medical assistance. Call the police if there are injuries or property damage.

nGet the names and addresses of witnesses. The forms are located in the Accident Reporting Kit in all company vehicles.

nExchange driver and vehicle information with other parties involved.

nDo not make statements or argue about who is at fault. Do not sign an admission of fault.

nDo not discuss the accident with anyone except the police, your supervisor, company management personal or your insurance representative.

nComplete the Emergency Accident Report in the Accident Reporting Kit at scene.

nReport the accident to your supervisor immediately. If the supervisor is not available, call the safety director or your regional safety coordinator.

n If the accident involves a spill of hazardous materials contact the director of safety or your regional safety coordinator.

DOT REPORTABLE ACCIDENTSome vehicle accidents must be recorded on the company accident register.n the vehicle is over 10,001 GVRWnas a result of the accident there was a

fatality, medical treatment at or away from the scene

none or more of the vehicles were towed from the scene

SPILL REPORTING REQUIREMENTSRefer to safety practice F2 and F3 for spill reporting procedures.

Refer to safety practice C2 Transporting Hazardous Materials for reporting procedures in the event of a Hazmat incident.

GENERAL LIABILITY INCIDENTSYou must immediately notify your supervisor of incidents involving;

nSignificant property damage to a company building, surrounding premises, building contents, machinery or property of others.

nAny personal injury or death to a third party that occurs on company property or in connection with work performed by the company.

Supervisor should notify appropriate district management gather as much information as possible and submit a General Liability report form on the Layne Safety website. An e-mail notification with the information submitted on the website will be sent to the regional safety coordinators, Director of Safety and Worker’s Compensation Manger. You may be contacted by any of these groups for additional information.

Reporting accidents as soon as they happen is required by law. But a more important reason to report them is to figure out why they happened. When you, co-workers and supervisors know why an accident happened, you can determine what should have been done to prevent it from happening and what can be done to keep it from happening again.

DID YOU KNOW?Failure to report an OSHA recordable accident can result in large fines.

DON’T FORGETThe best way to prevent an accident is to understand why it happened the first time.

spill reporting and control proceduresSafety Practice comPliance Procedure f2

Layne Christensen Company handles several different chemicals and compounds while conducting operations. These include gasoline, diesel fuel, kerosene and well treatment chemicals. Spills of these materials could occur anytime and employees must know when to report and how to control them. Layne Christensen Company is responsible for certain portions of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986. This safety practice provides a summary of mandated requirements and procedures that must be followed in the event of a hazardous chemical release to the environment.

SPILL REPORTING PROCEDURESAll spills will be reported to the immediate supervisor who will determine the proper procedure to follow using the attached “Spill Reporting Procedure Flowchart”. All spills of mercury in excess of 1 pound (454 grams) or any liquid and/or solid spill in excess of 5 gallons (40 pounds) must be reported immediately to the Safety department or one of the Regional Safety Coordinators. They will make any further notifications and provide instructions to the district office reporting the spill.

Layne Safety and Environmental Health Sciences (SEHS) 610 South 38th Street

Kansas City, Kansas 661061-913-342-4803

Cell Phone: 210-287-8097

Cell Phone: 913-707-5931

ON-SITE CONTAINERIZED MATERIALBulk tanks and chemical containers on-site should have a secondary means of containment such as a dike or catchment basin for the largest single compartment or tank. These should be capable of containing 110% of the largest tank, barrel, etc. within the containment area. As a minimum, one of the following preventative systems or its equivalent must be used:

nDikes, berms or retaining walls sufficiently impervious to contain spilled material

nCurbing

nCulverting, gutters or other drainage systems

nWeirs, booms or other barriers

nSpill diversion ponds

nRetention ponds

nSorbant materials

CONTAINERIZED MATERIALS IN TRANSPORTWhen transporting hazardous materials, a spill response kit is required to be on the transporting vehicle. The spill response kit must contain the following:

nFire extinguisher

nFirst-aid kit

nBloodborne pathogen kit

nSorbant material

nContainers for disposal of spilled material

11.07 1-F2

SPILL CONTROL MEASURESIf a spill occurs, immediate steps will be taken to contain the spill and prevent

migration of the contaminants. Ensure proper personal protective equipment (PPE) is utilized in accordance with applicable Layne Safety Practices. Consult Layne’s Hazard Communications manual and Spill Contingency Plan. General spill control actions which could be implemented include, but are not limited to, the following:

n Small Liquid SpillsAbsorb with sand, clean fill, or other non-combustible absorbant material. Place contaminated material in an appropriate container, cover and label. Appropriate spill kits can be obtained from the designated company safety vendor.

n Large Liquid SpillsImmediately dike the area surrounding the spill or create some type of obstruction to prevent spill migration. Absorb the spill with an absorbant material such as sand, vermiculite, or clean fill. After all free liquid is absorbed, remove the material and any underlying contaminated soil and place into 55 gallon drums, cover and label.

n Solid SpillsRemove the material and any underlaying contaminated soil and place into 55 gallon drums, cover and label.

n Mercury SpillsAll necessary spills must be reported to your immediate superviaor. Any mercury spills in excess of 1 pound (454 grams) must be reported the SEHS immedately. See Layne Safety Practice F3 for mercury reporting and control procedures.

nApplicable Layne Safety Practices

The sorbant material (i.e. sorbant booms and/or towels, kitty litter or vermiculite) must be in sufficient quantity to handle the amount of liquids present.

Refer to Layne Safety Practice C2 for details on transporting hazardous materials and required documentation.

FIRST-AID/EMERGENCY MEDICAL TREATMENTIn the event of a spill which results in employee exposure (skin, eyes, or inhalation), first-aid or emergency medical treatment may be necessary. The following are minimum steps to be taken in the event of a spill. Additional steps or combinations of steps may be needed depending on the type of emergency (i.e. fire), amount of release, and specific site requirements.

nSound emergency signal (as applicable)

nKeep unnecessary persons away, isolate the hazardous area and prevent entry.

nStay upwind, keep out of low areas

nDo not allow any flares, smoking or open flames in or near the hazard area

nKeep combustibles away from the spilled material

n Immediately take steps to contain the spill and prevent potential migration of contaminants

nReport spill to supervisor

nComplete necessary documentation

11.07 2-F2

nAn accurate list of decisions and actions taken. This must include who, what, when, where and how.

Layne personnel must transport and handle hazardous materials during day to day operations. The intent of this safety practice is to develop a heightened level of awareness regarding safe work practices when working with or transporting materials which pose a spill release hazard. Following these procedures and those outlined in the Layne Hazard Communication Manual and Spill Contingency Plan will help to prevent any potential damage to property, environment, or cause personal injury.

DOCUMENTATIONAfter the spill, the site supervisor should document the incident. At a minimum, the following should be recorded:

nChronological history of spill

nFacts about the incident and when they became available

nTitle and names of personnel; composition of clean-up teams

11.07 3-F2

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

11.07 4-F2

SPIL

L RE

PORT

ING

PROC

EDUR

E FL

OWCh

ART

Spill

Occ

urs

Imm

edia

tely

Not

ify

Supe

rviso

r

Is M

ercu

ry In

volv

ed?

Spill

Liqu

id o

r Sol

id

Is Qu

antit

y of M

ercu

ry G

reat

er

than

1 P

ound

(454

gra

ms)

?

Clea

n-up

and

Disp

ose

of M

ater

ial

in A

ccor

danc

e w

ith Fe

dera

l, St

ate

and

Loca

l Reg

ulat

ions

Is th

e Sp

ill in

Exce

ss o

f 5 G

allo

ns

(40

Poun

ds)?

Notif

y the

Saf

ety D

epar

tmen

t Im

med

iate

ly a

t 913

-342

-480

3.

1. B

ill B

arha

m: 2

10-2

87-8

097

2. M

ike T

hurlo

w: 9

13-7

07-5

931

3. K

evin

Kro

ne: 9

13-7

07-5

937

4. R

oger

Smith

: 913

-707

-593

5

Notif

y the

Saf

ety D

epar

tmen

t Im

med

iate

ly a

t 913

-342

-480

3.

Notif

y the

Follo

win

g:1.

Reg

iona

l Vice

Pre

siden

t2.

Lega

l Dep

artm

ent

3. N

atio

nal R

espo

nse

Cent

er4.

Affe

cted

Stat

e(s)

Emer

genc

y Re

spon

se Co

mm

ittee

5. Em

erge

ncy P

lann

ing

Dist

ricts

fo

r Loc

al A

rea

Does

Am

ount

Cons

titut

e a

Repo

rtab

le Q

uant

ity (R

Q) o

r Re

quire

Emer

genc

y Not

ifica

tion?

Does

this

Incid

ent M

eet D

OT

Haza

rdou

s Mat

eria

l Inc

iden

t Cr

iteria

?

Notif

y:1.

Reg

iona

l Vice

Pre

siden

t2.

Lega

l Dep

artm

ent

3. D

epar

tmen

t of T

rans

port

atio

n

Notif

y the

Saf

ety D

epar

tmen

t Im

med

iate

ly a

t 913

-342

-480

3.

Notif

y the

Saf

ety D

epar

tmen

t Im

med

iate

ly a

t 913

-342

-480

3.

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

NoNo

mercury spill reporting and controlSafety Practice comPliance Procedure f3

Layne Christensen Company well rehabilitation and pump servicing operations sometimes involve Byron Jackson® produced pumps. Some of these pumps utilize a liquid mercury seal. Caution must be exercised when working with these pumps since there is a possibility of the mercury spilling during disassembly or from a faulty seal.

All mercury spills must be reported to your immediate supervisor. Any mercury spill in excess of 1 pound (454 grams) must be reported to the Safety department immediately at the following:

Layne Safety and EnvironmentalHealth Sciences (SEHS)610 South 38th Street

Kansas City, Kansas 661061-913-342-4803

Cell Phone: 210-287-8097Cell Phone: 913-707-5931

MERCURY SPILL CLEANUP KITSAny office handling Byron Jackson pumps or having the potential for a mercury spill should have available mercury spill kits. These kits are available through Fisher Safety. These kits contain a variety of materials to assist in cleanup of mercury spills.

Kit Contents:n1 – 5 gallon

bucket

n2 – Packages of Mercury Absorbent Powder (1000g each)

n1 – Package of Mercury Absorbent Sponges (12 each)

n4 – NFPA labels for labeling hazardous containers

n1 – Mercury metal label (should be affixed to container)

n1 – Material safety data sheet for Hg Absorb

n2 – Pair of inner surgical gloves

n1 – Pair of nitrile outer gloves

n1 – Pair of safety glasses

n1 – Small scoop/dust pan

n3 – scrapers (2”, 4”, and 6”)

n1 – Empty bottle for small spill disposal

n1 – Set of directions for mercury spill cleanup

n1 – Aspirator bulb

PRECAUTIONSMercury (Hg) is a silver-white, heavy, odorless liquid. Mercury is easily absorbed through the skin and it’s vapors are toxic.

nAlways wear gloves and safety glasses with handling mercury or mercury contaminated materials

nAvoid breathing vapors

nSkin contact: Wash with soap and water promptly

nEye contact: Irrigate eyes immediately

nReport any exposures immediately to your supervisor.

11.07 1-F3

SPILL ON CONCRETE SURFACEMERCURY SPILL CLEANUP PROCEDURES:Spill on GroundnContain spill as quickly as possible. Do

not allow contaminants to reach water or sewer drains. Use surrounding earth to form dike to keep spill from spreading. Due to the density of mercury, it should not travel too far.

nSprinkle Hg Absorb powder over mercury beads so the spill will not emit vapor. Dampen powder with water, mercury will react to form a metal/mercury amalgam. Pickup amalgam by sweeping, sponging, scraping, etc.

nUse shovel or small scoop to pickup large deposits of mercury liquid. Dispose of soil and mercury mixture in 5 gallon bucket. Next, remove smaller mercury beads and surrounding soil into bucket. In the event of a large spill, or if a large amount of soil is to be disposed of, a 55 gallon drum should be used. Very small spills may be disposed of in the empty plastic bottle included in mercury spill kit.

11.07 2-F3

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

nMercury will splatter on impact, spreading contamination. Cover mercury drops with Hg Absorb Powder found in the mercury spill kit.

nUsing plastic scrapers and dust pan, collect mercury and dispose of in small plastic bottle or 5 gallon bucket. Hg Absorb sponges may also be used to collect mercury in hard to reach places. These sponges absorb the mercury and prevent emission of vapors. Adding Hg Absorb powder to sponges will increase their capacity. Aspirator can also be used as a vacuum to suck mercury beads from hard to reach cracks and crevices.

nAs soon as the spill is contained, notify your supervisor immediately.

Although mercury spills are fairly uncommon in our operations, we must still be prepared and know the correct procedures to address any spills. This safety practice provides those procedures and reporting criteria.

11.07 3-F3

SPIL

L RE

PORT

ING

PROC

EDUR

E FL

OWCh

ART

Spill

Occ

urs

Imm

edia

tely

Not

ify

Supe

rviso

r

Is M

ercu

ry In

volv

ed?

Spill

Liqu

id o

r Sol

id

Is Qu

antit

y of M

ercu

ry G

reat

er

than

1 P

ound

(454

gra

ms)

?

Clea

n-up

and

Disp

ose

of M

ater

ial

in A

ccor

danc

e w

ith Fe

dera

l, St

ate

and

Loca

l Reg

ulat

ions

Is th

e Sp

ill in

Exce

ss o

f 5 G

allo

ns

(40

Poun

ds)?

Notif

y the

Saf

ety D

epar

tmen

t Im

med

iate

ly a

t 913

-342

-480

3.

1. B

ill B

arha

m: 2

10-2

87-8

097

2. M

ike T

hurlo

w: 9

13-7

07-5

931

3. K

evin

Kro

ne: 9

13-7

07-5

937

4. R

oger

Smith

: 913

-707

-593

5

Notif

y the

Saf

ety D

epar

tmen

t Im

med

iate

ly a

t 913

-342

-480

3.

Notif

y the

Follo

win

g:1.

Reg

iona

l Vice

Pre

siden

t2.

Lega

l Dep

artm

ent

3. N

atio

nal R

espo

nse

Cent

er4.

Affe

cted

Stat

e(s)

Emer

genc

y Re

spon

se Co

mm

ittee

5. Em

erge

ncy P

lann

ing

Dist

ricts

fo

r Loc

al A

rea

Does

Am

ount

Cons

titut

e a

Repo

rtab

le Q

uant

ity (R

Q) o

r Re

quire

Emer

genc

y Not

ifica

tion?

Does

this

Incid

ent M

eet D

OT

Haza

rdou

s Mat

eria

l Inc

iden

t Cr

iteria

?

Notif

y:1.

Reg

iona

l Vice

Pre

siden

t2.

Lega

l Dep

artm

ent

3. D

epar

tmen

t of T

rans

port

atio

n

Notif

y the

Saf

ety D

epar

tmen

t Im

med

iate

ly a

t 913

-342

-480

3.

Notif

y the

Saf

ety D

epar

tmen

t Im

med

iate

ly a

t 913

-342

-480

3.

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

NoNo

alcohol & substance abuse programSafety Practice comPliance Procedure d1

You know that some drugs are illegal, like marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, etc., but did you know that alcohol is a drug too? It is a depressant that affects your judgement and coordination. Did you know that alcohol and prescription dugs can be just as dangerous as any illegal drug? This safety practice explains how drug use effects your ability to work safely and was written to keep you from getting hurt on the job.

Using any kind of illegal drug or alcohol on the job, in any amount, risks your life and the lives of your co-workers. If you are ‘‘hung over’’ from using drugs the night before may affect your ability to work safely. Remember, the high you get from drugs is only temporary. An injury can last a lifetime and death is forever.

THE DRUG POLICYLayne’s Drug Free Workplace Policy is very clear and simple. Never use, sell, buy, transfer

or possess or be under the influence of alcohol, illegal

drugs or a combination of the two during working hours or on company

property. Company properties include any area

Layne owns, leases or works. This includes parking lots, machine shops, yards, company vehicles and on job sites.

DRUG EFFECTSALCOHOLAlcohol is an intoxicating liquid. Beer and wine are just as alcoholic as hard liquor.

Alcohol slows your reaction time, causes you to lose concentration and blurs your vision. Never try to work or

drive a company vehicle under the influence of drugs or alcohol. Layne considers you under the influence of

alcohol if you have had anything to drink.

ILLEGAL DRUGSIllegal drugs are any drug that cannot be purchased legally including marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines and others. It also includes drugs you can purchase legally but you are using for the wrong reasons. It is illegal to use prescription drugs for non-prescription purposes or to use someone else’s prescription, whatever the reason.

Illegal drugs have many of the same effects on your body as alcohol. They will affect your reasoning skills and reaction time. A dangerous combination on any work site.

You must not use or be in possession of any amount of an illegal drug under any circumstances during work hours. This includes meal and rest breaks, on the job site, on company business, company property or in a company vehicle.

LEGAL DRUGSLegal drugs are any prescription or over-the-counter drug that you are using for the reason they were prescribed or sold.

Legal drugs can affect you too. Many legal drugs will make you drowsy and that can keep you from being as alert on the job.

You cannot use any legal drug on the job if it affects your ability to work safely. Notify

11.07 1-D1

your supervisor is you are taking a prescription or over the counter drug that has these side effects. You supervisor may want to change your job duties until you are off the medicine, your doctor prescribes a different drug or changes the original dosage to reduce side effects.

DRUG TESTInGLayne’s Drug Free Workplace Policy states testing will be completed for;

nPre-employment

nPost Accident

nRandom

nReturn to duty

nFollow Up

nReasonable Cause

n If required by client for preaccess to job site.

If you are a Class A or B CDL qualified driver you will be required to complete drug testing requirements to meet federal regulations. Drug testing requirements for the Department of Transportation are specific and should only be completed when directed by the DOT Administrator for Layne.

WHAT DOES IT mEAn?If you are a current employee and you test positive, or refuse to be tested, for drugs or alcohol your supervisor will be referred to the Human Resources department to discuss your employment options.

11.07 2-D1

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYnE CHRISTEnSEn’S nUmbER OnE COnCERn

If you are a qualified driver for Layne you will lose the privilege to drive commercial motor vehicles for the company. If you are allowed to continue your employment, your supervisor will be referred to Layne’s DOT Administrator to determine the actions that must be taken to allow you to regain the approval to drive.

DID YOU KnOWDrug users have more than 3 times as many accidents as other employees.

Drug users work at 65% of their ability because they are not alert.

DOn’T FORGETAlcohol is considered a drug.

Taking someone else’s prescription drug is considered illegal use of drugs.

If you have a problem with drug or alcohol talk to your supervisor or contact the company Employee Assistance Program1-888-371-1125. You will be able to get help without risking your job.

bloodborne pathogensSafety Practice comPliance Procedure fa1

All Layne Christensen field employees are trained in workplace first aid and CPR.With these responsibilities comes the potential for exposure to bloodborne pathogens (BBP). To minimize the exposure to these life threatening diseases, employees must be properly trained and protected. This Safety Practice outlines the requirements of the Layne Christensen Bloodborne Pathogen Program as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1030.

WHAT IS A BLOODBORNE PATHOGEN?Bloodborne pathogens are microorganisms that cause disease. These organisms are found in blood and other body fluids such as semen, vaginal secretions, breast milk and spinal fluid. Diseases transmitted this way include meningitis, tuberculosis, brucellosis, syphilis, malaria, hepatitis B (HBV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), which causes acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS).

Hepatitis B is easier to catch than AIDS. One-third of people infected are carriers and show no symptoms. Symptoms of exposure may be no more severe than flu-like symptoms. Long term, or chronic effects include cirrohis or cancer of the liver. You can be vaccinated for hepatitis B before or shortly after exposure.

HIV can lay dormant in the body for years and ultimately cause AIDS. AIDS makes you more susceptible to other fatal illnesses such as pneumonia or cancer.

HOW ARE THESE PATHOGENS TRANSMITTED?Bloodborne pathogens must enter the body through a break in the skin such as a cut, rash or burn. They can be transmitted during sexual intercourse or can enter when blood is splashed into the eyes. The most common

worksite transmission method is through a sharp, contaminated object breaking through the skin.

You can’t catch bloodborne diseases through toilet seats, casual contact with co-workers such as shaking hands, coughs or sneezes. You also can not be exposed by sharing personal protective equipment (PPE) such as safety glasses or respirators. However, you should disinfect any shared PPE before use because many diseases and illnesses are passed in this way.

HBV and HIV pathogens are not usually transmitted in saliva, tears, perspiration or vomit, but be aware if blood is mixed in these fluids they can cause transmission.

REDUCING THE RISK OF EXPOSUREThe best way to prevent exposure to bloodborne pathogens is to prevent blood from entering the workplace. Practice good housekeeping and follow all safe work practices and procedures to prevent the likelihood of injury.

1.09 1-FA1

If bleeding is severe, watch for spurting blood from arterial injuries. Also be aware if the victim coughs up blood, it could enter your eyes.

If rescue breathing or cardiopulmonary resuccitation is necessary, use the rescue breather barrier device from the BBP kit. After the incident is over, wash up with soap and water immediately. Remove latex gloves by turning them inside out and using one to remove the other. If blood is splashed into your eyes, rinse at an eyewash station. Clean up any blood from the tools or equipment using a 10% household bleach solution. Dispose of any bandages or bloody rags in the disposal bag. This debris must be disposed of according to regulatory guidelines. Secure it until proper disposal methods are verified.

Finally, report the incident to your supervisor and the Layne Christensen Safety Department. An evaluation will be made to determine if a follow-up doctor visit or Hepatitis vaccination is necessary.

See the Layne Christensen Company Bloodborne Pathogen Program for additional information.

DID YOU KNOW?When drilling into old landfills or working around waste water treatment facilities, be on the lookout for medical waste such as test tubes, syringes,

pathogen disposal bags or blood soaked bandages. Bloodborne pathogens can still be active after years. If you encounter such wastes, shut down and notify your supervisor.

Good personal hygiene practices also help prevent disease transmission. Washing hands and face before eating and covering your mouth when coughing prevent disease transmission.

Equip all first aid kits with bloodborne pathogen (BBP) prevention kits. These kits can be purchased through your safety supplier and should include:

nSafety goggles or glasses

nLatex “surgical” type gloves

nFace shield/barrier for rescue breathing

nLabeled disposal bag

nAntiseptic hand cleanerIf an accident does occur, take the following precautions.

HANDLING AN INCIDENTA co-worker has just been injured and is bleeding severely. You want to help but are unsure of the bloodborne disease exposure risk. What do you do?

Call 911 or your local emergency number. Get professional medical help on the way FAST! Get the BBP kit from the first aid station. Put on the latex gloves and safety glasses before giving assistance. Never use damaged or unapproved PPE.

When using direct pressure to control bleeding, put a barrier between you and the blood. Use gauze, cotton, paper towels, etc.

1.09 2-FA1

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

choking, rescue breathing and cprSafety Practice comPliance Procedure fa2

All Layne Christensen employees are trained in workplace first aid and CPR. This Safety Practice will review the proper procedures for rescue breathing, cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR), assisting choking victims, and using an AED (automated external defibrillator). This Safety Practice does NOT take the place of a certified first aid course. Never attempt to provide medical assistance beyond your own certified training.

HANDLING EMERGENCIESYou may see an accident happen or you may come upon the scene after it occurs. And your first response may be to jump right in and help. But before you do, take a moment to check the scene and ensure it is safe for you to help the victim(s). You can’t help anyone if you become a victim yourself. Is there an electrical hazard, potential for fire, or a hazardous atmosphere? If it is not safe for you to provide assistance, call 911 and wait for professional emergency help to arrive.

If you determine it is safe for you to provide help, begin gathering information. Check the injured person for breathing, bleeding, and other visible injuries. Giving the 911 operator details and accurate information can make the difference between life and death. ‘‘I have a person trapped in a car with severe head injuries and a crushed leg’’, is much more informative than ‘‘Send an ambulance. There’s been an accident.’’

After checking the scene and gathering information, call 911. Send a bystander or use a cell phone to call. If you are on a remote drill

site, or in an area without cell service, you may need to stabilize and transport an injured person to help. Your training and the information in this Safety Practice may save a life.

CHECKING AN ILL OR INJURED PERSONIf a person is conscious, they will be breathing and they should be able to talk to you. But be aware that they may still be suffering from shock or injury. Tell them you are trained in First Aid and CPR and ask permissin to help. If they say NO, call 911 and get help on the way. If they say yes, ask them if they are okay, if they know what happened, and if they can tell you where they are feeling any pain. Keep the victim calm and in a sitting or lying position. For more information on treating injuries, review Layne Christensen Safety Practice FA-3, Emergency First Aid.Checking an unconscious person requires careful handling of the victim. Gently position the unconscious victim on their back. Roll the body as a single unit, being careful not to twist the neck and head. Open the victim’s airway by lifting the chin and gently pushing down on the forehead to tilt the head back as in Figure 1.Put your cheek against the victim’s nose and mouth while looking across their chest. Look for the chest to rise and fall, listen for the movement of air into and out of the lungs,

and try to feel the breath on your cheek. Check for signs of movement and breathing for no more than 10 seconds.

11.07 1-FA2

ASSISTING CHOKING VICTIMSYou’re eating lunch on the job site or in a restaurant when you notice someone gasping for air and grabbing at their throat. You realize they are choking and take immediate action. First, be sure you or a bystander have called 911. At this point, the person choking is probably still conscious. This is important, because first aid procedures are different for conscious and unconscious victims.

CONSCIOUS CHOKINGAsk the victim if you can help them. When they give permission, lean the person forward and give 5 blows to their upper back with the heal of your hand. Next, wrap your arms around them as shown below and give 5 quick, upward abdominal thrusts. Your hands should be clasped just above the victim’s navel and the thrusts should be directed into the diaphragm/chest cavity.

If the choking person is pregnant or otherwise too big to wrap your arms around, give chest thrusts from the front. You can give yourself abdominal thrusts by leaning over and pressing your abdomen against a firm object like the back of a chair.

Continue alternating the back blows and abdominal thrusts until the object the victim is choking on is forced out, they can breath or cough freely, or until they become unconscious.

If you do not detect breathing, give 2 rescue breaths with the victim’s airway open and nose pinched shut. Make a complete seal over the person’s mouth and blow in for 1 second. (Rescue breathing barriers are available in all first aid kits. For more information, review Layne Christensen Safety Practice FA-1, Bloodborne Pathogens.) Look at the chest while giving breaths to see if it rises. Irregular, gasping or shallow breaths are not effective. If they begin breathing on their own, but are still unconscious and you do not suspect head, neck, or back injuries, place the victim in the recovery position shown below.

If the air does not go in and the airway seems blocked, reposition the head and try 2 rescue breaths again. If the chest still does not rise, follow the steps outlined for an unconscious choking victim including chest compressions and the removal of any objects in the victim’s mouth. If you are not able to maintain an open airway, you suspect a head, neck, or back injury, or if you have to leave to get help, place the victim in the modified recovery position shown below and get trained emergency responders there as soon as possible.

11.07 2-FA2

UNCONSCIOUS CHOKINGIf the victim passes out, lower them gently to the ground. Tilt their head back as shown below. Try 2 rescue breaths and see if the

chest rises. If it does not, give 30 chest compressions. Look, and feel, for any objects in the victim’s mouth. Remove anything you find and give 2 more rescue breaths. Check for a pulse on the carotid artery in the neck on the side of the victim closest to you. If the chest still does not rise, continue alternating rescue breaths, chest compressions, and pulse checks until you can get air into the victim’s lungs.

If the pulse, or heartbeat, stops, you should begin CPR.

PERFORMING CPRIf, at any point in an emergency situation, you determine that the victim is NOT breathing and does NOT have a pulse, you should begin CPR (cardiopulmonary resuscitation). Position your hands and body as shown below. As a guide, follow the rib cage to the victim’s breast bone and move two finger widths above the tip of the breast bone. With

your shoulders directly over your overlapped hands, keep your elbows locked straight, and use the palm of the bottom hand to compress the chest 1-1 1/2 inches. Give 30 chest compressions, then move to the victim’s head, tilt it back to be sure the airway is open and give 2 rescue breaths.

Continue the cycle of chest compressions and rescue breaths until the scene becomes unsafe, the victim begins breathing and you can feel a pulse, an AED becomes available to use, or emergency personnel arrive to take over.

USING AN AEDRemember, you should only use an AED if you have been trained and certified to do so. Attempting to use one without the proper training could do more harm than good.

Correct procedure for using an AED includes turning the unit on, wiping the victim’s chest dry if necessary and attaching pads to the bare chest. Making sure no one, including you, is touching the victim, say loudly and clearly ‘‘Everyone stand clear.’’ Push the ‘analyze’ button on the unit to let the AED analyze the victim’s heart rhythm. If shock is advised by the unit, again be sure no one is touching the victim, say ‘‘Everyone stand clear’’, and push the ‘shock’ button.

If shock is given, follow up with 5 cycles of CPR and reassess the victim. If no shock is advised, continue with CPR cycles until victim is revived or help arrives.

11.07 3-FA2

DID YOU KNOW?In an AED emergency, if two trained responders are present, one should perform CPR while the other operates the AED.

If a victim is not breathing, their heart will stop soon. Brain damage can occur within four minutes, death within ten. Rescue breathing and CPR provide

oxygen to keep the brain alive until medical assistance is available.

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

DON’T FORGET. . .This Safety Practice is only a review of rescue techniques. It does NOT take the place of a certified first aid course.

The procedures outlined in this Practice are for adults. Children and infants require different techniques.

11.07 4-FA2

cold stressSafety Practice comPliance Procedure fa5

The weather can make a big difference in how effective and efficient you are at performing your job. Extreme cold or extreme heat can make you uncomfortable, less efficient and possibly cause serious injuries.

Temperature, wind chill and clothing all affect your ability to work safely when the temperature drops. This safety practice was written to help you and your coworkers protect yourselves from the dangers of working in cold weather.

RECOGNIZING SYMPTOMSIf you work in areas of the country where the temperature may drop below freezing, you should know how to recognize the signs of cold stress, frostbite, and hypothermia.

Cold stress can occur when body parts like fingers, toes, and ears are exposed to temperatures at freezing (32°F or O°C) or below. Cold stress injuries occur very gradually and can easily go unnoticed until it’s too late. If you’re going to be working in the cold for a long period of time, take a coworker with you. Have that person check you frequently for overexposure to the cold and do the same for him or her. Look for shivering, slurred speech, drowsiness, and weakness and disorientation.

Frostbite can be detected best by skin color. Skin becomes slightly flushed at first, then changes to white or grayish yellow. Finally, it turns a grayish blue. You or a coworker with frostbite may feel pain early on, but this would decrease with continued exposure.

Affected areas will feel very cold and numb.

If you or a coworker becomes frostbitten get to a warm place. Do not rub or massage the affected areas. Get medical treatment as soon as possible. Frostbite and hypothermia can occur in a matter of minutes when the air is cold enough. Symptoms of hypothermia include dizziness, numbness, weakness and impaired vision. The victim may become drowsy and their pulse and breathing rates may slow way down. Death follows very quickly at that point.

If you think you or a coworker is suffering from hypothermia, get out of the cold. Call for emergency medical services, warm the body as best you can and do not give the victim anything to eat or drink unless they are fully conscious.

CLOTHINGThe right clothes can be your best protection from cold weather injuries. Remember, if you dress to stay warm standing still, you’ll start to sweat as soon as you begin to work. Sweating actually cools the body, so

11.07 1-FA5

WIND CHILLNot only should you be concerned with the temperature of the air you’re working in, but you should also know how wind chill affects that temperature. Wind chill is the cooling effect of moving air combined with low temperature. For instance, a 10 MPH wind can make 20°F feel like 4°F. The attached

chart shows just how much more dangerous low temperature can be when combined with wind.

Your best defense against wind chill is to set up some sort of wind break at your project site. A tarp, a truck, or even the rig can help protect you from freezing winds.

DID YOU KNOW?70% of your body heat escapes through your uncovered head.

DON’T FORGET!Loose clothing is warmer than tight clothing If you work or travel in areas of the country where temperatures can fall below

freezing, you need to protect yourself from the dangers of cold stress, frostbite, and hypothermia. Warm, dry clothing and shelter from wind are good places to start, but your best protection from freezing temperatures is your own common sense.

that’s not what you want to do when you’re trying to stay warm.

Of course you want to keep warm when you’re standing still as well as when you’re working, so when getting dressed to work outdoors, think layers. Loose-fitting layers insulate your body because they let you warm up from working. You can remove a layer or two to keep from sweating.

Start with thin layers underneath like T-shirts, thermal underwear, and cotton

socks. Layer heavier sweatshirt, coats, wool socks and coveralls on top.

Your hands, feet, and head are most easily affected by cold weather. To protect those areas, wear water resistant insulated gloves, an extra pair of socks, and a liner under your hard hat that covers your ears and the back of your neck. Sweatshirt hoods do not fit tightly enough to keep you body heat in.

The most important thing to remember when trying to protect hands and feet is to keep gloves and socks loose. You should be able to wiggle your fingers and toes to keep your blood circulating properly.

11.07 2-FA5

YOUR SaFETY IS LaYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

11.07 3-FA5

heat stressSafety Practice comPliance Procedure fa6

You must consider the weather when you’re planning a project and when working on a site. Extreme heat, or cold, can cause serious injuries, lower your efficiency and at the very least, make you uncomfortable.

While high temperatures can cause heat stress in any situation, you must be even more aware of potential dangers when working on sites that require protective clothing and respirators. This safety practice was written to help you and your coworkers protect yourselves from the dangers of heat stress in all situations.

SYMPTOMSSigns of heat stress include dizziness, confusion, clammy skin, cramps, excessive sweating, and fainting. Someone experiencing heat stroke may also have dizziness along with nausea and hot dry skin with no sweating. If you or a coworker have symptoms of heat stress or heat stroke, stop working immediately. Cool the victim with shade and liquids and get medical attention as soon as possible.

PREVENTIONTo help reduce your chances of becoming a heat stress victim take these precautions when working in high temperatures.

CLOTHINGnWear cotton clothes and undergarments

that will absorb moisture and allow air to circulate around your body.

nWear light-colored clothing to reflect the sun’s rays.

DRINKnDrink lots of water before, during and

after work. Small amounts of cool water are better than large amounts of extremely cold water. Drinks like Gatorade® are good in the morning and at lunch.

nAvoid dehydration by not drinking liquids with caffeine, like coffee and soda, when working in the heat.

SCHEDULEnWork only in the early morning and

evening hours if possible to avoid the hottest hours of the day.

nRotate crews during the day so each is working fewer hours at a time.

MONITORINGChemical protective clothing reduces your body’s natural ventilation and its’ ability to regulate temperature. Even in mildly warm temperatures, protective clothing and respirators can easily cause heat stress.

To keep your body safe, be aware of how it is reacting to the heat and the intensity of the work you are doing. Heat stress monitoring will let you know if you need to slow down, rest longer between work periods or continue your regular pace.

Use the attached heat stress monitoring table to determine how often you should be

11.07 1-FA6

ORAL TEMPERATURETake your oral temperature as early as possible in each rest period. If it is higher than 99°F, shorten your next work period by 33%, but your the next rest period will last as long as the first. If you temperature is higher than 99° at the begining of the next rest period, shorten your next work cycle by another 33%.

By following the heat stress monitoring table, you can see that you will be monitored more often as the temperatures go up and the type of chemical protective clothing you are wearing becomes more restrictive.

DID YOU KNOW?Once you have experienced extreme heat stress, your body is not able to handle heat as well, so you may get heat stress more

easily in the future.

DON’T FORGETDrink lots of water before, during and after you work in high temperatures.

While most people enjoy a warm, sunny day, a hard day’s work in high temperatures can be dangerous to your health; even more so when you’re wearing chemical protective clothing.

Keep your body from heat “stressing out” by following the prevention and monitoring guidelines in this safety practice.

tested in various temperatures while wearing different levels of chemical protective clothing. For example, if the temperature is 70°F, and you are on a Level D job site, your first rest period will come after the first 120 minutes of work. If the temperature is 86°F, your first rest period will come after the first 60 minutes of work.

During each rest period measure your heart rate and oral temperature to determine the length of your next work period.

HEART RATEMeasure your heart rate by counting your pulse for 30 seconds as early as possible in your rest period. Multiply your count by two. If the number is higher than 110, shorten your next work period by 33%, but your next rest period will last as long as the first.

Measure your heart rate at the beginning of the next rest period. If your rate is higher than 110, shorten your next work period an additional 33%.

11.07 2-FA6

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

Personal ProtectionSafety Practice comPliance Procedure a1

Many operations at Layne Christensen are hazardous. Working safely is your responsibility. That’s a lot of responsibility. These safety practices were written with your personal safety in mind. They are provided for your knowledge and safety. Wearing the right personal protective equipment whenever you are on the job, you can help you work accident-free.

hard hatsHard hats that meet ANSI Z289.1 standards must be worn anytime there is an overhead hazard. You must wear them in any shop that has an overhead crane in operation, and in all areas, indoors and out, where overhead storage is used. Keeping your head protected is important. You can’t do a thing without it.

safety toe shoesSafety toe shoes must be worn in the shops, on all work sites, and during material handling operations. Tennis shoes will not do any good if 75 pounds of machinery lands on your foot. Layne will reimburse employees $50 annually to help pay for shoes that meet ANSI Z41 standards on a 75 pound test.

eye protectionEye protection must be worn at all times outside an office or building. Sunglasses only protect you from the sun, not from dust, mud or metal shavings. Layne will provide you with safety glasses that have

side protection. They are to be worn on job sites, and in shop and other areas designated by each office. If you wear prescription

glasses, Layne will reimburse employees $60 per year for single vision and $70 per year for bifocal safety glasses with side shields.

All safety glasses must meet ANSI Z87 standards.

When you are grinding, operating a pressure washer, or doing any kind of work that could produce flying particles, you must wear goggles or a splash shield. All of these are issued by Layne.

When you are welding, you must wear goggles and a safety face-shield. If you’re welding under a rig, or in any situation that calls for both a hard hat and a safety face shield, you can get a combination of the two through Layne. One without the other means you could still get hurt. Long sleeves or leathers are also required when welding.

When you are working near someone who is welding, you have to wear protective eye equipment or use a welding shield. A welding flash reflection can damage your eyes as easily as the real arc.

glovesGloves must be worn when you are handling material that is not motor powered like spooled cable, pipe and hand tools. Layne will give you one pair of gloves.

1.09 1-A1

Wear a full-face respirator when mixing acids or caustics and when you are spraying paint. It not only keeps paint out

of your eyes, it also protects you from dangerous fumes.

You must have passed a fit test, a required respirator training program, and be medically certified before you will be allowed to wear respiratory equipment.

full-body harnessesA full body harness must be worn when you are entering a confined space that requires retrieval, when you

are climbing a mast or working at heights greater than 6 feet. Waist belts with hooks are not good enough. They could do more harm than good by causing internal injuries, and if you are unconscious, a waist belt will not keep you upright.

seat beltsSeat belts must be worn anytime you are on Layne business, whether you are in a company or personal vehicle. You have a much greater chance of living through a vehicular accident if you are wearing your seat belt. Make it a habit not only on company time, but on personal time as well. It could save your life.

clothingClothing should be comfortable, but close-fitting. Straps, draw strings, belts and loose

If that pair gets torn or damaged, you can bring the gloves in and Layne will replace them. If you lose your gloves, you will have to buy another pair yourself. You won’t be allowed to work using gloves that are ragged, have large cuffs or loose ties.

-CAUTION- You must remove your gloves when working with rotating or moving equipment. A glove can get caught in a moving part and take your hand with it. However, be sure to put them back on as soon as you’re done. Losing a finger is not the sign of an experienced worker, it is the sign of a careless one.

protective equipmentNeoprene rubber gloves, an acid-resistant rain suit, and a face shield must be worn any time you are handling hydrochloric acid. When handling other hazardous chemicals, be sure to wear the protective equipment specified in the MSDS. There has to be a large supply of water and a first-aid kit in the area where the chemicals are being handled, and everyone on the job must know how to get to the closest emergency services.

hearing protectionHearing protection must be worn anytime you are within 50 feet of a drill rig in operation, or any area where the noise level is higher than 90 decibels. Ninety decibels is not much louder than a busy downtown intersection. The muffs and plugs issued by Layne are the only kinds of protection allowed.

respiratory equipmentRespiratory equipment must be worn anytime you are handling or are near toxic chemicals. Wear a dust mask recommended by the manufacturer when handling bags of drilling mud, surfactants or any other dry chemicals.

1.09 2-A1

don’t forget!Layne supplies your gloves, non-prescription safety glasses, hearing protection, head protection and respiratory equipment.

Wear protective glasses anytime you are outside of the office.

The right clothing can keep you out of an accident.

Wearing the right personal protective equipment is just one part of staying safe on the job. It is the one thing that you have complete control over, so it’s up to you to make the right choices. Make sure that your equipment is in good working condition and that you and your coworkers are aware of, and are following, all safety rules.

See the Layne Christensen Company Personal Protective Equipment Program for additional information. Ask questions instead of taking chances. The answers you get could save your life.

ends can get caught on rotating equipment. Wearing rings and other jewelry on the job also increase your chances of getting caught on or in machinery and being severely injured.

Never use, sell, purchase, transfer, possess or be under the influence of any alcohol or illegal drugs while you are on Layne property or in a Layne vehicle. Doing so could risk your life and your job, and no amount of safety equipment can protect your body if your brain is disabled.

did you KnoW?90% of all accidents are caused by human error.

2,500 people die each year from construction-related accidents.

44,529 people died in 1990 from vehicular accidents.

1.09 3-A1

your safety is layne christensen’s number one concern

EyE ProtEctionSafety Practice comPliance Procedure a2

Your eyes are two of your most important features.They help you do your job better at work and enjoy your friends and family more at home.

That’s why safety glasses and other forms of eye protection are required on the job.Your eyes can be hurt in an instant, and your sight could be lost forever.

This safety practice explains what eye protection is available and what types are required in different situations.

SAFETY GLASSESSafety glasses meeting ANSI Z87 specifications with protective side shields must be worn anywhere outside of an office building while on the job. That includes the shop, yard, and job site. Non-prescription safety glasses are provided by Layne. See your supervisor if you need a pair.

If you need prescription safety eye glasses refer to Layne's Protective Eyewear Program.

proTEcTivE EYEwEAr proGrAmEye protection must be worn at all times outside an office or building when there is a potential for eye injury. Sunglasses only protect you from the sun, not from dust, mud or metal shavings. Layne will provide you with safety glasses that have side protection. They are to be worn on job sites, and in shop and other areas designated by each office. If you wear prescription glasses,

Layne will reimburse employees $60 per year for single vision and $70 per year for bifocal safety glasses with side shields. All safety glasses must meet ANSI Z87 standards.

When you are grinding, operating a pressure washer, or doing any kind of work that could produce flying particles, you must wear goggles or a splash shield. All of these are issued by Layne.

When you are welding, you must wear goggles and a safety face-shield. If you’re welding under a rig, or in any situation that calls for both a hard hat and a safety face shield, you can get a combination of the two through Layne. One without the other means you could still get hurt. Long sleeves or leathers are also required when welding.

When you are working near someone who is welding, you have to wear protective eye equipment or use a welding shield. A welding flash reflection can damage your eyes as easily as the real arc.

GoGGLES & SpLASH SHiELDSSafety glasses alone may not be enough protection when you’re doing work that could produce flying particles like grinding, operating a pressure washer or chipping, chemical handling, and working in high wind conditions. In those cases, you must wear chippers goggles or a splash shield.

11.07 1-A2

DiD YoU KNow?Nearly 11,000 people are treated for eye injuries each year

DoN’T ForGET!Welders, welders’ helpers, and anyone standing nearby should also be wearing eye protection.

wELDiNGWhen welding, you must wear eye protection under your welding face shield. As a general rule welders should use the following lens shades:

GAS cUTTiNGNo.5 to 6 shaded lens

oXY-AcET wELDiNGNo.5 to 8 shaded lens

Arc wELDiNGNo.12 shaded lens

Anyone nearby or helping a welder must also wear shaded lens eye protection. Helpers and nearby coworkers must wear at least No. 3 or greater shaded lenses. Without protection, even glancing at a welder’s arc can cause painful flash burns on your eyes.

11.07 2-A2

YoUr SAFETY iS LAYNE cHriSTENSEN’S NUmbEr oNE coNcErN

hearing ProtectionSafety Practice comPliance Procedure a3

What?How often do you find yourself asking, “What did you say?", because you couldn’t hear someone talking? Not often if you’re lucky. To protect your eardrums and your sense of hearing you must know when and how to use hearing protection.

This safety practice was written to help you and your coworkers use hearing protection properly.

WHEN TO WEAR HEARING PROTECTIONNoise is measured in decibels (dB). Any noise over 90 dBA could damage your eardrum and your hearing. Therefore, hearing protection is required for any operation where noise exceeds this level.

You, your coworkers, and all visitors on a job site must wear hearing protection when you are within a 50' radius of any drilling rig in operation. You do not have to wear hearing protection around a working pump rig, but it is highly recommended.

WHAT HEARING PROTECTION TO WEARLayne supplies two different kinds of hearing protection. It is important that you wear at least one kind of protection

any time you are within 50' of an operating drill rig.

n Foam Ear Plugs

These fit inside your ear canal to block out noise. To put them in, roll the plug into a tight, thin cylinder. Use your opposite hand reaching around the back of your head to pull back on the upper part of your ear and put the plug in. It will expand to fill the opening. Throw away your ear plugs at the end of each day. Replace them during the day if they get dirty.

To make sure the plugs fit properly, cup your hands over your ears once you have them in. If you have them in right, you won’t notice much difference in the noise level with your hands over your ears as with your hands away from your ears.

n Muffs

These attach to your hard hat and also block noise from you eardrums. Muffs can get uncomfortable in warm

weather and may be difficult to fit properly if you are wearing glasses.

11.07 1-A3

your coworkers will receive updates on noise exposure as well as the use and care of your hearing protection.

SEHS also conducts noise surveys on job sites around the country. The noise levels of different drill rig operations are measured to be sure your ear drums are protected.

DON’T FORGET!Some type of hearing protection must be worn by every person within 50' of an operating drill rig.

This safety practice was written to help you and your coworkers protect yourselves from hearing loss. Both the level of noise and the length of time you are exposed will determine if hearing protection is necessary. If you are ever in doubt as to whether or not you need hearing protection on or off the job, use it. Your hearing will never be damaged by “ underexposure” to noise.

See the Layne Christensen Company Hearing Conservation Program for additional information.

Muffs should fit as close to your head as possible. If you loosen their spring to make them more comfortable, they will not protect your eardrums from noise. If the spring becomes loose, replace the muffs.

TESTINGWorkers who have a potential for noise exposure that meets the requirements of the company Hearing Conservatioin Program, will receive a hearing test when you are hired and once each year thereafter. The results of your first test become your baseline audiogram. Each set of test results after the first will be compared to your baseline audiogram. If your hearing changes in either ear, you will need to wear hearing protection within 50' of any mobile machinery on a job site, including generators and compressors. You will be retested in 30 days to be sure the change wasn’t temporary.

TRAININGLayne Safety and Environmental Health Sciences (SEHS) will give you information on hearing protection during training courses. As part of this training, you and

11.07 2-A3

yOuR SAFETy IS lAyNE CHRISTENSEN’S NumbER ONE CONCERN

supplied air respiratorsSafety Practice comPliance Procedure a4

Working at Layne sometimes means working with hazardous chemicals or dusty conditions. It may also mean working on job sites where the air is contaminated. In those and similar situations, you and your coworkers need to wear respirators to protect yourselves from injury and illness.

Breathing toxic chemicals or dust can irritate your nose, throat, and lungs. It can damage your heart, kidneys, nervous, and reproductive systems. Depending on the chemical, the amount of it in your system, and how soon you get help, it can even kill you.

Respirators protect you and your coworkers from contaminants and particulates in the air. But respirators can’t do their job if they’re not used correctly. This safety practice explains the proper maintenance and use of supplied-air respirators and self-contained breathing apparatus.

SUPPLIED-AIR RESPIRATOR (SAR)A supplied-air respirator, also known as an air-line respirator, supplies fresh air to your

facepiece through a supply line, from a compressed air cylinder, or from a compressor that purifies air from your surroundings. The air in the cylinder or compressor must meet the specification requirements for Grade D breathing

air. All air containers should be marked as breathable air, Grade D according to ANSI

standard Z86.1-1973, and the Compressed Gas Association pamphlet G-7.1.

A SAR provides you with air for a longer period of time than a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), but the distance you can move from the cylinder or compressor, and freedom of movement, are limited by the air supply hose. Special care must also be taken when using a SAR because the air line can be punctured by rough or sharp surfaces, damaged by heavy equipment, and chemicals can penetrate the rubber.

THINGS TO KNOW ABOUT SARSn All SAR couplings must be

incompatible with the outlets of other gas systems used on a job site. This is to prevent you or a coworker from connecting to the wrong compressed gas source.

n When you are using a SAR in an atmosphere Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health (IDLH), a means of rescue such as a coworker equipped with an SCBA must be located nearby in a support or clean air post. You must also have a five minute escape pack to use in case of system failure.

n When using a SAR, keep your airline as short as possible. The most common length is between 50 and 100 feet, depending on the type of project. OSHA says that SAR airlines can not be longer than 300 feet.

11.07 1-A4

Once your mask is on, do a positive-negative pressure test to be sure it fits properly. Do a positive pressure test by covering the exhalation valve of the respirator valve and exhale. The mask should push away from your face without losing pressure.

To do a negative pressure test, cover the inlet opening of the respirator valve and inhale. The mask should collapse against your face without losing pressure.

LOW PRESSURE ALARMWhen the high pressure gauge drops below 500psi, you will hear an alarm letting you know that only five to ten minutes of air remains. If you are too far away to hear the alarm, a coworker must be watching the gauge to signal you when the pressure drops to 500psi.

CLEANINGYour respirator should be cleaned and disinfected with a mild soap like Phisoderm® after each use. Wash the face mask and breathing tube separately, and be careful not to loosen the spider valve gasket at the connection end of the airline.

Airlines must also be wiped clean of mud and chemicals. Make sure fittings are clean and operate freely.

STORAGEAfter you have inspected, cleaned, and made any necessary repairs to the respirator, it should be stored in a convenient, clean location away from dust, sunlight, extreme heat or cold, and excessive moisture.

SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS (SCBA)A SCBA supplies air to your facepiece through a hose and a regulator from an air source you carry. As with SARs, the air must meet the requirements of the

INSPECTIONSSARs should be inspected each day when you are using them, each time they are cleaned, and at least monthly when in storage. Monthly inspections should be completed and the date of inspection or any repairs documented and maintained on file where the equipment is housed. The inspection includes checks on:

n regulators and valves for proper settings and operation, according to manufacturers’ recommendations.

n faceshields and lens of masks for cracks, crazing, and fogginess.

n masks for cracks, tears, and holes in the rubber and valves.

n airlines for cracks, kinks, cuts, frays, and weak areas.

OPERATIONLOW PRESSURE GAUGEBefore you start work using a SAR, check the low pressure gauge. It should read between 65 psi and 85 psi when fully charged.

HIGH PRESSURE GAUGECheck the high pressure gauge. It should read between 2200 psi and 2400 psi when fully charged.

FACE MASKBefore putting on your face mask, be sure you’re not wearing glasses. If you need corrective lenses, special kits can be fitted inside your mask. No facial hair, like a mustache, beard, or sideburns which may interfere with the seal of the mask is allowed. 11.07 2-A4

SCBA AND SAR TRAININGYou must be trained on the use and maintenance of each type of respirator before you use it the first time and at least once each year after that. Minimum training includes:n learning how to recognize hazardous

conditions that require supplied airn instructions on full-face mask fitting,

valve settings, and equipment maintenance

n the opportunity to handle the respirator, test the mask-to-face seal, and wear the equipment

Training information on supplied-air respirators is available through the safety department.

DID YOU KNOW?New doesn’t necessarily mean safe. Inspect a new respirator as closely as you would an old one for any faulty parts.

DON’T FORGET!Always test the seal on your face mask with a positive and negative pressure test before beginning to work where

contaminated air is present.

Respirators are made to protect you and your coworkers from the injuries and illness breathing toxic chemicals can cause. While Layne supplies the equipment, you must understand how to use it to make it work effectively. This safety practice, manufacturers’ instructions, and Layne safety personnel are provided to help you protect yourself from dangerous atmospheres so you can breathe a little easier on the job.

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

Grade D breathing air specification.

A SCBA allows you to move more freely than a SAR, however, it is heavier and has a smaller air supply. The length of time you will need an air supply is important when planning to use a SCBA. Entry and escape SCBA respirators give access to nearly all areas of a work site, but the bulk and weight of the units decrease your mobility, especially in confined areas. As with a SAR, a SCBA can be used in an IDLH atmosphere as long as there is a properly equipped coworker located in a nearby clean air zone.

INSPECTIONLike SARs, SCBAs should be inspected each day when you are using them, each time they are cleaned, and at least monthly when in storage. In addition to the regulators and valves, all connections, faceshields and masks, the equipment must be checked for the following:n cylinder bodies for cracks, dents, and

corrosionn hoses for cracks and wearn harnesses for wear and damage to the

straps, clips, cylinder latch buckles, and cylinder securement system

OPERATIONDepending on the model of SCBA or SAR you are using, operations can differ. To be sure you will use the unit safely and correctly, always read the manual before you begin work with any SCBA or SAR.

11.07 3-A4

fall protectionSafety Practice comPliance Procedure a5

Falling objects, falling from heights, and falling into a hole can all cause injuries. This Safety Practice provides general guidelines for fall protection. However, the proper protection may differ from project to project. A competent person must prepare a fall protection plan for each jobsite where it is required.

Who Qualifies as a Competent person?Regarding fall protection, a competent person is someone who can recognize and evaluate unsafe conditions on a work site, then specify the necessary protection and precautions to be taken to ensure everyone’s safety on that job site.

If you are walking or working on a surface that is 6 ft (1.8 m) or more above a lower level, you will need a fall protection system. The competent person will determine your exposure to unprotected edges, hoist areas, ramps, excavations, holes, and other hazards. They will recommend a guardrail, safety net, personal fall arrest, or safety monitoring system.

proteCtion from falling objeCtsYour first line of protection from falling objects is your hard hat. After that, the designated competent person for your jobsite will determine if toeboards, screens, a canopy, or a barricade is required.

Conventional fall proteCtionThese systems protect you from general fall hazards and are the most commonly used.

guardrail systemsThe top rail of a guardrail system should be 42in. above the walking level. The midrail should be at 21in. The guardrail must be able to withstand a 200lb outward or downward force, and should be inspected regularly for rough surfaces that could cut you or snag your clothes.

safety net systemsSafety net systems must not be more than 30ft (9.1m) below the walking surface, and must have enough clearance underneath to avoid impact with what’s below. Mesh openings must be 6in (15cm) or less on any side, and should be inspected at least weekly for wear or damage.

personal fall arrest systemsA personal fall arrest system keeps you from falling by using a body harness, an anchorage point capable of holding 5,000 pounds and a lanyard. Other engineered devices may be used. All personal fall arrest systems must be rigged so that a person cannot free fall more than 6ft (1.8m) or come into contact with a lower level. They should never be attached to a guardrail system. All devices should be inspected before each use for wear, damage and deterioration, and should only be used for fall protection, not to hoist materials.

safety monitoring systemsA safety monitoring system is used only when no other fall arrest methods have

1.09 1-A5

1.09 2-A5

n Controlled Access Zones

Work sites where conventional fall protection cannot be used will be classified as controlled access zones (CAZ). CAZ are areas where certain work may take place without the use of guardrail, personal fall arrest, or safety net systems. Access to these zones must be controlled. Only employees who have been authorized in the fall protection plan may work in CAZ. No other employees may enter CAZ.

Controlled access zones will be defined with control lines or precast concrete members. Control lines should be installed between 6ft (1.8m) and 25ft (7.7m) from any unprotected or leading edge. They should be made of rope, wire, or an equivalent material, and must be flagged at least every 6ft.

Precast concrete members should be erected between 6ft (1.8m) and 60ft (18m) from the leading edge. Both control lines and precast concrete members need to run parallel to, and the entire length of, the unprotected or leading edge.

n Warning Line Systems

Warning line systems are used on roof work areas. They are made of ropes, wires, or chains installed at least 6ft (1.8m) from the roof edge with access paths also formed by warning lines and flagged every six feet with a highly visible material with access points also formed by warning lines and flagged. The warning lines cannot be lower than 34 incles or greater than 39 incles high at any point.

been installed. It is a system where a competent person is responsible for recognizing and warning other employees of fall hazards.

The safety monitor will be appointed by the site supervisor and must be competent to recognize fall hazards. This person must be located on the same work surface as coworkers and be close enough for them to hear him or her. A safety monitor’s only job is to recognize and warn coworkers against fall hazards. They should not be given other responsibilities that could distract them from that duty.

other fall proteCtionThere are some situations where conventional fall protection is not an option. Specific systems and plans will be used in those cases.

n Positioning Device Systems

A positioning device system is a body harness system rigged to support you on an elevated vertical surface, such as a wall. It keeps your hands free to work. These systems must be rigged so that you cannot free fall more than 2ft (.9m), and be anchored to support an impact load of at least 3000 lbs. Positioning device systems should be inspected before each use.

n Fall Protection Plans

A fall protection plan should only be used when it’s not possible, or it would be more hazardous, to use conventional fall protection. A competent person must design a fall protection plan specific to each job site where one is required. This qualified person will document why conventional fall protection cannot be used. They will supervise implementation of the plan and approve any changes.

your safety is layne Christensen’s number one ConCern

trainingNo one should work in an area with fall hazards or use fall protection devices until they have completed the Fall Protection Training Program. Training includes both classroom and job site instructions on the nature of fall hazards in the work area, and the correct use and maintenance of fall protection systems, among other things.

Training records will be maintained and refresher courses will be provided at least once a year.

Fall protection systems are designed to keep you from falling off, onto, or through working levels. But they only prevent accidents and injuries if they are used properly. Both Layne Safety and your supervisors will provide the training and equipment to keep you safe. It is your responsibility to follow the program and put them both to use.

did you KnoW?The Fall Protection Plan is re-evaluated every year to be sure it is effective.

don’t forget. . .Suggestions are encouraged. If you have improvement ideas for this or any other safety program, contact Layne Safety.

ground level fall proteCtionYou know falling off of something is dangerous, but falling into or through something can be just as hazardous.

CoversAll covers must be color-coded or marked with the word ‘‘HOLE’’ or ‘‘COVER’’. They must be installed securely so that they will not be moved by wind or traffic, and capable of supporting two times its potential load including people, vehicles, and other equipment.

exCavationsEach employee at the edge of an excavation 6 feet (1.8 m) or more in depth shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, fences or barricades when the excavations are not readily seen because of plant growth or other visual barrier.

Wall openingsGuardrails or personal fall arrest systems are required at certain wall openings, including those with chutes attached. Fall protection is required where the outside bottom edge of the wall opening is 6ft or more above lower levels, and the inside bottom edge of the wall opening is less than 39in above the walking surface.

There will be situations where fall protection is required, but it is not covered by our written safety plan. The rule to remember is that work surfaces and walkways that are 6ft or more above the lower level must be protected.

3-A51.09

air purifying respiratorsSafety Practice comPliance Procedure a6

Conditions on environmental well treatment and other projects may require you and your coworkers to wear air-purifying respirators to protect yourselves from illness and injury.

Chemical vapors can penetrate the membranes in your eyes, nose, and throat. That’s why Layne’s policy requires you to wear only full-face respirators on environmental sites. Half-face styles would leave your eyes unprotected.

This safety practice explains how to properly use and maintain your air-purifying respirator.

AIR-PURIFYING RESPIRATOR (APR)An APR filters and cleans the air you breath through special cartridges that are attached to the respirator.

An APR does not limit your movement on a job site, but the cartridges normally need to be replaced every 8 to 10 hours in order to continue to protect you from dangerous chemical vapors.

TRAININGOSHA regulation 29CFR 1910.134 says that you must be trained on the use and maintenance of an APR before you use it the first time and at least once each year after that.

Minimum training includes:n learning how to recognize hazardous

conditions that require respiratory protection

n instructions on full-face mask fitting and equipment maintenance

n the opportunity to handle the respirator, test the mask-to-face seal, perform a fit-test, and wear the equipment

There are also training videos on APRs available through the Safety and Environmental Health Sciences (SEHS) department.

A face mask and cartridge that work properly will keep your eyes, nose, throat, and lungs from becoming irritated. So it makes sense that a mask or cartridge that doesn’t work properly can put you in danger. For that reason, it’s important that you inspect, pressure test, and fit-test yourself and your respirator before beginning any work.

INSPECTIONSAPRs should be inspected each day when you are using them, each time they are cleaned, and at least monthly when in storage. Monthly inspections should be completed and the date of inspection or any repairs documented and maintained on file where the equipment is housed. The inspection includes checks on:n all connections for tightnessn lens of mask for cracks, crazing, and

fogginess11.07 1-A6

is being challenged by smoke, you will be asked to breathe normally, breathe deeply, turn your head from side to side, move your head up and down, talk, grimace by smiling or frowning, and then bend over.

If the irritant smoke causes you to cough during the fit-test, you will need to remove the respirator you’re wearing and begin the test again with another. If the respirator passes the test, you will be given a sensitivity check with the irritant smoke to be sure you would have reacted to it.

MEDICAL CERTIFICATIONIn addition to the training listed above, you must be medically certified to wear respirators before using one.

COLOR CODINGDifferent respirator cartridges protect your body from different chemicals and vapors. In addition to being marked with worded labels, the cartridges are color-coded according to the contaminant they protect against and the degree of protection they offer.

CLEANINGYour respirator should be cleaned and disinfected after each use with a mild soap like Phisoderm®. Avoid using alcohol to clean your face mask. It will cause the rubber to deteriorate more quickly than usual.

If cartridges were used on a hazardous site, they should be treated as hazardous waste and disposed of following hazardous waste disposal guidelines.

n mask body for cracks, tears, and holes in the rubber and valves

n speaker diaphragm for corrosion

Before putting on your face mask, inspect yourself to be sure you’re not wearing glasses, or have facial hair, like a mustache, beard, or long sideburns, that may interfere with the seal of the mask. If you need corrective lenses, special kits can be fitted inside your mask.

PRESSURE TESTINGOnce your mask is on, do a positive-negative pressure test to be sure it seals properly. Do a positive pressure test by covering the exhalation valve of the respirator and exhaling slightly. The mask should push away from your face and no air should escape. To do a negative pressure test, cover the cartrage openings of the respirator and inhale. The mask should collapse against your face without losing pressure.

If the positive or negative test fails, readjust and tighten the straps. If the mask continues to fail the test, see your superintendent. Do not reuse the mask!

FIT TESTINGYou and your coworkers should be fit-tested during your 40-hour training and once a year during your 8-hour update. After your mask has passed the pressure test, wear it for 5 to 10 minutes before beginning the fit-test. The fit-test involves breathing, talking, and action exercises that you perform while a tester directs an irritant smoke toward your mask. While the respirator you are wearing

11.07 2-A6

STORAGEAfter you have inspected, cleaned, and made any necessary repairs to your respirator,

it should by stored in a convenient, clean location away from dust, sunlight, extreme heat or cold, and excessive moisture.

DID YOU KNOW?New doesn’t necessarily mean safe. Inspect a new respirator as closely as you would an old one for any malfunctions or faulty parts.

DON’T FORGET! Always test the seal on your face mask before beginning to work where contaminated air is present.

Respirators are made to protect you and your coworkers from the injuries and illness that breathing toxic chemicals can cause. While Layne supplies the equipment, you must understand how to use it effectively. This safety practice, manufactures’ instructions, and Layne safety personnel are provided to help you protect yourself from dangerous atmospheres so you can breathe a little easier on the job.

See the Layne Christensen Company Respiratory Protection Program for additional information.

11.07 3-A6

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

electrical safetySafety Practice comPliance Procedure B1

Every day, electricity lights your office, runs your machinery, and powers your tools. It’s easy to take electricity for granted, but it can also be dangerous. This safety practice was written to protect you and your coworkers by explaining the dangers of electricity and what to do if an accident occurs.

Before you begin any job, be aware of your clothing and your surroundings, When working near energized parts or equipment, never wear rings, bracelets, watches, keychains, necklaces or other jewelry that would conduct electric current.

On a job site, survey the entire area before you begin working.

OVERHEAD LINESSet up the equipment only after you have identified all potential hazards on the site including overhead utilities. Before setting up near overhead utilities on a jobsite:

n Survey the entire area before you begin working. Document the survey findings on an Overhead Power Line Hazard Analysis Form. Set up equipment only after the overhead power line hazard analysis form has been completed. Revised Site Audit forms; overhead power SOP and overhead power line analysis forms are available from the Layne Safety Web Site at www.laynesafety.com < forms tab and select audits from the dropdown menu.

n Identify the closest conductor to the job-site and place overhead power placard.

n Then create an exclusion zone from the High energy hazard identified by the placard using the following table. This will create a safety separation distance of your equipment from the overhead line.

Voltage Min. Required of Power Line Clearance (ft.) (kV) ( check one q )

To 50 10 q Over 50 to 200 15 q Over 200 to 350 20 q Over 350 to 500 25 q Over 500 to 750 35 q Over 750 to 1,000 45 q

If it is not possible to set up and maintain a safe separation distance, you have other choices when working near overhead lines:n In some instances the utility provider may

agree to boot or insulate the line, however, most will not offer this preventive measure.

n You can disconnect the line and ground it within sight.

Contact the electric company to discuss either of these options.

OPEN CONDuCtORSOpen conductors need to be:

n 10 feet above finished grade sidewalks or any platform or projection from which they might be reached

n 12 feet over areas subject to vehicular traffic other than truck traffic

n 18 feet over public streets, alleys, roads and driveways

11.07 1-B1

11.07 2-B1

n Stay away from the rig, isolated trees and any water.

n If there is no shelter available, use the landscape. Stay low to the ground.

LADDERSn Use only sturdy wooden or fiberglass

ladders when you are working on or near energized parts.

WIRINGn Cover any cables and cords less that 10

feet off the ground with conduit, pipe or some other protection.

Open conductors must conform to the following minimum distances:n ten feet above finished grade sidewalks

or any platfomr or projection from which they might be reached

n 12 feet over areas subject to vehicular traffic other than truck traffic

n 18 feet over public streets, alleys, roads and driveways

n Protect all wiring used for lighting on a mast. It could easily be damaged by kellys, pipe, blocks or other equipment.

PANEL BOARDSn All circuit panels must have at least 3 feet

of clear space in front of them.

n Every circuit must be grounded, have a breaker or fuse and be labeled according to purpose.

n Any circuit you or a coworker use must have ground-fault circuit interupters.

GENERAtORSn You don’t need to ground portable or

vehicle mounted generators if there are grounding wires bonded to it. If the generator is vehicle mounted, the frame must also be bonded to the vehicle.

n Outlets must have ground-fault protection when you are operating tools.

uNDERGROuND utILItIESWhen the presence of underground utilities is suspected or known the local utility locate service must be contacted prior any type of excavation or drilling. Keep in mind local laws can require notice to the locate company of up to 72 hours prior to excavation or drilling. If you have any questions or concerns about proximity to underground utilities contact your supervisor.

LIGHtNINGLightning usually strikes things that are tall, cover a lot of ground area and are isolated; all of which describe a drill rig and mast working in an

open field. Seek shelter the minute you realize a storm is approaching.n Get inside a large building.n Get into a vehicle. Once you are in, don’t

touch anything that is metal. Vehicles provide shelter because the metal in them directs the current into the ground, not because they have rubber tires. (Wearing rubber-soled shoes will not protect you).

11.07

LIGHtINGn Sufficiently light areas where energized

circuits and parts are located so that you and your coworkers can see well enough to work safely.

n Protect all lamps from accidental contact or breakage.

n Light strings are prohibited around job sites unless the cords are waterproof and designed for suspension.

IN tHE SHOPYou must also survey the area before you begin a job. Check all cords, plugs and extension cords before turning on any equipment. Make sure all extension cords are three-wire and have grounding prongs attached. No plug adaptors are allowed.

tOOLSn Make sure all electrical equipment is

properly grounded.n Unplug any machinery and power tools

before cleaning, inspecting or repairing them.

n Turn off electric tools and equipment when you are finished using it. If you unplug it while it’s still running, the next person to use it might be shocked because they didn’t know it was turned on. That next person might be you.

WORK AREAn Keep floors, tables and work spaces clean.

Oily rags, paper and sawdust will burn if a spark hits them.

n Keep panels and junction boxes clear. You might need access to them in a hurry.

n Know the location of the fuses and circuit breakers.

HAZARDSTell your supervisor about any of the following:n shocking, sparking, overheating or

smoking machinery.n corroded outlets, switches or junction

boxes.n extension cords being used on a permanent

basis.n exposed wiring, broken plugs or outlets,

missing box covers or faceplates. If someone or something comes into contact with electric wires or current, know what to do.

11.07 3-B1

LOCKOut AND tAGGINGYou are qualified to repair and maintain electrical equipment only if you have done all of the following:n You have been

trained to work on or near live parts.

n You have been trained to determine the nominal voltage of live parts.

n You have de-energized, locked-out and tagged any controls, parts and circuits you are working on.

Very few people are qualified to work on live, electrical parts. Here is the six-step lockout procedure required by OSHA that you must follow:1. Prepare for shutdown by determining the

hazard and how to control it.

2. Shutdown the equipment.3. Isolate the equipment from all primary and

secondary power by shutting it off, pulling a fuse or cutting wires.

4. Apply the lockout and tagging devices.5. Control any stored energy by grounding

circuits and parts, blocking moving parts, draining air and liquid pressure off, bracing parts from falling and releasing tension on springs.

6. Check the lockout by attempting to re-start the equipment or by testing circuits and parts.

Only the person who applied the lockout or tagging device may remove it. Even if it has been deenergized, always assume any part not locked out or tagged is still live.

11.07

n DON’T touch any part of the equipment that is affected.

n DON’T touch any person or item that might be in contact with the current, If a life is at stake, and you attempt a rescue, use a dry, clean rope or unpainted wooden pole to remove the victim. If he or she is unconscious, begin CPR immediately.

n DO use a Class C fire extinguisher to put electrical fires out. Never throw water on an electrical fire. The current can travel through the water as you’re throwing it and shock you.

DID YOu KNOW?500 people are struck by lightning each year in the United States.

Just 1/20th of the amount of current used to light a 100 watt light bulb can kill you.

Ordinary house current has 110 to 240 volts compared to a lightning bolt which has 10 million to 100 million volts.

YOuR SAFEtY IS LAYNE CHRIStENSEN’S NuMBER ONE CONCERN

11.07 4-B111.07

DON’t FORGEt!Look up, down, right and left before raising your rig’s mast on any job site.

Never stand in a wet area, inside or out, when working with electricity.

Lockout and tag circuits before working on pumps, motors or panels.

Electricity can make your work much easier, but handled carelessly, it can burn, shock or even kill you. Protect yourself and your coworkers from danger by being cautious and following these safety guidelines. Take advantage of what electricity offers, not chances with what it can do.

hazard communicationSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B2

In our industry, we are bound to come across chemical hazards on the job. This safety practice was written to explain how chemical exposure can hurt you and how to protect yourself and your coworkers from danger.

Over exposure to chemicals can cause skin burns, throat, nose and eye irritation, breathing problems, liver and kidney disease and even death. The degree of injury depends on how strong the chemical is and how well you are protected.

The more you know, the better you can protect yourself. Layne provides three ways for you to learn about chemical hazards:n Trainingn Warning Labelsn Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)Each one, if followed correctly, can turn a dangerous chemical into a useful tool.

TRAININGEvery year, you must be trained in our hazardous communication program and the products we use. Training for all personnel will be conducted and documented as outlined in the written LCC Hazard Communication program for Layne. The components of the training are in the New Employee Orientation Training Environmental Operating Guidlines, the monthly Layne Safety publication and these Safety Practices. Refer to one of these sources for answers to chemical questions, or ask your supervisor.

WARNING LABELSWarning labels can be found on the chemical container or on signs near it. They will tell youn WHAT a chemical’s identity isn WHO made itn WHY it’s hazardousn HOW to protect yourself

The hazard information on labels can be shown in different ways. Many manufacturers use pictures and words to get their message across.

There are three signal words to watch for:n CAUTION (this chemical can cause moderate injury)

n WARNING (this chemical can cause serious injury or death)

n DANGER (this chemical will immediately injure or kill you)

In addition to pictures and words, there are also color and number coded label systems. These systems use colors to tell you the kind of hazard.n RED means a fire hazard.n YELLOW means a reactivity hazard.n BLUE means a health hazard.

Numbers tell you the degree of hazard.

0=minimal hazard1=slight hazard2=moderate hazard3=serious hazard4=severe hazard

n WHITE means a specific hazard. Specific hazards can be:

OXY – oxidizerACID – acidALK – alkalineCOR – corrosiveW – use no water – radioactive

A symbol like this, where the blue square contains a 4, the red square contains a 2, the yellow square contains a 1 and the white square contains the letters COR which indicates that this chemical is a corrosive. It has a severe health risk, a moderate fire risk and a slight degree of reactivity.

(Some labels may also recommend certain protective equipment and tell you what body parts may be injured by the chemical.)

11.07 1-B2

11.07 2-B2

This section tells you the chemical’s ingredients. The name the manufacturer gave it may not tell you what, or how hazardous the chemical is. This section also tells you how much of the chemical you can be exposed to safely.

This section tells you what the chemical should look like. The boiling point would be inportant for a chemical that became dangerous in a gaseous state. Specific gravity tells you if it will sink or float in water.

This section tells you what temperature you need to keep the chemical and how to put out a fire if it starts. Flammable chemical fires require a type B fire extinguisher.

Tells you the lowest temperature at which chemical vapors could catch fire (flash point). Lets you know if it’s flammable (catches fire below 100°F), or combustible (catches fire above 100°F). Also explains the best way to put out fires involving the chemical.

If you need more information about a chemical than what is listed on the lable, check the MSDS. The MSDS will tell you how to use, handle and store the chemical safely. You can find any MSDS in a binder kept in Layne trucks, rigs and shops. There is an MSDS for every chemical from sand to acetylene gas.

11.07 3-B2

Lists the ways the chemical could enter your body, such as splashing on your skin or being breathed in as a vapor. Also describes emergency first-aid procedures.

This section tells you what precautions — both legal and safe — to take when moving the chemical.

youR SAfETy IS LAyNE chRISTENSEN’S NumBER oNE coNcERN

11.07 4-B2

See the Layne Christensen Company Hazard Communication Manual for additional information.

DID you KNoW?25 million American workers are exposed to chemical hazards every day.

DoN’T foRGET!Read the MSDS before working with any chemical.

Layne is responsible for providing you with

information to keep you safe from chemical hazards. You are responsible for reading that material — the training information, warning labels and MSDS. If you have any questions, ask your supervisor.

Your health and safety in the future depend on your understanding proper chemical handling procedures now.

flammables and solventsSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B3

Many common chemicals that you work with every day are flammables and solvents. While chemicals like fuel, degreaser, and paint thinner, may be familiar items, they are still dangerous if you don’t handle them properly.

Whether you’ve been working with flammables and solvents for years, or you’ve just started, it’s important for you to know the right way to handle, transport and dispose of these chemicals. This safety practice will provide you with general guidelines, but for directions on handling specific chemicals, read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and container labels.

EXACTLY WHAT ARE FLAMMABLESAND SOLVENTS?Flammables are liquids and gases that can easily catch fire, release vapors and explode under 100°F. Fuels, cleaning agents and solvents are most always flammable.

Solvents are chemicals, usually liquids and usually flammable, that dissolve other substances. Paint thinner, degreasers and industrial

cleaners are all solvents.

HOW CAN YOU IDENTIFY THEM?Read the label on the chemical container. Look for a red diamond and the words flammable or dangerous. Never sniff or taste a chemical to identify it. If a container is not labeled, check with your supervisor before opening it.

BEFORE YOU BEGIN WORKING WITH ANY CHEMICALS...n read and understand the MSDS and

container label warnings.n make sure your work area is properly

ventilated.n wear the

proper personal protective equipment.

The proper protective equipment will be listed on the MSDS. You may need splash goggles, a face shield, respirator, apron, and neoprene or rubber gloves. The right protective equipment is different for every chemical, so always check the MSDS first.

SAFETY GUIDELINESEach chemical you work with may require different handling procedures. The following guidelines are just that, guidelines. The only way to be 100% safe when working with any chemical is to read and follow the information on the MSDS.

STORAGE RULESn Keep labels clean.n Keep containers

in well-ventilated, temperature controlled areas.

n Keep containers away from direct sunlight, reactive chemicals, electric tools and welding, or other work areas that could give off high temperatures or sparks.

n Inspect containers often for leaks, damage and spills. Report any problems to your supervisor as soon as you notice them.

11.07 1-B3

11.07 2-B3

EMERGENCY SITUATIONSIf you see a leak, spill, or injued co-worker, contact a supervisor or emergency services immediately. The faster you respond to a flammable or solvent emergency, the less chance there will be for you or a co-worker to be seriously injured.

FLAMMABLES AND SOLVENTS CAN CAUSE:n Rashes, burns and blistering if they touch

your skin. If you do come into contact with a chemical, ask a co-worker to call the doctor and rinse, don’t scrub, the area for 15-20 minutes.

n Irritation, burning and even blindness if you get them in your eyes. If that happens, have someone call a doctor, get to an eyewash station or other source of clean water and rinse your eye(s) for 15-20 minutes.

n Nausea, headaches, dizziness, vomiting, permanent liver or kidney damage, unconsciousness and even death if you swallow them or inhale their fumes, If you do swallow or inhale any amount of the chemical, ask someone to call the Poison Contol Center and a doctor, get to fresh air immediately and don’t eat or drink anything unless the MSDS or the doctor, tells you to.

n Keep containers closed when they aren’t being used.

TRANSPORTINGWhen transporting Flammables refer to Safety Practice C-2.

DISPOSALn Never pour flammables or solvents into

drains, sewers, garbage cans or onto the ground.

n Put used liquids in approved containers that are vented and labeled.

n Put used paper and rags into approved metal containers with self-closing covers and good ventilation.

n Empty all waste containers at least once a day.

FIRE DEFENSEFlammable and solvent emergencies can get out of control quickly. A small spark that causes gasoline to ignite can lead to a large fire or an explosion.

If a fire does start, your best defense is to be prepared. Having read the MSDS, you’ll know what type of fire extinquisher to use. Most fire caused by flammables

and solvents should be put out with a Class B extinguisher (foam or dry chemical).

Know where the nearest exit, fire alarm and extinquisher are located. Put out a fire only if it is small and you have been trained to handle it. Otherwise, get out of the area immediatly, find your supervisor and report the fire.

11.07

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

3-B3

DON’T FORGET…Never smoke around any solvent or flammable material.

Never use gasoline, solvents or other dangerous chemicals to wash grease or paint of of you skin.

Use the material provided, the proper equipment and common sense to protect yourself and your co-workers from danger.

If you get any chemicals on your clothes, take them off immediatedly. You’ll have to decontaminate, wash or dispose of them depending on what type of chemical it is.

DID YOU KNOW?Flammable liquids cause 1 fire every 8 minutes.

Over 25,000 injuries occur from workrelated fires each year.

11.07

corrosivesSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B4

In our industry, we work with corrosives nearly every day. Bleach, baking soda and caustic soda are corrosives and can be hazardous. Be aware of the chemicals you work with, their dangers and how to handle them safely.

This safety practice provides you with general guidelines, but for directions on handling specific chemicals, read the MSDS and container labels.

EXACTLY WHAT ARE CORROSIVES?Corrosives are toxic chemicals that can immediately destroy whatever they touch, including metal, other chemicals and body tissue. Corrosives come in different strengths, but all of them are considered hazardous.

CORROSIVES ARE EITHER ACID OR BASEACIDSAcids have a pH value* below 7. We handle hydrochloric acid (muriatic acid) most often. NEVER store an acid near a base.

BASESBases, or caustics, have a pH value above 7. The bases we handle include sodium hypochlorite (bleach), sodium hydroxide (caustic soda), sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and soda ash. NEVER store a base near an acid.

* A chemical’s pH value indicates its level of acidity or alkalinity. A pH value of 7 means the chemical is neutral.

HOW CAN YOU IDENTIFY THEM?Read the label on the chemical container. Look for a black and white diamond and the word corrosive or the letters COR. If a container is not labeled, check with your supervisor before opening it. NEVER touch, sniff or taste a chemical to identify it. Corrosives can burn your skin and throat if you touch them or breath fumes.

BEFORE YOU BEGIN WORKING WITH ANY CHEMICALS...n Read and understand the MSDS and

container label warningsn Make sure your work area is well

ventilatedn Wear the proper personal protective

equipmentThe proper protective equipment will be listed on the MSDS. You may need splash goggles, a face shield, a respirator, an apron, and neoprene or rubber gloves. The right protective equipment is different for every chemical, so always check the MSDS first.

SAFETY GUIDELINESEach chemical you work with may require different handling procedures. The following guidelines are just that, guidelines. The only way to be 100% safe when working with any chemical is to read and follow the information on the MSDS.

STORAGE RULESStore acids and bases separately. If the two get too close together, they could catch fire, explode or release dangerous fumes.n Store corrosive transfer containers and

drums below eye level to prevent splashes in your eyes or face. Keep labels clean.

n Inspect containers often for leaks, damage and spills.

11.07 1-B4

11.07 2-B4

EMERGENCY SITUATIONIf you see a leak, spill or injured coworkers, contact a supervisor immediately. The faster you respond to a corrosive injury, the less chance there will be of serious damage.

FIRST-AIDIF CORROSIVES:n GET ON YOUR SKIN, go to the nearest

safety shower right away. Rinse your skin for 15 to 20 minutes, then get medical attention. Corrosives can burn, blister, and even liquify your skin, causing permanent damage and pain.

n GET IN YOUR EYES, go to the nearest eyewash station right away. Flush your eyes for 15 to 20 minutes, then get medical attention. Corrosives can burn your cornea, causing cloudy vision, scarring and blindness.

n HAVE BEEN BREATHED IN, get to fresh air right away and get medical attention. Corrosives can cause chest pain, difficulty breathing, fluid in your lungs and even death.

If you get any chemicals on your clothes, take them off immediately. You’ll have to decontaminate, wash or dispose of them depending on what type of chemical it is.

n Keep containers closed when they aren’t being used.

TRANSPORTINGWhen transporting Corrosives refer to Safety Practice C2

DISPOSALn Never pour

corrosives into drains, sewers, garbage cans or onto the ground.

n Put used corrosives into disposal containers to be disposed of by a licensed hazardous waste hauler.

n Put used clothing and rags into containers labeled for hazardous waste disposal or cleaning.

n Know when materials can be washed and reused and when they should be thrown away.

FIRE DEFENSECorrosives can react violently to a number of other chemicals, even to each other. If a fire does start, your best defense is to be prepared. Having read the MSDS, you’ll know what type of fire extinguisher to use. Most corrosive fires should be put out with a class B fire

extinguisher.

Know where the nearest exit, fire alarm and extinguisher are located. Put out a fire only if it is small and you have been trained to handle

it. Otherwise, get out of the area immediately, find your supervisor and report it.

11.07

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

3-B4

DON’T FORGET!Never store or use acids and bases near each other.

The 3A rule-Always Add Acid to water, not water to acid, when mixing to prevent splashing, heat and boiling over.

Use this safety practice, the MSDS, proper protective equipment and common sense to protect yourself and your coworkers from corrosive chemical accidents.

DID YOU KNOW?Corrosives destroy body tissue on contact.

The degree of damage a corrosive can cause is a result of how long you’re exposed to it, the chemical’s concentration

and how long it takes to get first-aid.

11.07

oxodizersSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B5

Oxidizers make our work easier. Oxygen makes acetylene torches burn more intensely and calcium hypochlorite (HTH) can disinfect a well on contact.

However, oxidizers can be dangerous. This safety practice provides you with general guidelines, but for directions on handling specific chemicals, read the MSDS and container labels.

EXACTLY WHAT ARE OXIDIZERS?Oxidizers are chemicals that make combustible materials burn easier and with more intensity. Peroxides, chlorates, perchlorates, nitrates and permanganates are

all oxidizers. We use compressed oxygen gas to cut pipe and calcium hypochlorite (HTH) to disinfect wells. Both are oxidizers and both are considered dangerous.

HOW CAN YOU IDENTIFY THEM?Read the label on the chemical container. Look for a yellow diamond and the word oxidizer or the letters OXY. If a container is not labeled, check with your supervisor before opening it. NEVER touch, sniff or taste a chemical to identify it.

BEFORE YOU BEGIN WORKING WITH ANY CHEMICALS...n READ and

understand the MSDS and container label warnings.

n MAKE sure there is plenty of water available nearby.

n WEAR the proper personal protective equipment.

The proper protective equipment will be listed on the MSDS. You may need a splash shield, goggles, an apron, a full-face respirator with dust and fume cartridges and neoprene gloves when working with liquid calcium hypochlorite.

SAFETY GUIDELINESEach chemical you work with may require different handling procedures. The following guidelines are just that — guidelines. The only way to be 100% safe when working with any chemical is to read and follow the information on the MSDS.

STORAGE RULESn NEVER store containers near oil, grease,

fuel, oil based paint or other petroleum products.

n NEVER store oxygen bottles next to acetylene bottles.

n KEEP containers in well-ventilated, cool areas out of direct sunlight.

n KEEP labels clean.

n INSPECT containers often for leaks, damage and spills.

11.07 1-B5

11.07 2-B5

FIRST-AIDOxidizers will irritate the skin, respiratory tract and eyes on contact. If you or a coworker breathe in an oxidizer, get to fresh air immediately and call a doctor. If it gets on your skin or in your eyes, rinse the area with water for 15-20 minutes and get medical attention.

If you get any chemicals on yours clothes, take them off immediately. You’ll have to decontaminate, wash or dispose of them depending on what kind of chemical it is.

DID YOU KNOW?Oxidizers and petroleum products can spontaneously explode when near each other.

When disinfecting, chlorine gas can travel up the well and into your respiratory system.

DON’T FORGET!Never store oxidizers near petroleum products.

Always report any spills or injuries to your supervisor immediately.

Use this safety practice, the MSDS, proper protective equipment and common sense to protect yourself and your coworkers from dangerous oxidizer accidents.

n KEEP containers closed when they aren’t being used.

TRANSPORTINGWhen transporting Oxidizers refer to Safety Practice C2.

FIRE DEFENSEOxidizers react violently to all petroleum products. If a fire does start, your best defense is to be prepared. Having read the MSDS, you’ll know what type of fire extinguisher to use. Most oxidizer fires should be put out with a class B fire extinguisher.

Know where the nearest exit, fire alarm and extinguisher are. Put out a fire only if it is small and you have been trained to handle it. Otherwise,

get out of the area immediately, find your supervisor and report it.

EMERGENCY SITUATIONSIf you see a leak, spill or injured coworker, contact a supervisor immediately. The faster you respond to an oxidizer emergency, the less chance there will be of serious damage.

11.07

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

explosivesSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B6

We use a limited amount of both high and low explosives in our business. While you may not be the person detonating them, you may be working with explosives on some projects. Only trained «shooters» may detonate explosives, but you are still in danger if you don’t transport, store and handle them properly.

This safety practice explain precautions you must take when storing and transporting any class of explosives.

HIGH OR LOW?The explosives we work with fall into two categories — high and low.

n High explosive, which is Class 1.1 through 1.3, explosives. One of the type’s of explosive we use in this classification is Primacord.

n Low explosive, which is Class 1.4 through 1.6, explosives. One of the type’s of explosive we in this classification is Sonar-Jet.

The two kinds of explosives have different requirements for training, storage, documentation and transportation.

TRAININGHigh explosive, Class 1.1 through 1.3You may detonate high explosives only if you have been trained by the manufacturer or the Bureau of Alcohol, Tabacco and Firearms (ATF). In addition to this training the person must have a current license issued by the state.

Low explosive, Class 1.4 through 1.6You may detonate low explosives (Sonar-Jet) if you have been trained by the manufacturer.

All drivers and shooters must complete and maintain current training in the Transportation of Hazardous Materials.

STORAGEAll explosives must be stored in magazines — special safes designed to protect you and your coworkers from accidental explosions.

There are five types of magazines approved by the ATF for the safe storage of High and Low explosives.

n Type 1 – Permanent Magazine – used for High explosive’s

n Type 2 – Mobile and Portable indoor/outdoor magazines – used for Low explosive’s

n Type 3 – Portable outdoor magazines for temporary storage – used for temporary storage of high and low explosive’s (also known as a ‘day-box’)

n Type 4 – Magazine used for low explosive’s – blasting agents may also be stored in this type of magazine and detonators that will not mass detonate.

n Type 5 – Magazines for blasting agents.

NOTE: Type 3 (day-box) must be used for transporting both High and Low explosive’s. The detonators and explosive’s must be stored

11.07 1-B6

11.07 2-B6

DOCUMENTATIONA written log of all inventory for each magazine must be maintained for all explosive device’s received and removed from storage.

An Employee Possessor Questionnaire must be completed for all personnel involved with the handling of explosive devices.

Bills of Lading completed for transportation must be maintained for a period of one year.

in separate day-boxes. Generally a distance of three foot is required between magazines containing detonators and explosive, however your local or state codes may be different.

You can build any size of day-box as long as the following requirement is met:

n not less than #12-gauge steel (.1046 inches)

n lined with at least 1/2 inch plywood or Masonite-type hardwood

n doors must overlap sides by at least 1 inch

n hinges and clasps must be welded to the day-box

n one steel padlock must have at least five tumblers and a case-hardened shackle at least 3/8 inch diameter

MAGAzINE INSpECTIONS Magazines must be inspected every seven days. The inspection is to ensure that their has not been any tampering, unauthorized entry and or unauthorized removal of the contents of the magazine.

Refer to Title 27, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 55 — Commerce in Explosives, Subpart K, Storage for more information regarding Magazines:n location of magazines at facilities n housekeepingn constructionn repair of magazinesn smoking and open flamesn lightingn quantity/storage restrictions n table of distance for storagen storage within the types 1,2,3,4 and 5

11.07

yOUR SAfETy IS LAyNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

TRANSpORTATIONTransporting High and Low explosives meets the definition of a Hazardous Material and therefore must follow the Department of Transportation Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration Regulations.

Refer to Layne Christensen Company Safety Practice Manual, for Transportation of Hazardous Materials, Safety Practice Compliance Procedure C2.

The Safety Practice will review the procedures and requirements for:n Bills of Lading (shipping papers)n Labelingn Placardingn Hazardous Materials Table for Layne

Christensen Companyn Emergency Response GuidelinesAdditional Guidance can be found in the Institute of Makers of Explosives, Safety Library Publication No. 22.

Explosives are dangerous by nature. That’s why it’s so important to understand and follow every guideline when handling them. If you have any questions, ask. The alternatives are explosion, injuries, even death.

confined spaceSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B7

Entering a confined space can be deadly if you don’t take the proper precautions. This safety practice outlines the precautions you must take both before you enter, and while you are in, a confined space. Even if you don’t ever work in a confined space, you should understand the hazards your coworkers face and know how to help them if they run into trouble.

BEFORE ENTERINGBefore going into any pump house, lift station, tank, pit, vault, or other enclosed area, you must determine if that area is a confined space. OSHA defines a confined space as an enclosed area that can be described by the following:

n it is large enough for someone to go into and perform work

n it has a limited opening to get in and out of

n it is not designed for a person to stay in continuously, for long periods of time

If the area you plan to enter meets the description of a confined space, the next step is determining whether or not the area is a permit-required confined space. Use the Permit-Required Confined Space Decision Flow Chart in Layne’s Safety Plans’ Programs manual to determine if you’ll need a permit to enter the confined space. Confined space potential hazards include atmospheric hazards, electrical hazards, toxic materials, communication, entry and rescue.

OSHA defines a permit-required confined space as a confined space that:n is known to have a hazardous atmospheren contains materials that could make

someone who enters nauseous, dizzy, or unconscious

n is designed inside, in a way that could trap or suffocate someone who enters.

Before you enter a permit-required confined space, you must get a Confined Space Entry Permit �CSEP���CSEP�� from your crew leader or designated site supervisor. The CSEP is a form that asks for the following information about the site:

n identification of the confined space

n purpose of entry

n date and expected duration of entry

n known hazards

n necessary safety equipment

n descriptions of the atmosphere testing done and the results obtained

n personnel involved

The CSEP must be filled out completely by an authorized person before anyone enters the confined space. See Layne’s Permit Required Confined Space Entry Program in the Safety Plans and Programs manual for a sample CSEP.

PRE-ENTRY PROCEDURESFollow the pre-entry procedures explained in this safety practice to keep yourself and your coworkers safe in any confined space.

INSTALL BARRIERSCaution tape, saw horses, or other barriers should be put up at the entrance to the confined

1.09 1-B7

1.09 2-B7

in. Use a four-gas monitor which includes a combustible gas indicator that checks for combustible gases, oxygen levels and toxic vapors. Never enter the area if the oxygen content is less than 19.5% or more than 23.5%, or if a flammable or combustible gas registers over 10% of its lowest explosive limit.

Any amount of combustible gas is considered dangerous. If a combustible gas is present, ventilate the area immediately and completely.

REMOVE CONTENTSIf testing shows that chemical or other materials may still be in the confined space from previous storage or use, flush or rinse the space without entering. That will neutralize any harmful contents the area may have held. After rinsing, retest the confined space before entering.

Never purge gases into a confined space where flames or a heater might ignite them without testing the atmosphere first.

VENTILATEContinuously ventilate any confined space that contains dangerous fumes or chemicals because the air could become hazardous as soon as the ventilation stops. Use a four-gas monitor to ensure levels are within acceptable limits.

If there are combustible gases present in the confined space, don’t put a ventilator in areas where heating elements could spark or flame and set the fumes on fire. Move the ventilator to a safe place before you turn it on.

WHEN ENTERINGAlways follow these procedures when going into any permit required confined space.

space. While the barriers are designed to keep unauthorized people out of the space, there should always be someone stationed at the entrance to be sure an unauthorized person doesn’t go in by mistake.

DE-ENERGIZELock out and tag all motors, switches and other mechanical parts in the confined space, including electrical, pneumatic, mechanical and hydraulic machinery.

Lock out any machine that has more than one power source by putting a lock on the breaker closest to that machine. Re-read Safety Practice B1 for the six steps of lockout and tagging.

ISOLATECap, block or disconnect all lines coming into the confined space that might be dangerous if broken, such as chemical and electrical lines.

TEST ATMOSPHERETest a confined space for the percent of flammability or LEL, oxygen or toxic gases such as hydrogen sulfide (#25) or carbon monoxide:

n immediately after opening it

n after purging and entering

n at every shift change

Test these levels because some gases are lighter or heavier than others:

n low – 1 foot above the lowest work area or 1 foot above the presence of water

n middle – the center and sides of the space

n top – 1 foot below the top to the space

Always test the air from outside the confined space before you go

1.09 3-B7

attendant available. When entering a sewer man hole deeper than 5 feet a mechanical retrieval device must be on site. This will also be used for non entry rescue.

COMMUNICATEYou or your coworkers inside the confined space must be able to communicate with someone outside the confined space, as well as other coworkers inside. You must be able to let each other know if problems occur on the site or in the confined space.

Line-of-site communication means being able to see your coworkers. If you can see them,

WEAR PROPER GEARn A retrieval safety harness must be worn

when entering any permit required confined space. The harness will also be needed when entering a non-entry rescue confined space.

n SEHS or your supervisor is available to help you and your coworkers determine which respirator, if any, is the right one to use in a confined space. Refer to either of these sources before using any respirator in a confined space.

n Plug all electrical tools into a ground fault interrupter. See Safety Practice B1 for details.

n Wear a dust mask when removing rust or scale.

n Never eat, drink, or smoke in a confined space.

USE PROPER EQUIPMENTAny electrical tools or power equipment you or a coworker take into a confined space must be nonsparking, double insulated, and properly grounded. Some gases and vapors can explode if a spark sets them off.

STAND-BYKeep at least one person stationed outside the entrance of the confined space. This person must be in constant contact with coworkers in the space and be ready to remove coworkers from the space in an emergency.

The authorized attendant must not enter the confined space unless he or she is wearing a self-contained breathing apparatus �SCBA��, a harness, a lanyard and there is another

you can use these standard hand signals to communicate:

If you can’t see a coworker, you must have some other way to communicate with him or her. You can use a signal you both agree on, like a tug on the air line, or walkie-talkies work well if your office has them available.

MONITORContinuously monitor all instruments while in a confined space so that you will be alerted to dangerous conditions if they develop. If the instruments you are using are not able to monitor continuously, check and record oxygen levels every hour. Use the attached

Hand gripping Out of air throat can’t breath

Gripping Leave area partners immediately wrist or putting both hands on top of head

Hands on Need assistance top of head

Thumbs up OK, I’m all right, I understand

Thumbs down No, negative

1.09 4-B7

DID YOU KNOW?You can breath or swallow dangerous chemicals, fumes or vapors if you eat, drink or smoke in a confined space.

There are video tapes on confined space and monitoring instruments at the SEHS office in Kansas City, Kansas.

DON’T FORGET!NEVER trust your senses to determine the safety of a confined space.

Only a qualified person can properly test a confined space for safety. Make sure you receive the right training.

Entering a confined space doesn’t have to be dangerous. By following the procedures in this safety practice and thinking before you act, you can work as safely in a confined area as you can in the great outdoors.

See the Layne Christensen Company Permit–Required Confined Entry Program for additional information.

action level table to determine safe/unsafe vapor and oxygen levels.

ALWAYSFollow these guidelines in any situation involving entry into a confined space.

TRAININGIf you work on sites where you are required to enter confined spaces, you must be trained once a year on entry and testing procedures. Training should also include information on equipment usage and instrument care. If you haven’t been trained, let your supervisor know.

INSTRUMENT CAREn Follow all manufacturer guidelines

for oxygen and combustion sensor replacement.

n Record meter calibrations before each use and at least semi-annually.

n Test and record battery charge before use and at least monthly.

n Always zero and adjust meters in the same temperature as the air that’s being tested. Allow 15 minutes for the meter to adapt to the operating temperature.

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

ACTION LEVEL TABLE

HAZARD MONITORING EQUIPMENT ACTION LEVEL PROTECTIVE MEASURES H2s Four Gas Meter Greater than Evacuate Hydrogen 10 PPM Sulfide

CO Four Gas Meter Greater than Evacuate Carbon 35 PPM Monoxide

Oxygen Four Gas Meter Less than 19.5% Evacuate 19.5 – 23.5% Continue work Greater than 23.5% Evacuate Explosive Four Gas Meter Less than 10% LEL Continue work Vapors Greater than 10% LEL Evacuate

shoring and trenchingSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B9

Trenches and excavations are some of the most hazardous construction work sites. When you are digging an excavation 4 feet or greater you will provide a safe means for entry and egress every 25 feet. When the

excavation is 5 feet in depth or greater you will be protected from cave-ins. Short-cutting excavations can cost you your life.

This safety practice summarizes OSHA guidelines on shoring

and provides information on the proper way to excavate and shore safely.

Here are some terms you should be familiar with before starting any excavation.

BENCHINGA method of protecting yourself from cave-ins by digging the sides of an excavation to form one or more steps.

CROSS-BRACEA horizontal member of a shoring system installed at a 90° angle to the sides of the excavation. It’s ends are placed in contact with vertical rails or wales.

SHEETINGA plywood member of a shoring system that holds back the soil on the sides of an excavation and is supported by other members of a shoring system. Closed sheeting means the plywood sheets are butted together.

VERTICAL RAILVertical member of a shoring system placed in contact with plywood sheeting and cross braces.

WALEA horizontal member of a shoring system placed in contact with plywood sheeting and cross braces.

COMPETENT PERSONOne who can identify existing and future hazards in the work area, and has the authority to take immediate actions to eliminate those hazards.

HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHEREAny atmosphere that could cause death, illness or injury because it is explosive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing, irritating, oxygen deficient, toxic or otherwise harmful.

SOIL CLASSIFICATIONClassifying the stability of the soil you’ll be excavating is an important part of all site evaluations. Soil must be classified by at least one visual analysis and one manual test. That classification will determine the degree of sloping and the type of shoring you must use to protect yourself and coworkers from an accident in the excavation.

SOIL TYPESSoil is divided into three classes. They are listed here from most stable to least stable.

TYPE Acohesive soil-clay, sandy clay, hardpan, caliche.

1.09 1-B9

1.09 2-B9

molded with light finger pressure.

n DRY STRENGTH. Dry soil that crumbles under light pressure is granular. If it falls into clumps, and the smaller clumps break with difficulty, it may be clay.

GENERAL EXCAVATIONREQUIREMENTSThe following general excavation requirements suggest what to look for and how to prepare for an excavation before you even start to dig. They must be observed in every excavation in order to eliminate potential danger to you and your coworkers.

n Locate underground utilities before you dig. Check with utility companies to find out where cables and lines may be buried. Once uncovered, you must support, protect or remove the lines.

n Test hazardous atmospheres as outlined in Safety Practice B7, “Confined Space”. You must conduct tests in any excavation that could contain low oxygen levels or other dangerous conditions such as landfills or environmental projects. Remove water accumulation from an excavation before entering.

n Wear reflective vests or other highly visible material when near equipment,

trucks and cars. Remember to post signs, barricades and flag persons as necessary.

n Avoid falling objects by staying away from any load being lifted. Always wear your hard hat, safety shoes and safety glasses while on or near a job site.

n Construct temporary cross-overs where employees, pedestrians or equipment must cross over excavations. Guardrails

TYPE Bless-cohesive soil, crushed rock, silt, silt loam, sandy loam, previously disturbed soil, unstable rock.

TYPE Cnon-cohesive soil-gravel, sand, loamy sand, soil from which water is seeping.

VISUAL ANALYSISYou must examine...

n soil in the excavated material for particle size and cohesive appearance. A fine grain texture is more cohesive than a coarse grained texture.

n material as it is excavated for cohesive clumps or granular clumps that break up.

n open trenches for wall sloughing or tension cracks.

n area near the excavation for utilities that indicate disturbed soil.

n excavation and surrounding area for seeping water or high water table.

n excavation area for vibrating sources that can affect soil stability.

MANUAL TESTYou must test the...

n PLASTICITY. Mold a damp sample of soil into a ball and try rolling it into threads as thin as 1/8” in diameter. Cohesive material can perform this test.

n PENETRATION. Press your thumb into undisturbed soil as soon as possible after it has been excavated. Type A soil can be indented, but with great effort. Type C soil can be indented easily and

1.09 3-B9

n There can be no soil showing between plywood sheeting when shoring an excavation.

n Hydralic Shoring Trench Jacks (cross braces) trench boxes or trench shields are all utilized for shoring purposes in excavations. When using trench jacks, substitute a 2”X 6” for a vertical rail. When using hydraulic shoring, raise the pressure to 3000 PSI as shown on the hydraulic pump gage.

SPACING OF VERTICAL RAILSn No more than 6’ apart

n No more than 2’ from the bottom of the excavation

SPACING OF CROSS BRACES AND WALESn No more than 4’ apart vertically

n No more than 3’ from the bottom of the excavation

n No more than 1 1/2’ from the top of the excavation

will be provided where walkways are 6 feet or more above lower levels. Cover or barricade all wells, pits and shafts when the down-hole job is finished.

n Store spoil piles or excavated material at least 2 feet from the edge of an excavation. Don’t let it collect near wall sides.

n Protect the excavation edge whenever equipment is moving in the area. Use stop logs, barricades and employee spotters.

n Provide access into and out of an excavation four or more feet deep with a ladder or ramp. You should be no more than 25’ from a ladder or ramp at all times in an excavation. Ladders

must be secured from sliding or kickout, and ramps can be at an incline of no more than 30°.

n Perform daily inspections with a competent person who is qualified to identify potential hazards in an excavation. You may need more than one inspection in the same day if it rains or other conditions change.

SLOPING AND SHORING GUIDELINESUnless you are excavating less than 5’, you must use a protective support system for the walls of an excavation. Overlooking any of the following guidelines or conditions can cause a cave-in.n Use 3/4” tested and rated plywood against

excavation walls, leaving approximately 1’ of plywood above the top of the hole or trench to keep rocks and debris from falling in on yourself or coworkers.

1.09 4-B9

DID YOU KNOW?90% of excavations are 5’–12’ deep.

85% of deaths from occur in 5’–12’ excavation cave-ins.

Cave-in accidents are much more likely to be fatal than other construction-related accidents.

DON’T FORGET!Remove shoring from the bottom up. Pull sheeting out from above.

Back fill the excavation immediately after the support system is removed.

Don’t take short-cuts.

There are tables available that can provide you with more detail on how to shore properly. You must know the soil classification, depth and width of the excavation in order to use them. If you have any questions, see your supervisor.

You are responsible for your own safety as well as that of your fellow workers. Your decisions make the difference between a job well done and a life needlessly lost.

SLOPINGn Type A 3/4:1 (53°)

n Type B 1:1 (45°)

n Type C 1 1/2:1 (34°)

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

TRENCH BOXES AND SHIELDSShields such as trench boxes allow for protection by using a solid, movable system. The system must be down in the excavation with no more than 2 feet exposed at the bottom of the box. No one is allowed in the shield when it is being moved vertically, installed or removed from the trench. A ladder must be in the shield at all times when there is an employee exposure

Angle

Visual hazard identificationSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B10

Certain labeling requirements are mandated by OSHA or MSHA formobile equipment. For example, cranes musthave a number of warning stickers includingthose for outriggers, overhead lines, swingradius and boom angle indicators. Bulk fueltanks must be labeled for content and nosmoking (in the case of combustibles). Safetywarning signs alert everyone whosees them to a danger. Personsunfamiliar with theequipment arewarned of a hazard,while operatorsare reminded ofsafety everytime theysee the sign. Thisvisual hazard identificationsystem will preventaccidents.The Layne SafetyDepartment has avisual hazard identification system whichincludes safety signage, color coding andcontrol labeling for each type of equipment.

CONTROL LABELINGAn item on the Layne Christensen Drill and Pump Rig Site Safety Audit lists “Controls Identified”. This includes controls on the rig operator station, in the vehicle cab, and on any extraneous equipment mounted to the drill (i.e., generators, pumps, etc.).

If the operator has the controls memorized, why is important to have labels on the buttons and levers? Let’s say the operator is working on a winch spool and gets his hand trapped when the spool accidentally engages. He can not reach the shut-off control and screams for the new helper (who is on his

first day) to hit the kill switch. What are the chances of the new helper finding the unlabeled kill switch? Or finding the sand line control and pushing it the right direction?

Control labels can be purchased from the manufacturer, but this is sometimes very expensive. A very good and inexpensive idea is to go to your local trophy shop

or engraver and have control labels engraved. The small metal plates can

then be riveted to the control panel.

COLOR CODINGColor coding is the use of bright, contrasting colored (red, orange or yellow) paint or stickers to identify rotating hazards, pinch points and trip hazards.

While color coding might not obviously prevent an accident like a barrier, it is accepted by OSHA as a form of guarding when physical barriers are not practical (like on rotating drill stem).

Steps, Stairs and Railings — All steps, stairs railings and platforms should be

outlined in yellow to denote the tripping hazard. These include

any footholds or single steps leading up to the

deck, fuel tank steps and handrails. Paint set-up jack

pads yellow to denote this trip hazard.

Tools and Equipment— The outer edge of the cathead should definitely be painted yellow. Chain tongs and the table drive should be yellow on platform drills. Add yellow striping or stickers to areas around the mast pinch points where the mast raises and

11.07 1-B10

11.07 2-B10

jack must have a sticker calling attention to the crush hazard a lowering jack poses. The six-foot level on the mast should be noted on each side to remind employees at what level fall protection is required. Auger rigs equipped with auger racks should have a sticker noting caution to be used when removing augers.

Fuel and hydraulic tanks should be labeled with contents and “No Smoking” requirements. Boxes containing oxygen and acetylene should be labeled, as well as any other cargo boxes or tanks including “Non-Potable Water”.

As always, trucks over 10,001 gvwr must have the Layne Christensen identification and DOT numbers on the side. Fire extinguisher and first aid kit compartments must be noted. Small stickers for driver reminders can also be added to the door i.e., “Check Air Brakes” or “Fasten Seat Belt”.

The visual hazard identification system is an important tool in the training of new employees and the prevention of accidents for all employees. Begin outfitting your equipment immediately. Contact the safety department for assistance, or to provide the safety signage and stickers you need.

comes in contact with the rig framework.

Other pinch points include the top head drive tracks on rotary rigs, bucket auger tables, downhole hammer hinges on auger rigss, break-out wrenches, sliding tables, etc. Consider painting wrench handles with a yellow, non-slip paint to call attention to hand tool danger. Paint lifting hooks and bails yellow to call attention to these hazards. Control levers may also be painted to make them more visible.

Drill Stem — A sticker noting “Rotating Hazard” should be affixed in view of the work area to alert employees to pay attention to the

unguarded, rotating drill stem.

Many mine sites and industrial facilities limit the use of red for fire hazards or fire fighting equipment only.

SAFETY SIGNAGEPost a 7x10 inch sign on the left and right sides of the drill rig to call attention to PPE requirements. Larger sites may require more signs. Open mud pits, confined spaces, bulk fuel and chemical storage areas all require safety notice signs.

There should be certain stickers on the drill and support equipment to call attention to specific hazards. Each outrigger or set-up

11.07

YOuR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NumBER ONE CONCERN

fire extinguishersSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B12

The portable fire extinguisher is one of the most common fire protection appliances in use today. It is important to be knowledgeable in the different types of portable fire extinguishers and their correct usage.

This safety practice covers the various types of portable fire extinguishers, information on their rating, and inspection requirements. It was written to protect you and your co-workers by providing information on correct selection and proper handling of fire extinguishers in the event of a fire. A fire can get out of control quickly. Your best defense is to be prepared. Have an evacuation route. Know where nearest fire alarms, extinguishers and exits are located. Read the MSDS for the materials you are working with so you know which type of extinguisher to use.

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERSExtinguishing a fire requires interruption of one or more essential elements in the combustion process. With flaming combustion the fire may be extinguished by reducing temperatures, eliminating fuel or oxygen, or by stopping the inhibited chain reaction. If a fire is smoldering the only extinguishment options are; reduction of temperature, or elimination of fuel or oxygen.

Portable fire extinguishers provide one or more of those modes. Portable fire extinguishers are classified for their intended use on the four classes of fires. Fires are classified as Class A, B, C, and D. Fire extinguishers in classes A and B also receive a numerical rating which relates to the size of fire the extinguisher can be expected to put out.

CLASS A FIRE EXTINGUISHERSn used for ordinary

combustibles.n examples: wood,

paper, clothing and plastics

n the letter A in a green triangle symbol appears on the fire extinguisher used for ordinary combustibles.

CLASS B FIRE EXTINGUISHERSn are used for flammable

liquids.

n examples: gasoline, Coleman fuel, benzene, n-heptane.

n the letter B in a red square symbol appears on the fire extinguisher used for flammables.

CLASS C FIRE EXTINGUISHERSn tested for electrical

conductivity. Class C fire extinguishers must meet the ratings of A, B or both prior to the C rating.

n the letter C in a blue circlular symbol appears on fire extinguishers used for electrical fires.

CLASS D FIRE EXTINGUISHERSn used for combustible metals.n examples: magnesium,

sodium and zinc.n the letter D in a yellow star

symbol appears on this type of extinguisher.

11.07 1-B12

11.07 2-B12

n Check nozzle for obstruction and operation.

n Examine for corrosion or mechanical damage.

n Check lock pin and seal.

n Determine if the fire extinguisher is full by turning it upside down and listening for liquid or powder. This also mixes the contents and prevents settling.

n Examine condition of hose and hose coupling.

Every job site should have an applicable fire extinguisher available. One should be located in cab of every pick-up, service truck, pump and drill rig. The location of the extinguishers in the office and shop should comply with local fire codes.

DID YOU KNOW?Class A fire extinguishers contain water and must be protected in temperatures below 40°F.

DON’T FORGET!Use the right extinguisher for the type of fire you are confronting. Using the wrong extinguisher can actually make the fire worse.

When you are doing any hot work such as welding make sure there is a fire extinguisher at hand. If you can’t safely extinguish a fire, leave and call the fire department.

FIRE EXTINGUISHERSWITH MULTIPLE MARKINGSExtinguishers suitable for more than one class of fire should be identified by multiple letters and symbols as previously described.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER CODESFire extinguishers come in many varieties — water, carbon dioxide, dry chemical or powder, and liquified gas. They are coded to reflect the type of fire they can put out.

n Foam — Class A & B fires

n Water — Class A fires

n Carbon Dioxide —Class B & C fires

n Dry powder or moisture resistant chemicals — Class B & C fires.

PROPER USE OF EXTINGUISHERSAn easy way to remember the correct way to use a portable fire extinguisher can be summed up with these letters P A S S.

P– Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher. (Break the thin wire inspection bond).

A–Aim the nozzle or outlet toward the fire.

s– Squeeze the handle to discharge the extinguisher.

s– Sweep the nozzle back and forth at the base of the flames. Make sure the fire is out. Look for hot spots.

INSPECTION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERSn Check accessibility and proper location.

n Check tag for date of last discharge or inspection. Inspections should be done once a month.

11.07

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

slingsSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B13

In the drilling business equipment and materials are handled on a daily basis. Many of these are too large and heavy for personnel to lift and move safely by hand and material handling equipment must be used. This equipment may consist of forklifts and hoists used in conjunction with slings. Slings may be made of alloy steel chains, wire rope, metal mesh, fiber rope or synthetic web. Slings and their use must meet the requirements of OSHA Regulation 29 CFR 1910.184 and ASME B 30.9. This safety practice procedure addresses chain, wire rope, and synthetic web slings which are most widely used within Layne operations.

A visual inspection for damage shall be performed by the user or designated person each day or shift the sling is used. A complete inspection for damage shall be performed periodically by a designated person, at least anually. Written records of most recent periodic inspection shall be maintained.

Missing or illegible sling identification: n Evidence of heat damage,n Slings that are knotted,n Fittings that are pitted; corroded,

cracked, bent, twisted, gouged or broken,n Other conditions, including visible

damage, that cause doubt as to the continued use of the sling.

Alloy Steel ChAinConStruCtionAlloy steel chain slings are constructed of links of chain with attachments such as hooks, rings, or coupling links. Each sling should have a permanently affixed durable identification stating size, grade, rated capacity, and reach.

inSPeCtionSThe rejection criteria for chain slings include:

n Cracks or breaks,

n Excessive wear, nicks or gouges,

n Stretched chain links or components

n Bent, twisted or deformed chain links or components,

n Excessive pitting or corrosion

n Lack of ability of chain or components to hinge freely

n Weld splatter

Periodic inspections will be performed and documented on a regular basis determined by frequency of use, severity of service conditions, nature of the lifts, and experience on the service life of slings used in similar circumstances. Such inspections will in no event be at intervals greater than 12 months.

Wire roPeConStruCtionWire rope slings are constructed of wire rope with attachments similar to those used for alloy steel chain slings.

inSPeCtionSThe rejection criteria for wire rope slings include:

n Excessive broken wires, for strand-laid and

11.07 1-B13

11.07 2-B13

SynthetiC WebConStruCtionSynthetic web slings are made of nylon, polyester, or polypropylene material. Each sling is marked or coded to show the rated capacity for each hitch and type of web material. These slings may have attachments or eyes made from the web material.

inSPeCtionSWeb slings should be inspected each day prior to use and during use as conditions warrant. Slings will be removed from service if any of the following conditions are present:

n Acid or caustic burns

n Melting or charring of any part of the sling

n Holes, tears, cuts or snags

n Broken or worn stitching in load bearing splices

n Discoloration and brittle or stiff areas on any part of the sling, which may mean chemical or ultraviolet/sunlight damage

n Distortion of fittings.

PreCAutionSUse of synthetic web slings require some precautions to be followed. They are :n Nylon web slings should not be used

where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of acids or phenolics are present.

n Polyester/Polypropylene slings will not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists, or liquids of caustics are present.

single part slings, ten randomly distributed broken wiresin one strand in one rope lay

n Severe localized abrasion or scraping, kinking, crushing or birdcaging

n Any other damage resulting in damage to the rope structure

n Severe corrosion of the rope or end attachments

Slings will be inspected each day prior to use and during use as service conditions warrant. These slings will be removed from service should any of the following conditions be present:

n Ten randomly distributed broken wires in one rope lay, or five broken wires in one strand in one rope lay

n Wear or scraping on one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires

n Kinking, crushing, bird caging or any other damage resulting in distortion of the wire rope structure

n Evidence of heat damage

n End attachments that are cracked, deformed or worn

n Hooks that have been opened more that 15% or twisted more than 10 degrees from normal

n Corrosion of the rope or end attachments

11.07

used, always snug the choke first before the lift, never set the sling for the choking action to take place as the load is lifted. Set first, then lift the load gently, testing the balance and grip. When you know the grip is secure, then move the load.

A critical element of lifting heavy loads is properly positioning the sling. Rated lifting capacity can be significantly reduced depending on the sling-to-load angle. As the following chart indicates, actual lifting capacity decreases as the sling-to-load angle decreases.

DiD you KnoW?Insurance claims indicate that injuries from moving or falling objects are the second most frequent type of accident in the drilling industry.

Don’t ForGetAlways inspect each sling prior to use and remove from service any defective sling.

Never exceed the rated capacity of the sling.

Ensure the load is properly rigged before lifting.

Lifting or moving materials, tools, or heavy equipment is required on a daily basis in the our business. Don’t let this be a risk to you.

Use the right lifting equipment for the job, use it properly, and inspect it frequently so you won’t become another insurance statistic.

your SAFety iS lAyne ChriStenSen’S number one ConCern

n Web slings with aluminum fittings will not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of caustics are present.

n Nylon and Polyester slings will not be used at temperatures in excess of 180° F or polypropylene in excess of 200° F.

n Slings requiring repair must be repaired by a sling manufacturer and proof tested to twice the rated capacity. No temporary repairs are allowed.

rounD SlinGSConStruCtionRound slings are constructed of 100% polyester yarns encassed in a woven polyester jacket. Each sling is marked and/or color coded to show the rated capacity for each hitch.

inSPeCtionSRound slings should be inspected each day prior to use and during use as conditions warrant. Slings will be removed from service if any of the following conditions are present:

n Acid or caustic burns

n Evidence of heat damage

n Holes, tears, cuts, abrasive wear or snags that expose the core yarns

n Broken or damaged core yarns

n Weld splatter that exposes core yarns

n Discoloration and brittle or stiff areas on any part of the slings, which may mean chemical or other damage

SlinG uSeSlings, whatever they are made of, should be rigged in a manner that provides proper load control. You should always pull the sling tight before the lift is made. If a choke hold is to be

3-B1311.07

aqua freed®CSafety PraCtiCe ComPlianCe ProCedure B14

Aqua Freed® is an environmentally safe method of well rehabilitation usedto increase well capacity. It differs from thetypical chemical, physical and mechanicalmethods of rehabilitation. Layne has beenproviding this alternative procedure to ourclients over the past few years.

This procedure uses carbon dioxide (CO2), inboth liquid and gas forms. The Aqua Freed®

process consists of isolating the well screenarea with a packer and then pumping gasand liquid CO2 through the screen and intothe formation. This fractures and dissolvesmineral encrustation and redevelops theformation.

This safety practice outlines the hazards andthe precautions that must be taken whenworking with the Aqua Freed® process.Familiarization with these hazards and theAqua Freed® process will aid in providing thecustomer with a safe and environmentallyfriendly method of rehabilitating a well.

OXYGEN DISPLACEMENTCarbon dioxide displaces oxygen and canthereby cause asphyxiation. It is importantthat operations are conducted in wellventilated areas.If the area issmall and notwell ventilated,or has thepotential forair inversion,use forced aircirculation, afan or blower toventilate prior toentering the workarea after treatmentbegins. If the wellbeing treated has thepotential to contain explosive

atmospheres, likeproduct recoverywells, ensuremonitoring forexplosive and toxicconditions areconducted. Also useexplosion proof fansfor ventilation atthis type of well.If the well is ina pump house orsimilar confinedarea the vent valveneeds to be extendedfrom the well headassembly to theoutside of the pumphouse or nearest open source of fresh air.Supplied air respirators may be required.If the area cannot be ventilated or if physicalconditions favor oxygen displacement(i.e. pump located in concrete vault), thensupplied air respirators would be required.Remember the use of air purifying respiratorsis prohibited when the oxygen contentin the atmosphere is below 19.5% (See SafetyPractice A4).

PRESIONES ALTAS During the AquaFreed® process,pressures betweenthe supply tankand the well rangefrom 100 psi to350 psi. However,when liquid CO2is heated, pressuresmay exceed 800psi. Precautions

should be taken to keep allpersonnel clear of the well and CO2 supplyhoses during treatment and anytime the vent

11.07 1-B14

11.07 2-B14

SAFETY PROCEDURESThe Aqua Freed® safety recommendationsand a copy of the warning sign are attached aspart of this safety practice. It is recommendedthat this page be laminated and posted atAqua Freed® sites for your reference.

DID YOU KNOW?Carbon dioxide is used in fireextinguishes to extinguish flamesby displacing oxygen.

DON’T FORGET!Carbon dioxide is heavy. It willdisplace oxygen in confined andlow lying areas. You will suffocateif 10% of what you are breathingis CO2.

Always use the oxygenmonitoring instrument on eachAquafreed unit. In some casesa Combustible Gas Indicator(CGI) may also be necessary.

The meters can be obtained from youroffice or from SEHS. Additionally, alwaysmake sure the meter is in good workingorder prior to use.

valve is closed. NEVER place yourself or anyunnecessary equipment over the well whileunder pressure.

Hoses are under pressure during treatment,therefore, care should be taken with hoseand equipment placement so they are not inthe path of foot or motor vehicle traffic. Ifpedestrian traffic exists, use CO2 and highpressure warning signs or barricade tape tocontrol access to the work area.

In the past, packers have failed while underpressure. Always weld or bolt the cover plateassembly to the well head. When monitoringpressures on the inside of the well head, usea long pressure hose. Run this hose from thewell head to a remote gauge on the other sideof the supply tank. This keeps a truck betweenthe operator and the well.

REMEMbER:n Manufacturers call for 3,000 psi unions on

all pressure hoses.n All ball valves should be opened and

closed slowly.n Keep all equipment, especially safety

valves, clean and in good working order.

FREEZING TEMPERATURESWhile under pressure, liquid carbon dioxidemay reach temperatures as cold as -69°F.Contact will freeze flesh instantly. Heavywork gloves must be worn while working withthis process.

11.07

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

aqua freed®Safety reCommendationS B14

In addition to OSHa safety requirementsthe following safety recommendations must be followed when

performing the aqua fred® process.Follow ALL Carbon Dioxide safety handling instructions.

Carbon Dioxide displaces Oxygen and can thereby cause asphyxiation. It is of utmost importance that operations are conducted in well ventilated areas.

ALWAYS use the oxygen monitoring insturment assigned to each unit. In some cases Combustible Gas Indicator (CGI) may also be necessary. Do NOT enter an enclosed area when CO2 is present.

If the well is in a pump hours a vent extension from the well head assembly MUST be outside the pump house to an open area.

All personnel must keep clear of the well during treatment and anytime the vent valve is closed.

NEVER place yourself or any unnecessary equipment over the well while under pressure.

Keep the immediate area clear of all visitors while treatment is taking place.

11.07 3-B14

Hoses are under pressure during treatment therefore care should be taken with hose and equipment placement so they are not in the path of foot or motor vehicle traffic.

Do not substitute any recommended equipment for that of lesser quality or pressure rating without consulting either Aqua Freed® or your CO2 supplier.

Use warning signs while working on site. Be sure the CO2 warning signs are posted at all times.

All ball valves should be opened and closed slowly.

Keep all equipment, especially safety valves in good working order.

Keep ready access to all CO2 related equipment. In the event of an emergency it is important to have easy access to all CO2 equipment and shut off valves.

Keep area clean of debris.

materials handlingSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B15

Materials handling is an important part of daily operations at Layne. Everyday at job sites and in the yards, Layne employees move tons of materials. OSHA legislation has standards and regulations for materials handling, but common sense, planning and thinking ahead will help you avoid serious injury. This safety practice provides information to help reduce strains, stress and injury caused by improper material handling.

Layne employees routinely work with a variety of difficult to handle materials, such as: drill steel, pumps, bits, casing, sand, cement, oxygen and acetylene cylinders, bulk acid, drums and barrels. OSHA regulations concerning these types of materials are found in 29 CFR 1926.250 Subpart H-Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal and 29 CFR 1910 Subpart N-Materials Handling and Storage.

MATERIALS STORAGEStack the safety odds in your favor by safely storing materials. Many serious accidents are the result of improper

stacking and storage. Materials can shift, slide, roll and fall onto workers. The result might be as minor as a bruised hand, or as major as death in a crushing accident. Using the appropriate Personal Protective Equipment can reduce injuries too. Wear gloves to protect your hands from scrapes and bruises; safety footwear will help protect your feet if you drop something; correct lifting techniques and support belts will protect your back.

Here are some guidelines for safe storage and stacking of materials:

n Avoid strain by storing heavy objects at least 12 inches above the floor. Over-reaching and stretching to reach overhead objects may result in strains or falls. Use a ladder instead of chairs, boxes, etc.

n General regulations state that all materials stored in tiers shall be stacked, racked, blocked, interlocked, or otherwise secured to prevent sliding, falling or collapse.

n Non-compatible materials shall be segregated in storage, i.e. storing your sodium hypochlorite (base) and hydrochloric acid far enough apart that if they should both leak they won’t be able to mix. These materials must be stored in proper containers that are labeled with the contents name. Additionally, the storage area must be marked and labeled in order to avoid the possibility of storing incompatible materials together. The same is true with oxygen and acetylene bottles.

n Oxygen and acetylene must be stored upright and secured to avoid tip over. Separate oxygen and acetylene by either 20 feet or a 5-foot wall that can withstand a flame for 30 minutes.

n Bagged material shall be stacked by stepping back the layers and cross keying to increase stability. Steel, poles, pipe, bar stock, and other cylindrical materials,

11.07 1-B15

11.07 2-B15

n Drum leaks can be identified by material on the outside of the drum, on the ground or pallet. Cylinder leaks are usually found as a vapor plume coming from a cylinder.

n Leaks are often caused by drum or cylinder damage that includes dents that crimp, stretch, crush or crack drum or cylinder walls. Rust or other forms of corrosion or improperly sealing a drum or cylinder can also cause leaks.

Potential safety hazards associated with loading and moving drums and cylinders (stage 2) include obstructions, such as objects in the path or the effects of inertia and center of gravity.

n Objects like drums and cylinders that are in motion or at rest tend to stay that way. These effects are caused by inertia. Inertia makes it hard to get a cart and drum moving, and once they start rolling it is difficult to stop them.

n The center of gravity is the balance point of a drum or cylinder. When a drum or cylinder is loaded onto a cart, the drum’s center of gravity should be balanced over the cart’s wheels. When the drum is tipped too far forward or back, the center of gravity is off the wheels and can strain the worker’s back, or cause the drum to fall off the cart.

The effects of inertia and center of gravity are particularly important to forklift operations. If a forklift is stopped too quickly, or turned when it is moving too fast, the drums or cylinders it is carrying can fall off. Make sure that carts and forklifts are loaded, moved and unloaded with care, avoiding obstructions and minimizing the effects on inertia and center of gravity.

Procedures for preparing drums and cylinders for use vary. Typical steps include attaching safety chains before removing cylinder safety caps and positioning drum valves properly. One major safety step to remember for both drums and cylinders is properly attaching a ground or bonding strap to drums or cylinders that contain flammable materials.

unless racked, shall be stacked and blocked so as to prevent spreading or tilting.

n Storage areas on the job and in the yard shall be kept free from accumulation of materials that constitute hazards from tripping, fire, explosion, or pest harborage. Vegetation control will be exercised when necessary.

n If you need to remove manufacturer’s protective covers and/or guardrail for repairs, replace them when repairs are complete. This protects personnel from hazards of open pits, tanks, vats, ditches, etc.

DRUM AND CYLINDER HANDLINGDrums are thin walled containers that hold either solids or liquids. Drums that hold solids or thick liquids usually have a removable lid, while drums that hold thinner liquids have permanently attached lids with holes, called bungs, in them. Cylinders are thicker walled containers that generally contain pressurized

gases. Both drums and cylinders are often large and heavy.

Handling of drums and cylinders usually occurs in three stages – 1) moving

the drums or cylinders from one location to another, 2) preparing the drums or cylinders for use, and 3) removing the drums or cylinders when empty.

There are safety hazards associated with each stage. The major steps involved with stage one include inspecting the drums and cylinders to make sure they are not leaking or damaged, loading them onto a cart or fork lift and moving them to the desired location and then unloading them.

When inspecting drums or cylinders for leaks and damage, use the proper safety gear. Use proper gloves, safety glasses, and if necessary, respirators and protective clothing.11.07

11.07 3-B15

Barrel and drum handling is always difficult. When containerizing cuttings place the empty barrel on a skid so a forklift can stage them later or have a rubber tire end loader/backhoe mounted barrel grappler available when required. Top hold barrel grapplers may be used with a crane, boom truck or pump rig. On firm, level surfaces a barrel dolly with two people may be used to move containers.

Remember to use a tag line and never walk or work under a suspended load. Never risk personal injury or damage to equipment and materials because the equipment is underrated for the job!

OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1926.251 addresses rigging equipment for material handling. Equipment must be inspected and any defective equipment must be removed from service. This OSHA section describes in detail the use and limitations of chains, links, hooks, wire rope, eyes, splices, manila rope, synthetic rope, shackles and slings. If in doubt about the limitations of hoisting hardware, refer to the tables printed in this section of the CFR or consult a professional engineer.

Another good source of information is the “Drilling Safety Guide”, published by the U.S. National Drilling Federation. It provides information pertaining to the safe use of wire line, wire rope and hoisting hardware.

SAFE LIFTING PROCEDURESProper lifting procedures are very important. Back injuries due to improper lifting are a major concern on any project and unfortunately are common. The following items should always be addressed when lifting objects:

Size up the object to be lifted. Factors to be considered are:n Weightn Sizen Shapen Condition – sharp edges, nails, slivers, etc.

Empty drums and cylinders may contain flammable or toxic vapors and othr residues that can cause a great deal of harm. They should be removed quickly and properly. Steps

for removing empty drums or cylinders (stage 3) include marking

them to show they are empty, listing the materials

they contain and removing

them to a safe storage area. Drums that

contain flammable liquids such as oil may contain flammable vapors after the oil has been removed. Flammable vapors are more explosive than the liquid. This makes the empty drum more dangerous than a full one.

MECHANICAL HANDLINGUse mechanical methods to move materials whenever possible. As a last resort, you can move materials with your own strength. Always have complete control of the materials you are handling!

Mechanical handling of materials includes the use of dolly carts, wheelbarrows, levers and forklifts, end loaders, backhoes, cranes and boom trucks. Always consult the manufacturer’s specifications

to determine the limitations of the equipment compared to the weight of the loads you need to move. Be sure equipment is in good condition. Consider the path you will be taking prior to moving the load, so you can avoid or prepare for hazards.

11.07

11.07 4-B15

comfortable and get a good handhold. Using both legs and back muscles, lift the load straight up, smoothly and evenly. Push with your legs and keep the load close to your body. Lift the object into carrying position making no turning or twisting movements until the lift is completed.

Turn your body with changes of foot position after looking over your path of travel making sure it is clear.

Setting the load down is just as important as picking it up. Using leg and back muscles, slowly lower the load by bending your knees. When the load is securely positioned, release your grip.

Almost every Layne worker handles materials at some point during the workday. Storing materials safely, using the right method of moving materials and wearing the correct personal protective equipment is the only way to reduce the threat of injury.

DID YOU KNOW?Improper materials handling causes 25% of the accidents that occur at Layne each year.

Decide on the route you will take, and check for any problems or obstacles such as a slippery or cluttered floor. Also, check out the place where you will set down the load, so you can anticipate any difficulties.

GET HELP IF NEEDED (USE TEAMWORK).n When lifting and carrying with another

person, equally distribute the load.

n Movements must be coordinated so you start and finish the lift action simultaneously.

n Perform turning movements together.

n When carrying a long object, it should be held at the same level by those carrying the object and on the same side of the body.

Place feet close to the object to be lifted. Feet should be eight to twelve inches apart for good balance. Bend knees as far as is

11.07

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

lockout/tagout proceduresSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B16

When it’s time for maintenance, repairs or machine set-up, simply unplugging the machine being worked on is not enough. Many serious accidents happen when someone thought a machine or electricity was safely “off”. Following Lockout/Tagout procedures will help protect you and your fellow workers. This safety practice provides step-by-step procedures to follow to ensure that machines and electricity remain temporarily “off”.

Lockout/Tagout procedures are required by OSHA and must be followed by all Layne employees. Listed below are steps to follow when completing Lockout/ Tagout procedures.

7-STEPS FOR LOCKOUT/TAGOUTPLAN AHEADPrepare for the shutdown by determining the hazard and how to control it. Think through the entire process. Identify all parts of the system to be shut down. Decide which switches, equipment and people will be involved.

COMMUNICATENotify affected employees that a lockout/tagout procedure is taking place. Inform them of the equipment involved and when the equipment will be shut down and locked out.

IDENTIFY ALL POWER SOURCESPower sources would include electrical circuits, hydraulic and pneumatic systems, spring energy and gravity systems whether near or far from the job site.

NEUTRALIZE APPROPRIATE POWER SOURCESIf the equipment is operating, shut it down. Control any stored energy by grounding circuits and parts. Disconnect electricity.

Block moveable parts. Release or block spring energy. Drain or bleed hydraulic and pneumatic lines. Lower suspended parts to rest positions.

LOCKOUT ALL POWER SOURCESLockout the energy source with assigned individual locks.

TAGOUT POWER SOURCES AND MACHINESTags should explain the reason for the lockout, your name, the date and time of tagging.

CHECK THE LOCKOUTDouble check the above steps. Make sure no personnel are exposed. Check the lockout by attempting to re-start the equipment. Push start buttons, test circuits and operate valves. Return operating controls to neutral or “off” position after verifying the lockout. The machine or equipment is now locked out and ready to be serviced.

RESTORING EQUIPMENT TO SERVICEWhen the servicing or maintenance is complete the following steps should be followed when returning the machine or equipment to normal operating condition.

n Check the machine or equipment and the immediate area and ensure that nonessential items have been removed. Make sure the machine or equipment’s components are operationally intact.

11.07 1-B16

11.07 2-B16

n Check the work area to ensure all employees are safely positioned or removed from the area.

n Verify the controls are in the neutral or “off” position.

n Remove the lockout devices and restore power to the machine or equipment

REMEMBER!Only the person who applied the lockout or tagout device may remove it. Even if it has been de-energized, always assume any part not locked out or tagged is still live.

The removal of some forms of blocking may require the machine to be re-energized before safe removal.

11.07

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

ground freezing operationsSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B17

Ground freezing is done as a part of Layne Christensen’s construction division. It has many uses and the technology applies to construction, mining, environmental stabilization, and any other use when the flow of water or material needs to be stopped or solidified in place.

Ground freezing consists of drilling a series of holes by a variety of methods and installing pipes which are connected to allow the circulation of a brine solution. The brine is pumped through the circulation pipes which are centered every 2’ to 3’. A freeze plant mixes the brine solution in a heat exchanger producing the brine which consists of either calcium chloride or ethylene glycol with a primary refrigerant of anhydrous ammonia. As the brine circulates through the system, the surrounding area becomes a solid wall of frozen material.

Ground freezing has many different stages to its operations. These operations include: setting up and drilling the holes, installing piping, and setting up and maintaining the freeze plant. Several different types of drills are used in the drilling operations and the setting of the circulation pipes. Drill rig safety is covered in detail in the “T” series safety practices however this safe practice will detail safety operations for the freeze plant.

SITE SET UPThere are two types of ground freezing units, a permanent unit utilized on projects where the

process will be in place for years and mobile units which move from project to project. In either case proper site preparation is important to ensure a stable surface to set the plant on. Surface compaction, rock, timbers, or concrete

are all materials which may be used in the process of surface completion. Energizing the plant for use requires that the necessary chemicals be brought to the site. A licensed distributer and transporter of these materials will deliver them to the plant and recover them when the project is over. A 2-inch or 3-inch filler line will be used to transfer the chemicals and an ammonia detector will be present during the transfer. Should the alarm indicate a release of product, the individual in the plant or conducting the transfer should donn proper respiratory and personal protective equipment (ppe) and stop the transfer or release of product if it can be done safely. If the transfer or release can not be controlled safely, the area should be evacuated immediately and emergency personnel called.

Proper PPE for personnel in the freeze plant would include:

n Gloves

n Shoe covers

n Aprons impervious to ammonia

n Eye protection

11.07 1-B17

11.07 2-B17

SAFETY PROCEDURESAdditional information on the freeze plant start up and operations can be found in the Layne Christensen Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for Freeze Plant Operations.

DID YOU KNOW?More anhydrous ammonia is produced for industrial refrigeration than any other type of refrigerant including freon.

DON’T FORGET!The brine used in this process can reach temperatures cold enough to severly freeze skin upon contact.

Always use properly calibrated gas detection instruments, proper warning devices, and have proper respiratory protection and personal

protective equipment available for emergency use around the chemicals used in this process.

n Face protection

n Respiratory protection, if concentrations warrant it.

PLANT OPERATIONWhen the plant is in operation several items need to be monitored on a regular basis. These items include: electrical circuits, coolant flow, temperature and pressure. The data received from these items is compared to ground temperature to verify the system is operating within design specifications. Once the area to be frozen is completely frozen, it is maintained throughout the project.

REMEMBERn In some cases liquid nitrogen, is used

causing temperatures in the system to reach as low as –150 degrees Celsius. Contact with skin will freeze it instantly at temperatures only one third that low.

n Inspect valves and equipment regularly to ensure they are in good working order.

n Energizing and deenergizing of the anhydrous ammonia refrigerant MUST be done ONLY by a contractor licensed for the distribution, transportation, and disposal of anhydrous ammonia. LAYNE NEVER TRANSPORTS OR DISPOSES OF ANHYDROUS AMMONIA!

11.07

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

MSHA ground controlSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B19

When large amounts of dirt and rock are removed from the earth during mining operations, highwalls, slopes and pits are the result. Ground control is the act of safely managing the hazards relating to the earth on mine sites. Ground fall accidents kill more miners than any type of accident. You may be required to work around the hazards presented by ground control.

This safety practice procedure addresses safety issues dealing with ground control, water hazards and night illumination.

GROUND CONTROL ON HIGHWALLS, PIT WALLS AND SLOPESA highwall is an earth wall that rises to a level above a workers head. It may be a straight vertical cliff or a gently sloped hill. You may be working at the top of a highwall and risk falling down it, or at the bottom and risk it falling down on you. Before beginning work near a highwall, remember the following:

n Never approach the edge of a highwall to look over it. Always start by inspecting the highwall from the bottom. Inspect the area before moving in heavy equipment.

n The highwall should be uniformly straight. If a section juts out, this could be an indication the wall is about to fall.

n Cracks, loose rock, tree roots or overhangs are signs that the wall is unstable. Loose rock occasionally falling down the slope can also signify an unstable wall.

n A highwall that was stable in good weather can become very unstable in adverse weather. Inspect the highwall after freezing, thawing and rain storms. Also, inspect the highwall after blasting operations. Blasts that are a good distance away could cause loosening of material or landslides.

When working near a highwall, take the following precautions:

n Never work between a highwall and machinery. A landslide could pin you between a wall of falling earth and the equipment. Avoid working with your back to a highwall. Always try and keep an eye on it.

n When working at the bottom of a highwall, be aware that someone could be working at the top. Rocks, tools or even equipment could come sliding down the hill.

1.09 1-B19

It is much more difficult to see hazards that would otherwise be easily identified. The law requires sufficient illumination to be available for all work locations when working at night. This includes control panels, paths, loading and dumping sites, stairways, and walkways. When operating machinery at night, drive a little slower. Visibility is decreased and it will take a longer amount of time to slow or stop. Keep equipment lights on at all times

(including when parked) to allow others to see the vehicle, however, dim your headlights when approaching work areas and other vehicles. Your bright lights can blind others coming your direction. Make sure all mud and dust is removed from headlights and clearance lights to allow maximum illumination. If a hazard (such as a rock slide or collapsed bank) is identified, use flares to warn others until the problem can be corrected. Finally, use portable lights to illuminate highwalls for proper inspection.

Personal precautions you can take include the wearing of light colored clothes or reflective strips. This allows vehicle operators see you at greater distances. Give machines a greater berth when walking around them. This will allow you to get out of the way if the vehicle suddenly starts moving. Carry a flashlight and leave it turned on. This will not only help you to see, but it will help oncoming traffic see you. Lastly, keep in radio contact with equipment operators. Night work offers an entirely new set of hazards. It is especially important to follow all safe work practices to prevent accidents and injuries.

Keep heavy equipment away from the highwall edge. A soft shoulder can easily give way. Always wear your seat belt when operating equipment on a mine site.

If a situation occurs where a highwall looks unstable or a small rock slide occurs stop work immediately! Notify a mine safety official and a trained professional will come to the site and inspect the highwall.

WATER HAZARDSWater can cause many hazards at a mine site. First, water from rain or melting ice can loosen rock in the highwall through erosion and present a ground fall hazard. Second, water can cause slippery driving and walking conditions. This increases the possibility of vehicle accidents, or slips, trips and falls. Third, water presents an electrocution hazard. Many pieces of equipment on the mine site are powered by trailing electrical cables. If an unwary miner steps in a pool of water containing a bare wire or faulty connection, serious injury may result. Avoid walking through or putting cables in standing water. Fourth, settling and tailing ponds pose a hazard of workers and equipment falling into them. Be extra careful working in these areas. Finally, acid mine water drainage can present a hazard to underground water supplies and naturally occurring streams and rivers. Every effort should be made to contain and hold runoff water.

ILLUmINATION AND NIGHT WORkWhen working at night it is important to be extra careful and follow safe work practices.

1.09 2-B19

yOUR SAfETy IS LAyNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUmbER ONE CONCERN

hand safetySafety Practice comPliance Procedure B20

Each day your hands are exposed to a variety of hazards. These hazards can range from traumatic hand injuries to repetitive motion problems. The following safety practice outlines common hazards involved with the equipment utilized at Layne Christensen facilities. Here are a few of the most common types of hand injuries:

TraumaTic injury

Cause: Any tool, machine or equipment with sharp edges (such as; blades on knives, choppers, axes, cleavers, etc.)

Result: Cuts or lacerations

Cause: Splinters, staples, screwdrivers, chisels, glass, wire, etc.

Result: Punctures

Cause: Car Doors, falling objects, machines, such as: brakes or presses.

Result: Sprains or broken bones

Cause: In-running, which involves a rolling action, such as; gears, wheels, belts, etc.

Result: Crushed or broken fingers.

cOnTacT injuryCause: Contact with chemical, mechanical,

physical or biological substances.

Result: Skin irritation or burns

rEPETiTiVE mOTiOn PrOBLEmSCause: When the same hand actions are

repeated for a long time.

Result: Tingling, numbness, pain and loss of grip strength.

HanD SaFETy rEminDErSAlways keep in mind the following items:

n Always remove rings, watches and bracelets before you start work. This is particularly important if you are working with rotating or moving machinery.

n Never wear gloves while working with rotating equipment.

n Use gloves that are job-rated for the task you are performing.

n Turn off the power when you’re cleaning, inspecting and repairing machines. Follow lockout-tagout procedures: Lock and tag the machine out, block any moving parts and post warning signs.

n Check tools and equipment, never use tools that are worn or broken or have dull cutting edges.

n Don’t bypass or remove any safety guards on machines or tools. Those guards are there to protect your hands.

n Keep your work area clean. Use a brush or cloth to sweep filings, shavings or splinters. Don’t use your hands.

n Store tools properly so they don’t fall.

n When you’re carrying material through a doorway or using a hand cart, keep your hands where they can’t get crushed.

11.07 1-B20

11.07 2-B20

n Clean and dry cotton work gloves periodically. Make sure you clean them thoroughly, especially gloves with rough surfaces, to improve the grip.

n Store gloves in a cool, dry place away from sunlight.

n Don’t leave chemical gloves turned inside-out. This can trap chemical or vapors inside the gloves and rot the glove material.

n Don’t store gloves with the cuff folded over. The crease weakens the glove material, and can tear easily.

n Replace worn or damaged gloves.

HanD EXcErciSESIf you have problems with your hands, wrists or fingers check with your doctor before you do any of these following exercises:

Finger StretchSpread and hold your fingers apart for 5 seconds, then relax them. Repeat this 3 times on each hand.

Thumb StretchTurn up the palm of one hand, pull the thumb down, hold for 5 seconds. Repeat 3 times on each hand.

Wrist curlsHold your fingers outward, make circles with your hand by flexing your wrist. Do 10 circles on each hand.

n If you’re stacking material that’s separated by spacers, keep your hands on the sides of the spacers not on the top or bottom.

n Use the right tool for the right job and always use it correctly.

n Consult your supervisor if necessary.

SiGnS anD SymPTOmS OF SKin injuryContact with chemicals, mechanical forces, environmental factors, and biological irritants can cause:

n Redness

n Blisters

n Itching

n Rashes

n Dry skin that can crack open and bleed

cOnTacT injury PrEVEnTiOnTo avoid injury follow these safety guidlines:n Wash your hands frequently with soap

and water. When that is not possible use a clean rag or towel.

n Read and follow any substance warning labels.

n Know what hand protection to wear and when it is needed. Consult the MSDSs’ at the right-to-know station in your area.

GLOVE carEListed below several reminders about glove care:

n Not all gloves offer the same protection. If you’re not sure which glove to use ask your supervisor.

n Check for holes at the tips and between fingers.

n Before you take off gloves rinse them to wash away chemicals.

11.07

11.07 3-B20

aLWayS rEmEmBEr!Your hands and fingers are priceless and irreplaceable. You can cut down on the chance of hand injury if you:

n Pay attention to potential hazards.

n Analyze each job before you begin. Be sure to ask yourself, “How can I protect myself from injury?” “What hazards am I likely to meet?”

n Work as a team member.

n Consult your supervisor if necessary.

DiD yOu KnOW?The skin on your hands can be injured by:

n Chemicals like; solvents, acids, soaps, detergents, caustics and metal compounds.

n Mechanical forces such as; friction, pressure and vibration.

n Environmental factors such as; heat, cold, wind, radiation and over exposure to sunlight.

n Biological irritants such as; bacteria, fungi, viruses and mites.

It doesn’t matter if you’re job is working with machinery, hand tools, hazardous substances or repetitive motion tasks, your main task is to safeguard your hands and fingers. They’re meant to last a lifetime and if you give them the right care and handling, they will.

11.07

yOur SaFETy iS LaynE cHriSTEnSEn’S numBEr OnE cOncErn

machine guardingSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B21

Many operations require parts to be worked by industrial machines such as grinders, buffing machines, welding equipment, milling machines, drill presses, power presses, press brakes and shears, and woodworking machines. The exposed moving parts in these machines must be equipped with safeguards to avoid injury to workers. Staying safe means knowing how and where to look for machine hazards.

LOOK FOR HAZARDSn At the point of operation, where the

machine contacts the material, part or stock and performs operations such as cutting, punching, grinding, boring, forming or assembling.

n Near power transmission components—those parts of the mechanical system that carry energy to the machine parts that do the work. These components can include flywheels, pulleys, belts, connecting rods, cams, spindles, chains, sprockets, clutches, feed rolls, cranks and gears.

n At other parts of the machine that move while the machine is operating. Movements can include rotations, reciprocating movements or movements in a transverse direction. Feed mechanisms and auxiliary parts of the machine may also need guarding.

MACHINE HAZARDSThe machine hazards you face can come from:

n Contact with exposed moving parts of the machine.

n Flying objects from machine tool failure.

n Flying metal chips, and chemical and hot metal splashes.

n Machines and components that malfunction because of mechanical failure.

n Machines and components that malfunction because of energy-source failure.

n ReMeMbeR! If a machine part, function or process can cause injury, check and see if it needs a safeguard.

OPERATING GUIDELINESKeep yourself and coworkers safe by following these guidelines:

n Operate machines only if you’ve been trained and authorized to use them.

n Wear close-fitting clothing with short sleeves. Tuck in your shirttail.

n Wash your clothes often, and replace or repair clothing that is worn or torn.

n Work gloves are recommended for some tasks. But work gloves can get caught and draw the operator into a lathe, mill, drill press or any machine with a revolving part or a spinning motion. Make sure

11.07 1-b21

n Keep your hands away from moving machine parts.

n Follow established lockout/tagout procedures for maintenance and servicing of equipment and machines.

n Clear slipping and tripping hazards from your work area.

n Report defective tools, equipment and machines.

Hazards can result from the work area layout or the way people stand or move while performing work. The next time you are in your work area look for potential problems such as:

n Exposed, rotating parts, missing or defective guards.

n Flying objects from saws, grinders or other machines that process material which could reach workers who are close by.

REMEMBER!Working safely with machines means taking the time to do it right. before starting work:

Prepare carefully for every step of your work. Make sure everything is in place

before you start.

Take it step by step. Even a single shortcut can be dangerous.

You must be thoroughly trained before you use a new machine or procedure. Never try to use a machine you’re not trained to operate.

you take off your work gloves before you perform these operations.

n Don’t try to adjust, reposition stock or material or clear a jam-up while the machine is running.

n Wear the personal protective equipment that’s appropriate for your job.

n Always operate machinery with guards in place. Report missing or damaged safeguards to your supervisor.

n Keep your hands clear of pinch and nip points and areas where your hands could be crushed. Identify these areas and color code them if possible.

n Use the equipment carefully and do the job right. Follow instructions step by step. Learn and practice the safety rules.

STAYING SAFEIndustrial machines at the production facility need efficient and sometimes complex safeguards, such as fixed or adjustable barrier guards and presence sensing devices. To stay safe around machinery:

n Don’t bypass or remove any safeguards.

n Never modify a machine part or safeguard without consulting and receiving approval from the

manufacturer.

n Follow the operating instructions for your machine.

11.07 2-b21

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

hand tool selection and design

Safety Practice comPliance Procedure B22

11.07 1-B22

Hand tools are used on a regular basis in our industry. The key to using them safely is to choose, use and maintain them properly. This safety practice explains general selection, use and maintenance guidelines for hand tools used on the job. For specific instructions on a particular tool, consult the instruction manual and your supervisor before beginning.

tool designIn addition to the general function of a tool, the handle design is one of the most important elements to a hand tool. The primary function of the handle is to transfer force from your body to the point of operation. There are two primary types of grips:

n the power grip is fingers and thumb clamping the handle against the palm

n the precision grip is manipulating the handle between the pads of the fingers and thumb

A third type of grip, the pistol grip, combines both power and precision grips.

grip size The size and shape of a tool handle affect gripping performance. For power grips, handles should be cylindrical or oval and range from 1.25 to 1.75 inches across. You will achieve maximum gripping strength and tool control on a 1.5 inch handle without sacrificing torque capability.

For cutting or crushing hand tools such as pliers and scissors, you will have maximum gripping strength when the span between handles is between 2.9-3.15 inches. You may need to alter the grip or choose another tool if the grip span is too large or too small. An improper grip will reduce hand power and it can be dangerous. Tools can slip in a weak grip.

handle lengthAn average person’s hand or palm is approximately 4 inches wide, so minimum handle length should be 4 inches. A shorter length handle will not allow your fingers to grip properly. The ideal length is between 4.5 and 5 inches so that your hand has a little room to move. When wearing gloves, add another half inch to the handle length.

WeightThe weight of the tool is another design factor to consider when using hand tools. Some jobs require heavier tools to help absorb impact vibrations and provide feed

for the average hand and in this case, one size does not fit all.

Generally, varnished wooden handles provide a better gripping surface than metal or plastic. Textured rubber handles provide friction for a good grip, but they can become tacky after several uses.

A good way to improve the gripping surface of any tool is to use an absorbent sleeve. Sleeves can be fitted over tool handles and are made of an outer layer of leather-like plastic and an inner layer of foam plastic. Rubber sleeves may also increase your gripping ability while reducing hand force exertion. But remember, adding sleeves or other materials to handles will increase the grip diameter.

tool UseThe best way to use a tool safely is to use it for the right purpose. Wrenches are not hammers. Screwdrivers are not pliers. And pliers are not wrenches. Once you have determined the right tool for the right job, check to see that it fits your hand properly, and any available guards are in place.

Appropriate head, hand and eye protection must be worn when using hand tools. Most operations require a hard hat and safety glasses. Additional PPE may also be required. Dust masks or filter respirators may be needed when working with electric grinders. Rubber hand grips may be needed when working with powered hand-held augers. Ear protection may be needed when working with pneumatic tools.

As with any equipment, use common sense when operating hand tools. Use only insulated tools when working with electrical equipment and be sure the area is free of combustible and flammable

force. If a power tool is too light, you end up doing the work instead of letting the tool work for you. To reduce shoulder and arm fatigue, tools weighing more than 5 pounds should be counterbalanced. Power tools weighing less than 1 pound should also have a counterbalancing system in place.

Weight distribution and balance are important as well. The tool’s center of gravity should be aligned with the center of the gripping hand. A common example of a front-heavy tool is an electric drill equipped with a pistol grip handle. Correct tool balance reduces hand twisting due to rotational tool movement or torque.

tool selectionImproper tool grip, handle or weight may force your hand and arm into awkward positions, adding stress to your wrist. When trying on a tool for size, your hand and forearm should remain in alignment during forceful grip exertions. Tools that require your wrist to be flexed and your palm to be rotated forward at the same time should be avoided. The ideal tool will perform multiple functions while allowing your arm and wrist to be in neutral positions.

Another consideration when selecting the best tool for you is the handle or grip material. Avoid form fitting handles with molded finger recesses. They are designed

11.07 2-B22

free of oil and grease. Caked dirt and grime should be removed from any tool connections. Edges on cutting tools should be clean and sharp. Tools should be stored in tool boxes, racks and shelves.

Each tool has specific inspection points. Regular use of the Hand and Power Tool Safety Audit ensures that tools are safe to use.

did YoU KnoW?Some tasks require a “pulp pinch grip” which is a precision grip using the fingers and thumb. A tool handle diameter of .2 to

.5 inches provides maximum control and manipulation.

don’t Forget!You must complete the proper training program before using any hand or power tool.

Hand and power tools are valuable equipment that make our jobs easier. They can also help us work more safely when they are properly designed, used properly, inspected regularly, and well-maintained. Use the Hand and Power Tool Program in the green Safety Plans and Programs Manual and consult the manufacturer’s operating recommendations before using a new tool. These files are also located on the Layne Safety Website at www.laynesafety.com. Work smart to work safe.

materials. Always utilize a GFI for all electric tools.

Never carry sharp tools in clothes pockets. Keep them sheathed and carried on your belt in the back over the hip.

Finally, make housekeeping a priority. Do not leave hand tools lying on shop floors or work areas. Be sure power tools are turned off and unplugged when not in use.

tool inspectionAll hand and power tools must be inspected on a regular basis to be sure that they are working according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. A Hand and Power Tool Safety Audit form should be used to document inspections and maintenance of equipment. While your supervisor is responsible for making sure inspections take place, you are responsible for doing them correctly.

Any tool found to be defective must be thrown away if it cannot be repaired. If a tool can be repaired, it must be tagged out of service until repairs have been completed and it has been reinspected. All repairs should be documented and filed for future reference.

tool MaintenanceDirty tools are harder to use and aren’t as effective as well-maintained tools. Hand tool handles should be smooth and

11.07 3-B22

YoUr saFetY is laYne christensen’s nUMber one concern

personal physical hazardsSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B23

Most workplace accidents can actually be avoided with a combination of safety awareness, safe work habits, and good housekeeping practices. The chances of injury may be considerably reduced by taking steps to eliminate hazards in the work area. That is why it is so important to establish a safe work zone around every job. In order to accomplish a safe work zone, you need to start with job analysis and hazard identification.

JOB ANALYSISJob analysis is an essential part of work performance. Many different people are involved in project planning, including managers, supervisors, safety personnel, and each individual worker. Job analysis includes five basic steps:n TASK – analysis of the job to be donen OBSERVATION – consideration of job

specifics (when, where, how)n PREPARATION – information,

equipment and material gatheringn THOUGHT – think the job through,

analyze for hazards and safest ways to perform the job

n ACTION – the entire process is useless if action is not based upon the previous steps

Some of the most common, and most avoidable accidents on the job are the slip, trip, hit or fall type. Slipping or tripping hazards are evident anywhere that work is being done – the shop floor, the job site, or the office. Hand tools, electrical cords, and grease are some of the items that can cause slipping or tripping hazards. Avoiding these types of accidents is easy if you only take the time to spot-check the work area. Looking at the work situation periodically for these

hazards will prevent accidents. When spot checking the work area, be aware that bright lights or the sun may cast a glare over the work area.

Of equal concern are dark spots caused by inadequate lighting. Whenever checking the job site you must not only check for hazards, but also remove or report them as well. If the hazard cannot be quickly taken care of, barricade or post the hazard to warn others.

Avoid crossing a slipping hazard whenever possible. Slipping hazards such as an oil spill or water release should be avoided. If the hazard must be crossed remember these rules;n Take short stepsn Point toes outwardn Place weight on the

entire footn Use handrails or

supports

Put these together and you have a duck-walk, so when crossing slipping hazards “walk like a duck.”

When crossing a tripping hazard;n Place weight on one legn Do not jump over objects, merely distribute

weight evenly when straddling themn Shift weight to the leading legn Lift the trailing leg high enough to clear

the objectn Never carry a load that blocks the vision or

will cause a loss of balanceWhen walking or climbing stairs, pay attention to the area. Climbing with hands in pockets, or without watching for objects left on the stairs, could result in an accident. If it is obvious you are about to fall, a few simple things may

11.07 1-B23

not when convenient. Follow proper safety procedures for each spill. When cleaning up a chemical spill or hazardous material, ask your supervisor what safety precautions need to be taken.

n Maintain tools and workspaces

An organized workspace is an important accident prevention strategy. It will prevent you from getting aggravated and using the

wrong tool because you can’t find the right one. Make sure that the area is orderly and easy to navigate. Most importantly, don’t block off emergency exits.

Jobsite housekeeping is everyone’s responsibility each day. Cleaning up spills and scrap material, returning tools to their storage

locations and keeping materials safely arranged are on-going tasks, not something you do just at the end of your working day. Good housekeeping is a safety strategy that is a part of every job you perform. It’s something to start thinking about from the moment you arrive at work.

Be ever mindful that conditions change with time and circumstance, and that new and unforeseen hazards can crop up at

any time. Use the five steps of job analysis and know the safest way to identify the real hazards is by inspection of the work area – a simple walkthrough. After hazards have been identified, use all the protective measures at your disposal to ensure that your safety and the safety of others is not endangered.

Finally, you must communicate. It is important that every member of the work group be informed. A good method to ensure that this is done is through our regular safety meetings. Take the time to let everyone know what the job involves and the plan of action to accomplish the task. Discuss what special tools, equipment and protective clothing must be used and whom to contact should anything go wrong.

reduce the chances of serious injury.n Look where you are about to fall

n Keep the wrists level with the ground

n Never reach out and grab for anything; it may fall on you causing serious injury

n After the fall, remember to test for feeling in the hands and feet. Jumping up to prove that nothing is wrong may increase any sustained injury

Soft tissue injuries are often caused by carelessness or inattention. Operating equipment improperly, moving without looking, not paying attention and failure to use proper protective equipment are all common causes. These injuries may be prevented by staying alert, using proper safety equipment and by following safe work practices.

HOUSEKEEPINGGood housekeeping is a prevention strategy that starts the minute you get to work and continues all day. Every task you perform contains a housekeeping strategy. In fact, it’s likely

that you already perform some housekeeping duties without giving it a second thought — like cleaning up spills and putting things away. Maintaining tools, keeping workstations organized and free of clutter and disposing of waste properly are also housekeeping strategies that take little effort, but are important in creating a safe work zone.

Housekeeping strategies that will help keep the jobsite injury-free:

n Maintain floors

Keep all floors free of clutter, waste and dirt. When a floor is wet or slippery, post a warning sign. Clean up spills when they happen,

11.07 2-B23

YOUr SAfEtY IS LAYNE cHrIStENSEN’S NUmBEr ONE cONcErN

job hazard analysisSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B24

11.07 1-B24

AJob Hazard Analysis (JHA) is the process of breaking down a job task into steps, evaluating each step for potential hazards and the safest way to protect from each potential hazard. These are recorded on the Job Hazard Analysis form and made available to all employees. JHA is a good way to increase the knowledge of hazards in the workplace.

Job Hazard Analysis can best be done through observing a worker actually performing the task. By live observation, you do not rely on a person’s memory regarding the steps in a task, and it is easier to identify potential hazards. Not every task will lend itself to observation, such as infrequently performed jobs or new tasks. For just such tasks, you can gather a group of experienced workers and supervisors to discuss and complete the JHA form. It can be useful to have safety personnel participate in the JHA procedure especially if you are using the discussion method.

The process of hazard analysis will help you identify previously undetected hazards and will increase the job knowledge of the employees who participate. It will also raise safety and health awareness, increase communication between worker and supervisor, and promote safe work procedures. Once you have completed

a job hazard analysis form, you can use it again for new employee training, safety training or as a briefing guide for infrequent jobs. It will also assist in completing accident investigations.

Four basic stages in conducting a JHA are:1. Select the job to be analyzed2. Break the job down into a sequence of steps3. Identify potential hazards

4. Determine preventive measures to overcome hazards

1. JOB SELECTIONEvery job that presents a hazard and requires control measures should have a JHA conducted. Consider the following guideline when selecting job tasks at your district:n Accident frequency and severity. Jobs where

accidents occur frequently or where they occur infrequently but result in disabling injuries.

n Potential for severe injuries or illnesses, such as a task exposed to harmful chemicals.

n Newly established jobs. Due to lack of experience in these jobs, hazards may not be evident or anticipated.

n Modified jobs. New hazards may be associated with changes in job procedures, new equipment, or location.

n Infrequently performed jobs. Workers may be at greater risk when undertaking non-routine jobs. A JHA provides a means of reviewing hazards.

2. JOB STEP BREAKDOWNThe next stage is to break the job into steps. Care must be taken not to make the steps too general, as to miss specific steps and their associated hazards. A rule of thumb is that most jobs can be described in less than ten steps. If more steps are required, you might want to divide the job into two segments, each with a separate JHA form. It is important to keep the steps in correct sequence or you may introduce new hazards that did not already exist.

11.07 2-B24

n Do tools, machines, or equipment present any hazards?

n Can the worker make harmful contact with objects?

n Can the worker slip, trip or fall?

n Can the worker suffer strain from lifting, pushing or pulling?

n Is the worker exposed to extreme heat or cold?

n Is excessive noise or vibration a problem?

n Is there a danger from falling objects?

n Is lighting a problem?

n Can weather conditions affect safety?

n Is harmful radiation a possibility?

n Can contact be made with hot, toxic or caustic substances?

n Are there dusts, fumes, mists or vapors in

the air?

List the potential hazards in the 3rd column of the JHA form. Make sure the hazard matches appropriately with the job step. All participants should review this part of the analysis together.

When using visual observation, observe a worker experienced and capable in all aspects of the job. It should be done during normal work times and situations and with regular tools and equipment. The only difference from normal operations is that the worker is being observed. This process is not an attempt to critique individual performance, but to study the job itself. The goal is to make the task safer by identifying hazards and how to eliminate or reduce those hazards. All participants, including the worker, should discuss the breakdown of steps to make sure that all basic steps have been noted and are in correct order.

3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATIONIdentifying potential hazards for each of the basic steps is the next stage of the JHA. Based on observations of the job, knowledge of accident and injury causes, and personal experience, list the things that could go wrong at each step. You may need to observe the task a second time, in order to focus solely on hazard identification.

Consider the following questions to help you identify potential hazards:

n Can any body part get caught in or between objects?

Record each step in sequence in the left hand column of the form. Make notes about what is done rather than how it is done. Notice each basic task step should start with an action verb. See sample below.

Basic Task Steps: Equipment Used Potential Hazard: Task Level of Risk: Control Measures, Safe Practices High, Medium, Low Equipment, PPE, Guard, etc.

Park vehicle

Remove spare and tool kit

Pry off hub cap and loosen lug bolts (nuts).

11.07 3-B24

Basic Task Steps: Equipment Used Potential Hazard: Task Level of Risk: Control Measures, Safe Practices High, Medium, Low Equipment, PPE, Guard, etc.

Park vehicle Vehicle too close to passing traffic.

Vehicle on uneven soft ground. Vehicle may roll.

Remove spare Strain from and tool kit lifing spare.

Pry off hub cap Hub cap may and loosen lug pop off and hit bolts (nuts). you. Lug wrench may slip.

Revise work procedureConsider modifying steps that are hazardous, changing the sequence of steps or adding additional steps, such as locking out energy sources.

Reduce the exposureIf the above measures are not possible, then consider minimizing contact or exposure to the hazard. This may include the use of appropriate personal protective equipment, providing an emergency kit to reduce severity should an accident occur, or modifying machinery so it requires less maintenance.

List control measures in the far right column on the JHA form. Be specific about what you should do and how to do it when listing solutions.

4. HAZARD SOLUTIONThe final stage in a JHA is to determine preventive measures for the hazards identified. You have four basic choices at this stage. You can eliminate the hazard, contain the hazard, revise work procedures or reduce the exposure.

Eliminate the hazardIn order to eliminate a hazard, you need to a) choose a different process, b) modify an existing process, c) substitute with less hazardous substance, d) improve environment, such as ventilation or, e) modify or change equipment or tools.

Contain the hazardIf the hazard cannot be eliminated, prevent contact by using enclosures, machine guards or similar devices.

Basic Task Steps: Equipment Used Potential Hazard: Task Level of Risk: Control Measures, Safe Practices High, Medium, Low Equipment, PPE, Guard, etc.

Park vehicle Vehicle too close Drive to area clear of traffic. to passing traffic Turn on flashers.

Vehicle on Choose a firm, level area. uneven ground.

Vehicle may roll. Apply parking brake, leave transmission in gear or in Park.

Chock wheels

yOUR SAFETy IS LAyNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

11.07 4-B24

Basic Task Steps: Equipment Used Potential Hazard: Task Level of Risk: Control Measures, Safe Practices High, Medium, Low Equipment, PPE, Guard, etc.

Park vehicle Place blocks in front & back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat.

Remove spare Strain from Turn spare into upright position and tool kit lifting spare. in wheel well. Using legs and standing as close as possible, lift spare out of truck and roll to flat tire.

Pry off hub cap. Hub cap may pop Pry off hub cap using steady and loosen lug off and hit you. pressure. bolts (nuts)

Lug wrench Use proper lug wrench; apply may slip. steady pressure slowly.

REMEMBERConditions change with time and circumstance. New and unforeseen

perils can crop up at any time. Therefore, the safest way to identify the real hazards is by inspection of your work area.

If done thoroughly and made readily available to employees, a JHA is a very useful technique for identifying hazards and either eliminating or controlling them.

DID yOU KNOW?Nearly a quarter of injuries happen to experienced workers.

Statistics like this remind us of the continual need for job analysis and safety training.

1.09 1-B25

Scaffolds are used when you can’t reach the work above you safely from the ground or from a solid structure. Scaffolds are meant as temporary work platforms and can be pre-manufactured or custom

designed for an individual work project. To be used safely, scaffolds must be designed correctly for the job, maintained in good condition and disassembled properly.

This safety practice was written to help you evaluate all aspects of scaffolding before you begin a job. Those aspects include fall protection, weather/working conditions, employee training, condition of scaffolding, maintenance records, identifying electrical hazards, and load capacity.

Any employee who is involved in the erection, usage, disassembling, moving, transporting, repairing, maintaining, or inspection of a scaffold will be trained to recognize any hazards associated with the work being performed by a qualified person familiar with the general safety requirements of that specific scaffold. Training will include review of the nature of scaffold hazards, correct procedures for erection and disassembling, moving, operating, repairing, inspecting and

maintenance. Before you assemble any scaffold, you must also understand the design criteria, maximum intended load capacity, and intended use of the scaffold.

There are many different types of scaffolding, therefore you must be trained for the use of each of those scaffolds specifically. There are two general types of scaffolds used on the job.

Supported Scaffold – one or more platforms supported by outrigger beams, brackets, poles, legs, uprights, posts, framed or similar rigid support.

Suspension Scaffold – one or more platforms suspended by ropes or other non-rigid means from an overhead structure.

Within those two categories, there are many variations of scaffolds that can be erected depending on the requirements of the job site. Some examples are:

Bricklayer’s Scaffold – a supported scaffold composed of framed squares

Carpenter’s Scaffold – a supported scaffold consisting of a platform supported by brackets attached to a building or structural wall

Horse Scaffold – a supported scaffold consisting of a platform supported by saw horses. Also known as a trestle scaffold

scaffoldingSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B25

ErEcting, Maintaining, and diSaSSEMblingIn order to erect, change or disassemble a scaffold you must have specific training as outlined in section 1926.454 of the OSHA standard.

While each type of scaffold will require specific instructions and training, all scaffold sites must be free of unstable objects. Those are items which could fall onto the scaffold as well as items that could shift under the load of the scaffold including boxes, loose brick and concrete blocks. Cleats, or structural blocks, may be required to keep the scaffold from slipping off its supports.

The weather must be considered before using a scaffold. Excessive rain or snowfall may cause footings to settle or shift. Snow may change the weight ratio on platforms. Wind can also play a part in the stability of scaffolding. Excess snow and ice should always be removed before work begins. When weather conditions return to normal, all scaffolding must be reinspected.

USE and Handling of MatErialSWhen scaffold platforms are more than two feet above or below a point of access, an acceptable means of access must be used to load yourself and materials onto the scaffold. Acceptable means include portable ladders, ramps or personal hoists. Do not use cross-braces as a means of access.

load capacitiESConsult the manufacturer’s specifications for the rated load of a specific scaffold. The maximum intended load must never exceed 4 times the combined weight of the scaffold itself, all persons, equipment,

Shore Scaffold – a supported scaffold placed against a structure and held in place with props

Single/Multiple-Point Adjustable Suspension Scaffold – a suspension scaffold consisting of a platform suspended by one or more ropes from an overhead support and equipped with means to permit the movement of the platform to desired work levels

Mobile Scaffold – a supported scaffold that is powered or unpowered and is portable, caster or wheel-mounted.

No matter what type of scaffolding you are using, there are specific safety practices that need to be observed. These will be covered in depth during a scaffold training program.

ElEctrical and fall HazardSYou need to be aware of any exposed power lines before erecting any scaffolding. Once the area is found all clear, the type

and scope of work, along with the height of scaffold, will determine if fall protection is required. Any scaffold more than ten feet above lower level requires fall protection. Please refer back to the fall protection section for specifics regarding guardrails, personal fall arrest systems and other safe practices.

1.09 2-B25

did YoU KnoW?Scaffold grade planking must be used to create the platforms in every scaffold. Planks with bows, crooks, cups, warps or

twist are not acceptable.

don’t forgEt!Gravity is a law of nature. If the scaffolding beneath you fails, you will fall.

All scaffolding must be erected and disassembled by a competent person who has been trained to recognize the hazards

associated with the work in question. Your responsibility is to follow safe work practices when using scaffolds on the job.

tools, materials, and transmitted loads that will be on the scaffold. Exceeding that maximum may cause load refusal or failure.

UnSafE/oUt-of-SErvicE taggingIf a scaffold is determined by a trained person to be unsafe due to defects or damage, the scaffold must be tagged and

taken out of service until repairs have been made. After repairs have been made, it must be reinspected before being

returned to service. DO NOT make any modifications to scaffolding unless you have received the proper training and are qualified to do so.

1.09 3-B25

YoUr SafEtY iS laYnE cHriStEnSEn’S nUMbEr onE concErn

housekeepingSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B26

Good housekeeping at work isn’t just about making your workplace look nice. It’s more about making the place you work in safe. Whether you sit in an office or field, putting and keeping things in order will help prevent accidents and injuries.

Tool SToragen Coil up extension cords, lines, welding

leads, and hoses when you’re not using them.

n Be sure tools and repair parts are put away when the job is done. If they are left on machinery or a vehicle, they could fall on someone later.

n Buckets, mops, and brooms should be returned to a storage closet, not left on stairways, in hallways, or in doorways.

MaTerial SToragen Keep storage and supply rooms clean and

well organized.

n Think about how you will stack materials before you begin. Planning ahead helps you avoid throwing something on top that won’t stay.

n When stacking, keep materials at least 36 inches away from fire sprinkler heads and the ceiling.

n Flammable and combustible materials must be stored in designated areas and in approved containers only.

PaSSagewaySn Stairways, hallways, and aisles should be

free from any obstructions. Especially those leading to emergency equipment like fire alarms and extinguishers, and eye washes and showers.

n Be sure you can see where you’re going. If windows are covered or light bulbs are out, report them to your supervisor or fix the problem yourself if possible.

n Doors and windows need to be in good working order. A window that is part of a door should be uncovered so that someone on the other side can see through.

n At the shop, yard, or job site, be sure there is enough clearance in the aisles and at corners and curves so that hand trucks, power trucks, and other vehicles can get through.

n Stairs or platforms going into any building should have the proper handrails and treads.

n Outdoor walkways should be paved if possible, and kept clear of snow, ice, and other hazards.

Job SiTen Remove or flag objects that stick out past

their storage area or container.

n Be sure there are protective caps on exposed rebar.

TraSh reMovaln Don’t litter. Put paper scraps, shavings,

chips, and other garbage in the right container, not on the ground.

11.07 1-B26

11.07 2-B26

n All washing areas should have both soap and water.

n Drinking water should come from a fountain or single-use containers like cups or water bottles.

n Water that is not drinkable must be labeled as non-potable.

TrainingAll new employees at Layne Christensen will get general housekeeping training during their orientation. If your work area presents any housekeeping challenges not covered at that time, you will receive site-specific training to address those issues.

Every one of us is responsible for keeping our work area clean. Put things away properly the first time, and don’t wait for someone else to clean up a mess. Take a moment to make Layne Christensen a cleaner, safer, more healthy place to work - both for you and your coworkers.

DiD yoU Know. . .Keeping your work area clean can also make your job easier. Finding tools and materials quickly eliminates frustration and wasted time.

Don’T ForgeT. . .If you see a mess that could become a hazard, don’t assume someone else will take care of it. The next person to come by could get hurt and then it will be too late.

n Fluorescent bulbs should be recycled if possible. Be extra careful not to break them as the tubes can explode.

n Watch for broken glass, nails or other sharp objects when moving trash. Wear safety gloves and shoes when you handle sharp objects. Put pointed or sharp trash in containers with hard sides when possible.

n Look before you throw. If you are removing materials from a building or other structure, don’t throw them into an area where others could be working.

SPillSn Clean up any slippery materials like oil, grease, water, ice, and some chemicals, immediately.

n Use an approved absorbent to clean up oil and grease spills.

n Check the MSDS before you clean up a chemical or flammable spill. Use the right cleaning agents and throw away the waste in containers separate from the regular trash.

SaniTaTionn Be sure there are enough clean, private

toilets available and that there is enough toilet paper for the number of people you work with.

11.07

yoUr SaFeTy iS layne chriSTenSen’S nUMber one concern

ladder and stairway safetySafety Practice comPliance Procedure B27

Most of us know how to walk up and down a ladder or a set of stairs safely. We’ve probably all done it thousands of times already. But have you stopped to realize that the construction and care of those ladders and stairways are what make and keep them safe for use? This Safety Practice was written to explain the proper care and use of ladders on the job, as well as to provide guidelines for the construction of stairways and handrails.

TrainingThe most common types of portable ladders used at Layne Christensen are wood, metal, fiberglass, and reinforced plastic. As an employee of Layne Christensen, you will be trained to recognize and minimize hazards related to ladders and stairways. Depending on your job duties, training can include correct procedures for the assembly and maintenance of fall protection systems as well as the handling of stairways and ladders.

MainTenanceMaintenance is key to keeping any piece of equipment working properly. To ensure safety and serviceability, ladders should be inspected frequently. Joints, connections, hardware, and any ropes should be checked before use.

If a ladder is part of an accident or tips over for any reason, inspect it immediately for side rail dents or bends and excessively dented rungs. Check all rung-to-side-rail connections and rivets for shear. If a ladder is exposed to oil or grease, it should be cleaned with a solvent or steam before continued use to prevent slipping. Ladders having defects must be marked ‘‘Dangerous. Do Not Use’’ and taken out of service until repaired.

UseLadder placement is an important first step no matter what type of ladder you’re using.

A simple rule for setting up a ladder at the proper angle is to place the base at a distance from the wall equal to 1/4 the working length of the ladder. That means if your ladder is extended to 20’, the base should be placed 5’ from the wall.

If you’re using a ladder to get onto a roof, be sure the top of the ladder extends at least 3’ above the point where the ladder is touching the building so that you can safely move from one to the other.

If you’re using a two-section extension ladder, the minimum overlap for the two sections is 3’ for ladders up to and including 36’, 4’ for ladders 36’-48’, and 5’ for ladders over 48’.

neVern place a ladder in front of a door that

opens toward the ladder unless the door is blocked open, locked or guarded

n place a ladder on an unstable surface like a box or barrel to gain extra height

aLWaYsn face the

ladder when you’re going up or down

n allow only 1 person on the ladder at a time

Wooden LaddersDifferent types of

ladders have different safety requirements.

n Wooden ladders should be no more than 20’ long, and should not be painted so that the wood can be inspected for cracks, damage, and deterioration.

11.07 1-B27

11.07 2-B27

Type ii – commercial. 3’-12’high. Made for medium-duty painter, office and light commercial work.

Type iii – Household. 3’-6’ high. Made for light-duty household work.

The bottoms of the 4 rails on any stepladder should be covered with insulating, non-slip material for safe use.

Fixed LaddersA fixed ladder is a ladder that is permanently attached to a building, structure, or piece of equipment. Many of the same standards apply to fixed ladders as other types. Additional guidelines include a minimum design live load of 200 pounds. The distance between rungs, cleats, or steps should be no more than 12’’, and all rungs should have a minimum diameter of 3/4’’ for metal ladders, 1 1/8’’ for wood ladders.Side rails or climbing aids should have good gripping surfaces without sharp edges, splinters, or burrs.Finally, fixed ladders will be considered substandard if they are installed within the pitch range of 60 and 75 degrees with the horizontal. They are permitted, but only when unavoidable due to the conditions of the installation. The preferred pitch for fixed ladders is between 75 and 90 degrees with the horizontal.

cages and WeLLsA cage is an enclosure that encircles the climbing space of a fixed ladder. A well is a permanent, complete enclosure around a fixed ladder. A cage or well must be provided on ladders of 20’-30’. Cages should begin 7’-8’ above the base of the ladder, be at least 27’’ wide, and extend at least 42’’ above the top of a landing, unless other protection is available. Ladder wells should be 15’’-30’’ wide, depending on the size of the ladder and the construction of the well. See OSHA 29CFR 1910.27 (d) (1) for construction specifications.

Instead, they should be treated with a non-irritating preservative.

MeTaL LaddersUnlike wood ladders, metal ladders can and should be painted, or otherwise treated, to prevent corrosion and rusting. Ladders formed by imbedding metal rungs into concrete are at greater risk for corrosion.

Single metal ladders, or individual sections of extension ladders, should be no more than 30’ long. Two-section ladders must not be longer than 48’, and over-two-section ladders must not be longer than 60’. Rungs should be corrugated, knurled, dimpled, or coated with skid-resistant material to keep you from slipping.

neVern use a metal ladder

around electrical energy, components, or sources

aLWaYsn inspect your work area thoroughly for

power lines or power sources before you put a metal ladder into position

reinForced Fiber gLass LaddersThese are a newer type of ladder and generally have the same care and use requirements as wooden and metal ladders.

sTepLaddersThere are 3 types of stepladders, so be sure you have the right stepladder for the job. The length is measured by the length of the front rail.

Type i – industrial. 3’-20’ high. Made3’-20’ high. Made for heavy-duty utility, contractor, and industrial work.

11.07

sTairWaYsGuidelines for stairways depend on how and when the stairs are used.

For stairways used during construction, they should be installed between 30 and 50 degrees from horizontal. There must be landings measuring at least 30’’ x 22’’ for every 12’ of rise. If a door or gate opens directly onto a stairway, you need a platform at that point that extends at least 20’’ beyond the swing of the door or gate. Spiral stairways should not be built unless they will be a permanent part of the structure.

For temporary stairways, treads must be made of wood or other solid material and installed the full width and depth of the stair.

sTair and Hand raiLsOn any stairway with 4 or more risers, a stair rail system must be installed. The top of

the handrail must be 36-37’’ from the stair tread. Vertical supports for the handrail should be no more than 19’’ apart. If you’re using screen or mesh as your protection system, the material must extend from the handrail to the step all along the stairway.

Handrails should be strong enough to support 200lbs of weight.

This Safety Practice covers only minimum requirements for ladders being used under normal conditions. For more details on the construction, use, and maintenance of a ladder you will be using, see the manufacturer’s instructions or your supervisor. Paying attention to details will make your ladder a useful tool instead of the reason you got hurt.

saFeTY deVicesLadder safety devices, such as a full body harness, friction brakes, or sliding attachments may be used on tower, water tank, and chimney ladders over 20’ instead of cage protection. No landing platform is required in these cases, but the safety devices must be designed for the type and size of ladder they are being used on.

cLiMbing cLearanceThe distance between you, your ladder, and fixed objects around you are specified to ensure your safety.

For fixed ladders, the distance from the rungs to the nearest object on the climbing side of the ladder should be 36’’ for a pitch of 75 degrees, and 30’’ for a pitch of 90 degrees, or somewhere between those two limits.

In the back of the ladder, the distance from the rungs to the nearest object should be at least 7’’.

The distance from the grab bar to the nearest object should be at least 4’’.

The step-across distance from the edge of a ladder to the edge of a piece of equipment or a structure should be between 2 1/2’’ to 12’’.

Counterweighted hatch covers should open at least 60’’ from the horizontal.

Landing pLaTForMsIf your ladder is extended more than 20’ without a cage, well, or safety device, you will need a landing platform for every 20’ of height. Landing platforms should be equipped with standard railings and toeboards, and should be 24’’ wide x 30’’ long.

11.07 3-B2711.07

11.07 4-B27

did YoU KnoW. . .The top of an ordinary step ladder is not considered a step. Most ladders have markings that indicate which step you should stop at.

don’T ForgeT. . .Check and double-check the area for electrical hazards before you set a metal ladder in place.

11.07

YoUr saFeTY is LaYne cHrisTensen’s nUMber one concern

fire protection and preventionSafety Practice comPliance Procedure B28

Afire can happen almost anytime and almost anywhere. This Safety Practice explains general fire prevention and protection guidelines. When followed properly, our Layne Christensen Fire Protection Program will help prevent fires, as well as minimize damage and injuries if a fire does occur.

Fire PreventionThe best way to prevent fires is to control ignition hazards. Ignitions hazards are anything that can spark or combust to catch fire including electrical wiring and equipment, flammable and combustible chemicals, heaters, and some storage tanks.

electricalElectrical wiring and equipment for lighting, heat, and power must be installed and maintained as directed by the manufacturer and local building codes. Never make changes to wiring or electrical equipment unless you are a trained, qualified electrician.

CombustiblesAll flammable and combustible chemicals must be stored with fire and reactive characteristics in mind. Check the MSDS for details on any chemical before you put it away.

Indoors, incompatible materials should be separated or have a one-hour fire wall between them. All materials must be stored at least 36 inches away from sprinkler deflectors and doorways. They should also be kept clear of lights and heaters.

Outdoors, combustibles should not be stacked or piled over 20 feet high. Weeds and grasses surrounding combustibles must be maintained, and driveways must be wide enough to allow fire fighting equipment through in an emergency. Usually, 12 feet is wide enough.

Both indoors and out, a fire extinguisher rated not less than 2A should be available within 100 feet of travel from any stored combustible.

HeatersIndoor, temporary heaters are fire hazards and should only be used with proper ventilation. They need at least 36 inches of clearance on every side and should be turned off when you leave the area. Solid fuel salamanders are prohibited inside buildings or on scaffolds. Flammable liquid-fired heaters should have a primary safety control stop.

Storage tankSBefore storing any flammable or combustible liquid, check the MSDS to be sure you are using the right container and it is properly labeled.

Portable flammable liquid containers and tanks should not be any closer than 20 feet from a building or tool trailer. They must be marked ‘‘Flammable’’ or ‘‘Combustible’’ and ‘‘No Smoking’’.

Don’t store more than 60 gallons of flammable or 120 gallons of combustible liquids in any one storage cabinet. No more than 25 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids can be stored in a room outside of an approved storage cabinet.

1.09 1-B28

evaCuating a Burning Buildingn When fighting

the fire is not an option, there are guidelines to follow to make sure everyone in the building gets out safely. Most importantly —DO NOT PANIC!

n If the fire is contained in one room, the last person out should close the door, but not lock it. Never use an elevator in a fire. You could easily become trapped.

n Stay low to avoid smoke and toxic gases. The best air is close to the floor so you may need to crawl. Cover your mouth and nose with a damp cloth if possible to help you breathe. Once you are outside, go to the emergency meeting point, usually the parking lot, so that a head count can be taken.

emergenCy aCtion PlanThe emergency meeting point is part of your emergency action plan. The emergency action plan is written specifically for your site and location. It will explain who is responsible to be sure everyone is evacuated and accounted for, who will be the contact for emergency responders, as well as the primary and secondary emergency meeting points. Fire drills should be scheduled periodically to be sure the plan remains effective.

Finally, pay attention to No Smoking signs. Smoking is prohibited in any area that is considered a fire hazard. And remember, always turn off all vehicles and equipment when you refuel. These are not inconveniences, they are safety precautions that could save your life.

trainingNo amount of fire extinguishers will help you put out a fire if you don’t know how to use them properly. If you are working at Layne Christensen, you will be trained on fire extinguisher use.

Generally, remember the P.A.S.S. system to use a fire extinguisher.

P. . .n Pull the pin.

a. . .n Aim the extinguisher nozzle at the base

of the flames.

S. . .n S�ueeze the trigger �hile hol�ing theS�ueeze the trigger �hile hol�ing the

extinguisher upright.

S. . .n S�eep the extinguisher from si�e to si�e,

covering the area of the fire �ith the extinguishing agent.

Periodic training updates are available to keep your skills fresh.

WHen not to FigHt a Firen Fire extinguishers should be used to save

yourself and your coworkers. Don’t put yourself or anyone else at risk to save ‘‘stuff ’’.

n Never fight a fire if it is spreading beyond the spot where it started or the extinguisher you are using is not working. Never stay to fight a fire if your escape or exit path could become blocked. If you choose to stay and fight a fire, then the situation changes, leave the area immediately.

1.09 2-B28

your SaFety iS layne CHriStenSen’S numBer one ConCern

did you knoW . . .all fire extinguishers, fire-fighting tools, and fire-fighting equipment must meet the specifications of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

don’t Forget . . .never put yourself or a coworker at risk in order to extinguish a fire

1.09 3-B28

reverse circulation drilling methodSafety Practice comPliance Procedure t1

L ayne operates many different types and brands of drilling rigs and well service equipment. Each piece of equipment and work method has different procedures and safety practices. The following pages will outline the safe work practices for the reverse circulation top head drive drilling method.

EQUIPMENTThe reverse circulation drilling method is much like air or mud rotary drilling, except the flow of cuttings is reversed. A dual tube drill pipe or air line is used, with air flowing down through the outer annulus or pipe and cuttings back up into the bit and through the inner annulus.

The following types of equipment are utilized by Layne operations in the reverse circulation top head drive drilling method:n Ingersoll Rand TH-55, TH-60,

TH-75E,TH100An Schram T-450, T-685n Portadrill 10-TLTn Drill Systems MPD-1000, MPD-1500,

W-750, SR-2000n Failing SpeedStar 70K

RIG SAFETY EQUIPMENTCertain safety equipment is required to be installed on all drill rigs. This includes:

n Fire Extinguisher (Safety Practice B12)

n First Aid Kit

n Bloodborne Pathogen Kit (Safety Practice FA1)

n Emergency Reflective Road Triangles Climbing Protection with full body harness (Safety Practice A5)

n Back-up Alarmn Visual Hazard Identification

(Safety Practice B10)

n Functional Emergency Engine Kill Switchn Equipment required by environmental site

specific health and safety plan (Safety Practice E2)

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTEach individual must have the following personal protective equipment:n Safety Glasses

(Safety Practice A2)

n Hard Hat (Safety Practice A1)

n Safety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)

n Hearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)

n Gloves (Safety Practice A1)

n Proper Clothing (close fitting, long pants and shirts with sleeves)

SITE PREPARATION AND START UPPrior to moving on the drill pad, adequate site clearing and leveling should be performed Check the site for ground stability, overhead obstructions such as power lines or tree limbs, and ensure underground utility clearance has taken place.

Large rigs and doghouses are often mounted on trailer platforms and caution should be exercised when maneuvering these trailers

11.07 1-T1

n Clean mud and grease from your boots before mounting the drill platform or climbing the mast. Always use handholds and railings. When using a ladder, face the ladder and put both hands on the side rails. Always maintain “3-point” contact on the ladder. Do not try to climb while carrying tools. Use a bucket to raise and lower hand tools. Watch for slippery or uneven ground when dismounting. Always use an approved fall arresting device when working 6’ feet or more from the ground surface.

n When drilling in an enclosed area, ensure engine exhaust is vented out of the work area. Exhaust fumes are toxic and cannot always be detected by smell.

n All air and water lines should be drained when not in use if freezing weather is expected.

n All unattended bore holes must be covered to prevent persons from falling into the hole. Bore holes should be backfilled to local or state regulations on completion of the project.

n “Horseplay” is never allowed on the job.

n Wrench jaws should be periodically inspected and replaced if necessary.

n Drill rods should not be held or lowered with pipe wrenches.

n If a string of drill rod accidentally is released into the hole, do not attempt to grab the falling rods with your hands or a wrench.

into position. Ensure trailer mounted rigs, doghouses and pipe trailers are properly blocked and leveled to prevent shifting during drilling operations. In addition, any doghouse trailer positioned adjacent to the rig should have minimum separation between the trailers and each trailer should be level in relation to each other. Any gaps between the trailers will be covered with temporary decking to reduce tripping hazards and personal injuries.

Before raising the mast, the rig must be stabilized with leveling jacks and/or solid cribbing. The drill should be leveled and ground stability checked if it settles after initial set up. Raise and lower the mast only when leveling jacks are down. Have a crew member watch the mast as it is raised to observe for caught cables or other problems. Only operate the drill with the mast locked in

the raised position.

All personnel should be instructed to “stand clear” of the rig and in the operators sight immediately prior to

starting the engine. Make sure all gear boxes are in neutral and all hydraulic levers are in non-actuating positions. Ensure all valves (sun controls) are open to prevent the mast head from moving while starting engine. Start the engine according to the manufacturers guide.

DRILLING OPERATIONSn Never consume alcohol or drugs prior to

or while on the job. If taking over the counter medication, use the type that does not cause drowsiness.

n Always operate the drill from the control platform. The operator should never leave the control panel while the drill is in operation. Ensure all drive and feed controls are in neutral when leaving the control platform and shut down the engine if leaving the work area.

11.07 2-T1

WIRE ROPE AND SLING SAFETYn Most sheaves on exploration rigs are

stationary with a single part line. Never increase the number of line parts without consulting the drill manufacturer.

n Wire rope must be properly matched with each sheave. Too large and the rope will pinch, too small and the sheave will groove. Once a sheave is grooved, it will pinch and damage larger rope.

n When stuck loads can not be raised with the hoist, disconnect the hoist line and connect the load directly to the feed mechanism. Do this only when the pipe is secured with a wrench or dog collar. Do not use the leveling jacks for added pull.

n Minimize the shock to wire rope. Pull loads smoothly and steadily, especially in cold weather. Never use frozen ropes.

n Protect wire rope from sharp corners and edges. Replace faulty guides and rollers.

n All hooks must be the type with a safety latch.

n Periodically inspect and lubricate cables and sheaves.

n Know the safe working load of the equipment. Do not exceed the rated capacity of hooks, rings, slings, links, swivels, shackles or other lifting devices.

n When handling wire rope, always wear gloves. Do not guide rope on to hoist drums with your hands. Replace wire rope according to manufacturers specifications. When new rope is installed, first lift a light load to allow the rope to adjust.

n In the event of circulation blockage, bleed down the pressure in the piping before breaking the first tool joint.

n Do not use your hands to clean mud or drill fluid from the drill rod. A rod wiper or rag should be used.

n Know all pinch points including breakout wrench, pull down cables and carousel. The points must be color coded. Experienced employees should show new employees these places. Keep hands away from elevators while tripping.

n Stand clear when breaking bits, subs or hammers.

n Mud pits should be fenced or taped off with CAUTION tape.

n One of the most dangerous places around the rig is near the discharge hose. A blockage in the line or lifting water after making adds can cause the hose to whip uncontrollably. Control this hazard by placing whip checks on all positive pressure air lines, secure the discharge hose, and never stand near the hose. The discharge hose travels downward very quickly, especially during air lifting and swabbing. Know its location at all times.

n Laying down or adding pipe is a dangerous operation. Use mechanical methods whenever practical. Always use a sling or strap while manually handling pipe. Be sure all bed stakes are in place before laying down pipe. Finally, watch your footing to prevent slips and avoid stepping between pipe to prevent smashed ankles. Stand to the side while tripping or tailing pipe. Never stand under the pipe.

11.07 3-T1

11.07 4-T1

and received certification for airbrake inspection and adjustment.

n Always obey the company maximum speed limit of 60 mph for commercial motor vehicles.

n Inspect the drive train for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings daily.

n Never, under any circumstances, jeopardize your safety or that of the motoring public by operating a company vehicle while fatigued or under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

n Never travel with the mast raised or partially raised.

n Remove the truck and drill keys and chock the wheels when the vehicle is unattended or maintenance is being performed.

n When loading or unloading the rig, use ramps of adequate design to carry the rig weight. Always load or unload on even ground.

n Use someone on the ground as a guide during loading, unloading and backing. Maintain sight of your spotter at all times.

n Secure all tools and equipment prior to travel according to Safety Practice C3.

n Ensure the weight of the drill is distributed to the center line of the trailer so some of the load is transferred to the pulling vehicle. Secure the rig with adequate load binders or chains.

n Never leave an unattended load suspended in mid-air. Try to avoid lifting loads over personnel and other objects, i.e., cars.

n Keep hands and feet away from pinch points as slack is being taken up. Never ride a hoist line up the mast.

n Follow Safety Practice B13 for safe and proper use to slings.

TRAVEL, LOADING AND UNLOADINGn Only properly qualified personnel should

drive the drill rig.

n Know all dimensions and weights of the equipment, especially the overhead clearance! Allow for mast overhang when approaching corners, other vehicles or structures. Be aware of service station and motel canopies. They are most often too low for mast clearance. Watch for low hanging electrical lines, especially at entrances to drill and commercial sites. Be aware of increased height when the rig is transported by trailer.

n Stop periodically along the route to inspect the truck and the load.

n Insure that a thorough pre-trip vehicle inspection is performed and documented.

n Insure the vehicle is never operated unless the brakes are in good working order. Perform a thorough brake inspection, including brake adjustment, if necessary, prior to travel. NOTE: airbrake inspection and adjustment can only be performed by personnel who have completed training

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

11.07 5-T1

batteries. Perform battery maintenance in a well ventilated area and never smoke while servicing batteries. During removal disconnect the ground clamp first. During installation, connect the ground clamp last.

n If battery acid gets in your eyes or on your skin, flush immediately with large amounts of water and get medical attention.

n When charging a battery, turn off the power source to the battery before connecting the charger. Cell caps should be loosened to allow escaping gas.

n Never smoke while fueling. Equipment should be fueled with the engine and all electrical switches off.

n Keep the fuel nozzle in contact with the tank to prevent static sparks. Keep hoses and containers in contact with metal during transport.

n Flammable substances should only be carried in NFPA approved safety cans.

n Follow Layne Safety Practice C2 when transporting more than 1,000 lbs of any fuel.

n All rotating hazards, such as drive lines or fan belts, should be covered. Be sure to replace guards after maintenance.

n When traveling off-road, first walk the route of travel inspecting for depressions, stumps, gullies, ruts or other obstacles.

n Inspect the drive train for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings after each shift.

n Use caution when traveling side hill. Conservatively estimate the side-hill capability of the drill to include shifting loads. When possible, travel directly up or downhill.

n Units using flotation tires should remember to bleed air to proper tire inflation before highway travel. Also never exceed 60 mph as too much heat can be generated with high multi-ply tires.

MAINTENANCEn Tires are the key to safe travel. Inspect

tires for proper inflation. Also inspect for loose or missing wheel lugs, objects wedged between treads, abnormal wear, and cuts in the tire. Keep in mind it is not necessarily the tread on the tire, but the age and use history that can cause a blowout.

n Perform and document a pre-shift safety and maintenance inspection based on the Layne Job Site Safety Audit and Vehicle Inspection forms. Perform preventative maintenance according to Safety Practice C4.

n Always wear safety glasses or a face shield and use extreme caution when servicing

telescoping crane operationsSafety Practice comPliance Procedure t2

L ayne Christensen operates many different types and brands of equipment. Each piece of equipment and work method has different procedures and safety practices.

This Safety Practice will outline the safe work procedures for telescoping boom type cranes.

EQUIPMENTEquipment varies from large track cranes to multiple ton capacity cranes to hydraulic truck mounted cranes. It is important that you check with the manufacturer when working with cranes.

SAFETY EQUIPMENTCertain safety equipment is required to be installed on telescoping cranes. It includes:n Fire Extinguishers

(Safety Practice B12)

n First Aid Kit/Bloodborne Pathogen Kitn Emergency Reflective Road Trianglesn Back-up Alarmn Color Coding (Safety Practice B10)

Cranes must have safety stickers at certain locations. These include load charts, overhead electrical hazard warnings, operator requirements, and control identifications at each operator station. The crane must also

have an operational pendulum and boom angle indicator on both sides of the boom. Each outrigger must have a sticker warning workers to stand clear of outriggers. The boom angle indicator must be visible from the operator’s stand or cab.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTEach individual must have the following personal protective equipment:

n Safety Glasses (Safety Practice A2)

n Hard Hat (Safety Practice A1)

n Safety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)

n Hearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)

n Gloves (Safety Practice A1)

n Proper Clothing (close fitting, long pants and shirts with sleeves)

s Equipment required by environmental site specific health and safety plan (Safety Practice E2)

CRANE SET-UP AND OPERATIONSn Never attempt to operate the crane

unless you are fully trained in its use. Do not allow unqualified persons to operate the crane, unless fully supervised as part of a training program.

1.09 1-T2

outrigger support. Use caution when setting up near over-hanging banks or excavations. If working on concrete, ensure it is thick enough to support the crane and outrigger loading.

n Set the vehicle parking brake and disengage the drive axle. Turn the front wheels into the curb and chock the tires. Allow the hydraulic system to warm to operating temperature.

n Extend the outriggers completely, then down to a firm surface. Use outriggers to level the crane. Make sure all employees are clear when deploying outriggers. Read the manufacturer’s requirements and load settings when deploying outriggers.

n Clean mud and grease from your boots before mounting the operator’s platform or climbing on the deck. Always use handholds and railings. When using a ladder, face the ladder and put both hands on the side rails. Always maintain “3-point” contact on the ladder. Do not try to climb while carrying tools. Watch for slippery or uneven ground when dismounting.

n “Horseplay” is never allowed on the job.

LOAD SAFETYn Know the load weight, radius from the

center of gravity of the load and boom length to consult the load capacity chart, and avoid overloading. Radius is figured from center of gravity of the load to center line of crane rotation.

n Never consume alcohol or drugs prior to or while on the job. If taking over the counter medication, use the type that does not cause drowsiness.

n Always operate the crane from the operator’s station. The operator should never leave the controls while the crane is in operation. Keep the operator’s platform clear of debris. Do not operate the controls with oily or greasy hands.

n The crane should be placed in an area free from obstructions to allow the entire task to be completed without repositioning. Check the capacity chart for areas of reduced capacity and position vehicle accordingly. Check on the manufacturer’s recommendations before lifting. Capacities change depending upon what side of the crane the load is lifted.

n POSITION THE CRANE SO IT IS IMPOSSIBLE FOR ANY PORTION OF THE EQUIPMENT TO COME WITHIN THE MINIMUM REQUIRED SAFE DISTANCE TO ENERGIZED LINES. Maintain at least 10 feet clearance from lines carrying 50,000 volts or less. One foot additional clearance is required for every additional 30,000 volts. If you do not know the line voltage, ask the electric utility. All overhead lines should be considered energized.

n Never operate the crane during electrical storms, high wind conditions or in poor light.

n Locate the crane on a firm and level surface that will provide adequate

1.09 2-T2

n Never leave an unattended load suspended in mid-air. Avoid lifting loads over personnel and other objects, i.e., cars.

n Never drag a load, but keep the load as low to the ground as possible. Do not attempt to lift fixed loads (i.e., frozen to, or buried in the ground). Do not load boom in side-ward direction. Do not push objects down with the boom.

n Use non-conductive tag lines.n Keep at least three full wraps of wire on

the winch drum at all times.n Do not pull the load block into the

boom tip. Payout load line before or during boom extension to avoid two-blocking.

n Use proper multi-part reeving for the load to be lifted. Make sure the cable is properly routed.

n Stow the boom in its support when not in use.

n Keep hands and feet away from pinch points as slack is being taken up. Never ride a load hoist line.

PERSONNEL LIFTINgRefer to the supervisor’s manual before making a lift of personnel. There are several specific measures and steps that must be taken before lifting personnel. Please ensure that your safety coordinator is made aware of your plans to lift personnel!

wIRE ROPE AND SLINg SAFETYn Wire rope must be properly matched

with each sheave. Too large and the rope will pinch, too small and the sheave will groove. Once a sheave is grooved, it will

Do not use stability to determine loads. Deduct the weight of load handling equipment from maximum load rating to determine total allowable lift weight. Winch and boom ratings will be different! The weight of the load must not exceed the lower capacity listed in the load capacity chart.

n Keep in mind that load charts assume proper tire inflation, outriggers fully extended and level, proper counterweight, and smooth operator control. Environmental factors such as wind are not considered. Check with the manufacturer’s recommendations when lifting on tires, tracks and/or outriggers fully deployed. Lifting capacities change depending upon set up.

n Jib cranes have special specifications depending on type of crane, set up and manufacturer’s specifications.

n Before making a lift, cycle through all the controls to ensure proper working order. Check the winch brake for proper operation before lifting the load.

n Center the boom tip directly over the center of gravity of the load before lifting. Always be aware of the boom and load position. Use a qualified spotter if the load is not clearly visible. Obey a stop signal from anyone.

1.09 3-T2

1.09 4-T2

of increased height when the crane is transported by trailer.

n Never operate the unit unless the brakes are in good working order. Perform a thorough pre-trip inspection, including brake inspection, prior to travel. Stop periodically along the route to inspect the truck and the load.

n Never travel with the boom raised or partially raised.

n Remove the truck keys and chock the wheels when the vehicle is unattended or maintenance is being performed.

n When loading or unloading the crane, use ramps of adequate design to carry the weight. Always load or unload on even ground.

n Use someone on the ground as a guide during loading, unloading and backing. Maintain sight of your spotter at all times.

n Secure all tools and equipment prior to travel according to Safety Practice C3. Secure the boom properly in the boom rest. Be sure the outriggers are properly stowed. The loadline should be hooked to the truck frame to secure the hook and weight during transport. Never over tension the load line, or damage can result.

n Ensure the weight of the crane is distributed to the center line of the trailer so some of the load is transferred to the pulling vehicle. Secure the unit with adequate load binders or chains.

n When traveling off-road, first walk the route of travel inspecting for depressions, stumps, gullies, ruts or other obstacles.

n Inspect the drive train for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings after each shift.

pinch and damage larger rope.

n Minimize the shock to wire rope. Control lever movement should be smooth and steady, especially in cold weather. Never use frozen ropes.

n Protect wire rope from sharp corners and edges. Replace faulty guides and rollers.

n All hooks must be the type with a safety latch.

n Periodically inspect and lubricate cables and sheaves.

n Know the safe working load of the equipment. Do not exceed the rated capacity of hooks, rings, slings, links, swivels, shackles, or other lifting devices.

n When handling wire rope, always wear gloves. Do not guide rope on to hoist drums with your hands. Replace wire rope according to manufacturers specifications. When new rope is installed, first lift a light load to allow the rope to adjust.

n Follow Safety Practice B13 for safe and proper use of slings.

TRAVEL, LOADINg AND UNLOADINgn Only properly qualified personnel should

drive the crane carrier.

n Know all dimensions and weights of the equipment, especially the overhead clearance! Allow for boom overhang when approaching corners, other vehicles or structures. Be aware of service station and motel canopies. They are most often too low for boom clearance. Watch for low hanging electrical lines, especially at entrances to work and commercial sites. Be aware

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

1.09 5-T2

n Always wear safety glasses or a face shield and use extreme caution when servicing batteries. Perform battery maintenance in a well ventilated area and never smoke while servicing batteries. During removal disconnect the ground clamp first. During installation, connect the ground clamp last.

n If battery acid gets in your eyes or on your skin, flush immediately with large amounts of water and get medical attention.

n When charging a battery, turn off the power source to the battery before connecting the charger. Cell caps should be loosened to allow escaping gas.

n Never smoke while fueling. Equipment should be fueled with the engine and all electrical switches off.

n Keep the fuel nozzle in contact with the tank to prevent static sparks. Keep hoses and containers in contact with metal during transport.

n Flammable substances should only be carried in NFPA approved safety cans.

n Follow Layne Safety Practice C2 when transporting more than 1,000 lbs of any fuel.

n All rotating hazards, such as drive lines or fan belts, should be covered. Be sure to replace guards after maintenance.

n Use caution when traveling side hill. Conservatively estimate the side-hill capability of the crane to include shifting loads. When possible, travel directly up or downhill.

n Units using flotation tires should remember to bleed air to proper tire inflation before highway travel. Never exceed 60 mph as too much heat can be generated with multi-ply tires.

n Never travel with a load on the hook.

MAINTENANCEn Cranes must be inspected annually by

a certified crane inspector. All records of inspection must be maintained by the district office. These records will include rated load tests showing the test procedures and confirming the adequacy of any repairs or alterations. Only qualified personnel should perform maintenance on a crane. Never work on a crane while it is operating or with the PTO engaged.

n Perform and document a pre-shift safety and maintenance inspection based on the Layne Job site Safety Audit and Vehicle Inspection forms. Perform preventative maintenance according to Safety Practice C4.

n Tires are the key to safe travel. Inspect tires for proper inflation. Also inspect for loose or missing wheel lugs, objects wedged between treads, abnormal wear, and cuts in the tire. Keep in mind it is not necessarily the tread on the tire, but the age and use history that can cause a blowout.

11.07 6-T2

STANDARD hAND SIgNALS FOR CONTROLLINg CRANE OPERATIONS

SWING: Arm STOP: Arm extended EMERGENCY STOP: Both arms HOIST: With forearm LOWER: With arm extended out with palm down, move arm extended, palms down, verticle, forefinger pointing extended downward, finger in direction of back and forth move arms back and forth up, moving hand in a forefinger pointing0 swing of boom horizontally horizontally small horizontal circle down, move hand in a small horizontal circle

USE MAIN HIOST: TRAVEL: Arm extended DOG EVERYTHING: TRAVEL BOTH TRACKS: USE WHIPLINE: Top fist on head forward and hand open Clasp hands in front of body. Use both fists in front of (Auxilary Hoist): Tap then use regular and slightly arched body making a circular elbow with one hand signals making pushing motion motion about each other, then use regular in dorection of travel indicating direction of signals. travel-forward or backward. (For land cranes only)

RAISE BOOM: Arm LOWER BOOM: Arm TRAVEL (One track): Lock RETRACT BOOM: EXTEND BOOM: extended, fingers extended, fingers the track on side indicated (Telescoping Boom) (Telescoping Boom) closed, thumb closed, thumb pointing by locked waist fist. Travel Both fists in front of Both fists in front of pointing upward downward opposite track in direction body with thumbs body with thumbs indicated by circular motion pointing toward each pointing outward of lifted fist, rotated vertically other in front of body (for land cranes only)

MOVE SLOWLY: Use RAISE THE BOOM AND LOWER THE BOOM AND RAISE one hand to give LOWER THE LOAD: THE LOAD: With arm any motion signal With arm extended, extended, thumb pointed and place the other thumb pointing up, down, flex fingers in and out hand motionless in flex fingers in and out as long as load movement front of hand giving as long as load is desired. the motion signal movement is desired. (Hoist slowly shown as sample)

EXTRACTED FROM ANSI STANDARD ADDENDUM – B30, 5b – 1985 & B30, 5d – 1988. This complies with OSHA standards.

articulating crane operationsSafety Practice comPliance Procedure t3

L ayne Christensen operates many different types and brands of equipment. Each piece of equipment and work method has different procedures and safety practices. This Safety Practice will outline the safe work procedures for articulating cranes.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTEach individual must have the following personal protective equipment:

nSafety Glasses (Safety Practice A2)

nHard Hat (Safety Practice A1)

nSafety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)

nHearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)

nGloves (Safety Practice A1)

nProper Clothing (close fitting, long pants and shirts with sleeves)

sEquipment required by environmental site specific health and safety plan (Safety Practice E2)

CRANE SET-UP AND OPERATIONSnNever attempt to operate the crane unless

you are fully trained in its use. Do not allow unqualified persons to operate the crane, unless fully supervised as part of a training program.

nNever consume alcohol or drugs prior to or while on the job. If taking over the counter medication, use the type that does not cause drowsiness.

nAlways operate the crane from the operator’s station. The operator should never leave the controls while the crane is in operation. Keep the operator’s platform clear of debris. Do not operate the controls with oily or greasy hands.

nThe crane should be placed in an area free from obstructions to allow the entire task to be completed without repositioning. Check the capacity chart for areas of reduced capacity and position vehicle accordingly.

11.07 1-T3

EQUIPMENTArticulating cranes are used by Layne- Christensen for general material handling operations. Cranes are usually mounted on flatbed trucks and used for heavy lifting of drill pipe and well completion materials.

SAFETY EQUIPMENTCertain safety equipment is required to be installed on the crane. It includes:

nFire Extinguisher (Safety Practice B12)

nFirst Aid Kit/Bloodborne Pathogen Kit

nEmergency Reflective Road Triangles

nBack-up Alarm

nColor Coding (Safety Practice B10)

Cranes must have safety stickers at certain locations. These include load charts, overhead electrical hazard warnings, operator requirements, stowage warning and control identifications at each operator station. Each outrigger must have a sticker warning workers to stand clear of outriggers.

employees are clear when deploying outriggers. Remove weight off the vehicle tires but do not raise tires off the ground.

nUnstow the boom from the station opposite the stowed side of the boom. This limits operator exposure to moving parts and pinch points. Push the fold control level down and raise the outer boom as high as it will go. Raise the lift cylinder control lever which will cause the inner boom to lift. Raise it to allow the outer boom to unfold. Raise the fold control lever and unfold the outer boom.

nClean mud and grease from your boots before mounting the operator’s platform or climbing on the deck. Always use handholds and railings. When using a ladder, face the ladder and put both hands on the side rails. Always maintain “3-point” contact on the ladder. Do not try to climb while carrying tools. Watch for slippery or uneven ground when dismounting.

n“Horseplay” is never allowed on the job.

LOAD SAFETYnKnow the load weight, radius from the

center of gravity of the load and boom length to consult the load capacity chart and avoid overloading. Radius is figured from center of gravity of the load to centerline of crane rotation. Do not use stability to determine loads. Deduct the weight of load handling equipment from maximum load rating to determine total allowable lift weight. Winch and boom ratings will be different! The weight of the load must not exceed the lower capacity listed in the load capacity chart.

nKeep in mind that load charts assume proper tire inflation, outriggers fully extended and level, proper counterweight, and smooth operator control. Environmental factors such as wind are not considered. Always have a 15% safety cushion when figuring capacity.

n POSITION THE CRANE SO IT IS IMPOSSIBLE FOR ANY PORTION OF THE EQUIPMENT TO COME WITHIN THE MINIMUM REQUIRED SAFE

DISTANCE TO ENERGIZED LINES. Maintain at least 10 feet of clearance from lines carrying 50,000 volts or less. One foot additional

clearance is required for every additional 30,000 volts. If you do not know the line voltage, ask the electric utility. All overhead lines should be considered energized.

nNever operate the crane during electrical storms, high wind conditions or in poor light.

nAnytime the task requires setup in the vicinity of overhead lines, a qualified signal person shall be positioned where the equipment clearance can be accurately monitored.

nLocate the crane on a firm and level surface that will provide adequate outrigger support. Use caution when setting up near over-hanging banks or excavations. If working on concrete, ensure it is thick enough to support the crane and outrigger loading.

nSet the vehicle parking brake and disengage the drive axle. Turn the front wheels into the curb and chock the tires. Allow the hydraulic system to warm to operating temperature.

nExtend the outriggers completely, then down to a firm surface. Use outriggers to level the truck side to side, then stabilizers to level front to back. Make sure all

11.07 2-T3

nTo stow the crane arm, retract all manual and hydraulic extensions. Remove any optional attachments from the hook. With the lift cylinder, raise the inner boom to horizontal. Rotate the crane until turn stow arrows are in alignment. Fully retract the fold cylinder with the fold operation. Lower the inner boom until the stow pin swings down onto the stow bracket.

WIRE ROPE AND SLING SAFETYnWire rope must be properly matched

with each sheave. Too large and the rope will pinch, too small and the sheave will groove.Once a sheave is grooved, it will pinch and damage larger rope.

nMinimize the shock to wire rope. Control lever movement should be smooth and steady, especially in cold weather. Never use frozen ropes.

nProtect wire rope from sharp corners and edges. Replace faulty guides and rollers.

nAll hooks must be the type with a safety latch.

nPeriodically inspect and lubricate cables and sheaves.

nKnow the safe working load of the equipment. Do not exceed the rated capacity of hooks, rings, slings, links, swivels, shackles, or other lifting devices.

nWhen handling wire rope, always wear gloves. Do not guide rope on to hoist drums with your hands. Replace wire rope according to manufacturers specifications. When new rope is installed, first lift a light load to allow the rope to adjust.

nFollow Safety Practice B13 for safe and proper use of slings.

nBefore making a lift, cycle through all the controls to ensure proper working

order. Check the winch brake for proper operation before lifting the load.

nDo not stand in front of manual boom extensions when removing stowage pin. Ensure manual boom extensions are secure when not in use.

nCenter the boom tip directly over the center of gravity of the load before lifting. Always be aware of the boom and load position. Use a qualified spotter if the load is not clearly visible. Obey a stop signal from anyone.

nNever leave an unattended load suspended in mid-air. Avoid lifting loads over personnel and other objects, i.e., cars.

nNever drag a load, but keep the load as low to the ground as possible. Do not attempt to lift fixed loads (i.e., frozen to, or buried in the ground). Do not load boom in side-ward direction. Do not push objects down with the boom extension, lift or fold function.

nUse non-conductive tag lines.

nKeep at least three full wraps of wire on the winch drum at all times.

nDo not pull the load block into the boom tip. Payout load line before or during boom extension to avoid two-blocking.

nRig the winch and sheave blocks as shown in the operator’s manual.

nStow the crane arm in its support when not in use.

nKeep hands and feet away from pinch points as slack is being taken up. Never ride a load hoist line. If personnel are to be lifted, use an approved basket with proper fall protection.

11.07 3-T3

11.07 4-T3

nEnsure the weight of the crane is distributed to the centerline of the trailer so some of the load is transferred to the pulling vehicle. Secure the unit with adequate load binders or chains.

nWhen traveling off-road, first walk the route of travel inspecting for depressions, stumps, gullies, ruts or other obstacles.

nInspect the drive train for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings after each shift.

nUse caution when traveling side hill. Conservatively estimate the side-hill capability of the crane to include shifting loads. When possible, travel directly up or downhill.

nUnits using flotation tires should remember to bleed air to proper tire inflation before high-way travel. Never exceed 60 mph as too much heat can be generated with high multi-ply tires.

nNever travel with a load on the hook.

MAINTENANCEnCranes must be inspected annually by

a certified crane inspector. All records of inspection must be maintained by the district office. These records will include rated load tests showing the test procedures and confirming the adequacy of any repairs or alterations. Only qualified personnel should perform maintenance on a crane. Never work on a crane while it is operating or with the PTO engaged.

nPerform and document a preshift safety and maintenance inspection based on the Layne Jobsite Safety Audit and Vehicle Inspection forms. Perform preventative maintenance according to Safety Practice C4.

nTires are the key to safe travel. Inspect tires for proper inflation. Also inspect for loose or missing wheel lugs, objects wedged between treads, abnormal wear, and cuts in the tire. Keep in mind it is not necessarily

TRAVEL, LOADING AND UNLOADINGnOnly properly qualified personnel should

drive the crane carrier.

nKnow all dimensions and weights of the equipment, especially the overhead clearance! Allow for crane arm clearance when approaching corners, other vehicles or structures. Be aware of service station and motel canopies. They are most often too low for clearance. Watch for low hanging electrical lines, especially at entrances to work and commercial sites. Be aware of increased height when the crane is transported by trailer.

nNever operate the unit unless the brakes are in good working order. Perform a thorough pre-trip inspection, including brake inspection, prior to travel. Stop periodically along the route to inspect the truck and the load.

nNever travel with the crane arm extended or partially extended.

nRemove the truck keys and chock the wheels when the vehicle is unattended or maintenance is being performed.

nWhen loading or unloading the crane, use ramps of adequate design to carry the weight. Always load or unload on even ground.

nUse someone on the ground as a guide during loading, unloading and backing. Maintain sight of your spotter at all times.

nSecure all tools and equipment prior to travel according to Safety Practice C3. Secure the arm properly in the arm rest. Be sure the outriggers are properly stowed. The load hook should be secured to the arm during transport. Never over tension the load line, or damage can result.

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

11.07 5-T3

nNever smoke while fueling. Equipment should be fueled with the engine and all electrical switches off.

nKeep the fuel nozzle in contact with the tank to prevent static sparks. Keep hoses and containers in contact with metal during transport.

nFlammable substances should only be carried in NFPA approved safety cans.

nFollow Layne Safety Practice C2 when transporting more than 1,000 lbs of any fuel.

nAll rotating hazards, such as drive lines or fan belts, should be covered. Be sure to replace guards after maintenance.

the tread on the tire, but the age and use history that can cause a blowout.

nAlways wear safety glasses or a face shield and use extreme caution when servicing batteries. Perform battery maintenance in a well ventilated area and never smoke while servicing batteries. During removal disconnect the ground clamp first. During installation, connect the ground clamp last.

nIf battery acid gets in your eyes or on your skin, flush immediately with large amounts of water and get medical attention.

nWhen charging a battery, turn off the power source to the battery before connecting the charger. Cell caps should be loosened to allow escaping gas.

11.07 6-T3

STANDARD hAND SIGNALS FOR CONTROLLING CRANE OPERATIONS

SWING: Arm STOP: Arm extended EMERGENCY STOP: Both arms HOIST: With forearm LOWER: With arm extended out with palm down, move arm extended, palms down, verticle, forefinger pointing extended downward, finger in direction of back and forth move arms back and forth up, moving hand in a forefinger pointing0 swing of boom horizontally horizontally small horizontal circle down, move hand in a small horizontal circle

USE MAIN HIOST: TRAVEL: Arm extended DOG EVERYTHING: TRAVEL BOTH TRACKS: USE WHIPLINE: Top fist on head forward and hand open Clasp hands in front of body. Use both fists in front of (Auxilary Hoist): Tap then use regular and slightly arched body making a circular elbow with one hand signals making pushing motion motion about each other, then use regular in dorection of travel indicating direction of signals. travel-forward or backward. (For land cranes only)

RAISE BOOM: Arm LOWER BOOM: Arm TRAVEL (One track): Lock RETRACT BOOM: EXTEND BOOM: extended, fingers extended, fingers the track on side indicated (Telescoping Boom) (Telescoping Boom) closed, thumb closed, thumb pointing by locked waist fist. Travel Both fists in front of Both fists in front of pointing upward downward opposite track in direction body with thumbs body with thumbs indicated by circular motion pointing toward each pointing outward of lifted fist, rotated vertically other in front of body (for land cranes only)

MOVE SLOWLY: Use RAISE THE BOOM AND LOWER THE BOOM AND RAISE one hand to give LOWER THE LOAD: THE LOAD: With arm any motion signal With arm extended, extended, thumb pointed and place the other thumb pointing up, down, flex fingers in and out hand motionless in flex fingers in and out as long as load movement front of hand giving as long as load is desired. the motion signal movement is desired. (Hoist slowly shown as sample)

EXTRACTED FROM ANSI STANDARD ADDENDUM – B30, 5b – 1985 & B30, 5d – 1988. This complies with OSHA standards.

air rotary drilling methodSafety Practice comPliance Procedure t4

Layne Christensen operates many different types and makes of drilling rigs and well service equipment. Each piece of equipment and work method has different procedures and safety practices. The following pages will outline the safe work practice for the Air Rotary drilling method.

EQUIPMENTThe air rotary method of drilling is a process where the hole is advanced by rotating the drill string with a bit attached to the end of it. As the bit is rotated, it loosens and removes rock chips and cuttings. Air is used as the circulating medium, the air compressor forces the air down to the bit and the air escapes through the annulus, carrying the cuttings with it. The cuttings are normally deposited just outside the hole where they are removed manually. By this method, the hole is advanced one section of drill pipe at time. When one sections has been drilled down, drilling and circulating are stopped and a new section of drill pipe is added.

The following types of equipment are utilized by Layne Christensen operations in the mud rotary drilling method:

n Ingersol Rand TH-60

n Speedstar

n Chicago Pneumatic

n Failing CF-10, CF-15

n Portadrill 10-TLT

RIG SAFETY EQUIPMENTCertain Safety equipment is required to be installed on all drill rigs. This includes the following:

n Fire Extinguisher (Safety Practice B12)

n First Aid Kit

n Bloodborne Pathogen Kit

n Emergency Reflective Road Triangles

n Climbing Protection with full body harness (Safety Practice A5)

n Back-up Alarm

n Visual Hazard Identification (Safety Practice B10)

n Functional Emergency Engine Kill Switch

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTAll personnel working on drilling projects must have the following personal protective equipment:

n Safety Glasses (Safety Practice A2)

n Hard Hat (Safety Practice A1)

n Safety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)

n Hearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)

n Gloves (Safety Practice A1)

n Proper Clothing (close fitting, long pants and shirts with sleeves)

n Equipment required by environmental site specific health and safety plan (Safety Practice E2)

n Equipment required by environmental site specific health and safety plan (Safety Practice E2)

SITE PREPARATION AND START-UPPrior to moving onto the drill pad, adequate site clearing and leveling should be performed. Check the site for ground stability, overhead obstructions such as power lines or tree limbs, and ensure underground utility clearance has been accomplished.

11.07 1-T4

n When drilling in an enclosed area, ensure engine exhaust is vented out of the work area. Exhaust fumes are toxic and cannot always be detected by smell.

n All air and water lines should be drained when not in use if freezing weather is expected.

n All unattended bore holes must be covered to prevent persons from falling into the hole. Bore holes should be backfilled to local or state regulations on completion of the project.

n “Horseplay” is never allowed on the job.

n Wrench jaws should be periodically inspected and replaced if necessary.

n Drill rods should not be held or lowered with pipe wrenches.

n If a string of drill rod accidentally is released into the hole, do not attempt to grab the falling rods with your hands or a wrench.

n In the event of circulation blockage, bleed down the pressure in the piping before breaking the first tool joint.

n Do not use your hands to clean mud or drill fluid from the drill rod. A rod wiper or rag should be used.

n Know all pinch points including breakout wrench, pull down cables and carousel. Experienced employees should show new employees these places.

n Stand clear when breaking bits, subs or hammers.

n One of the most dangerous places around the rig is near pressure hoses. A blockage in the line or lifting water after making adds can cause the hose to whip uncontrollably. Control this hazard by placing whip checks on all positive pressure air lines, secure the discharge hose, and never stand near the hose.

n Laying down or adding pipe is a dangerous operation, use mechanical methods when practical. Always use a sling or strap while manually handling pipe. Be sure

Before raising the mast, the rig must be stabilized with leveling jacks and/or solid cribbing. The drill should be leveled and ground stability checked if it settles after initial setup. Raise and lower the mast only when leveling jacks are down. Have a crew member watch the mast as it is

raised to observe for caught cables, clearances, and other problems. Only operate the drill with the mast locked in the raised position. Never move the drill while the mast is raised.

All personnel should be instructed to “stand clear” of the rig and in the operators sight immediately prior to starting the engine. Make sure all gear boxes are in neutral and all hydraulic levers are in non-actuating positions. Ensure all valves (sun controls) are open to prevent the mast head from moving while starting engine. Start the engine according to the manufacturers guide.

DRILLING OPERATIONSn Never consume alcohol

or drugs prior to or while on the job. If taking over the counter medication, use the type that does not cause drowsiness.

n Always operate the drill from the control platform. The operator should never leave the control panel while the drill is in operation. Ensure all drive and feed controls are in neutral when leaving the control platform and shut down the engine if leaving the work area.

n Clean mud and grease from your boots before mounting the drill platform or climbing the mast. Always use handholds and railings. When using a ladder, face the ladder and put both hands on the side rails. Always maintain “3-point” contact on the ladder. Do not try to climb while carrying tools. Use a bucket to raise and lower hand tools. Watch for slippery or uneven ground when dismounting.

11.07 2-T4

n Never leave an unattended load suspended in mid-air. Try to avoid lifting loads over personnel and other objects, i.e., cars.

n Keep hands and feet away from pinch points as slack is being taken up. Never ride a hoist line up the mast.

n Follow Safety Practice B13 for safe and proper use to slings.

TRAVEL, LOADING AND UNLOADINGn Only properly qualified personnel should

drive the drill rig.

n Know all dimensions and weights of the equipment, especially the overhead clearance! Allow for mast overhang when approaching corners, other vehicles or structures. Be aware of service station and motel canopies. They are most often too low for mast clearance. Watch for low hanging electrical lines, especially at entrances to drill and commercial sites. Be aware of increased height when the rig is transported by trailer.

n Stop periodically along the route to inspect the truck and the load.

n Insure that a thorough pre-trip vehicle inspection is performed and documented.

n Insure the vehicle is never operated unless the brakes are in good working order. Perform a thorough brake inspection, including brake adjustment, if necessary, prior to travel.

NOTE: air brake inspection and adjustment can only be performed by personnel who have completed training and received certification for airbrake inspection and adjustment.

n Always obey the company maximum speed limit of 60 mph for commercial motor vehicles.

all bed stakes are in place before laying down pipe. Finally, watch your footing to prevent slips and avoid stepping between pipe to prevent smashed ankles.

WIRE ROPE AND SLING SAFETYn Most sheaves on exploration rigs are

stationary with a single part line. Never increase the number of line parts without consulting the drill manufacturer.

n Wire rope must be properly matched with each sheave. Too large and the rope will pinch, too small and the sheave will groove. Once a sheave is grooved, it will pinch and damage larger rope.

n When stuck loads cannot be raised with the hoist, disconnect the hoist line and connect the load directly to the feed mechanism. Do this only when the pipe is secured with a wrench or dog collar. Do not use the leveling jacks for added pull.

n Minimize the shock to wire rope. Pull loads smoothly and steadily, especially in cold weather. Never use frozen ropes.

n Protect wire rope from sharp corners and edges. Replace faulty guides and rollers.

n All hooks must be the type with a safety latch.

n Periodically inspect and lubricate cables and sheaves.

n Know the safe working load of the equipment. Do not exceed the rated capacity of hooks, rings, slings, links, swivels, shackles, or other lifting devices.

n When handling wire rope, always wear gloves. Do not guide rope on to hoist drums with your hands. Replace wire rope according to manufacturers specifications. When new rope is installed, first lift a light load to allow the rope to adjust.

11.07 3-T4

MAINTENANCEn Tires are the key to safe travel. Inspect

tires for proper inflation. Also inspect for loose or missing wheel lugs, objects wedged between treads, abnormal wear, and cuts in the tire. Keep in mind it is not necessarily the tread on the tire, but the age and use history that can cause a blowout.

n Perform and document a pre-shift safety and maintenance inspection based on the Layne Christensen Job site Safety Audit and Vehicle Inspection forms. Perform preventative maintenance according to Safety Practice C4.

n Always wear safety glasses or a face shield and use extreme caution when servicing batteries. Perform battery maintenance in a well ventilated area and never smoke while servicing batteries. During removal disconnect the ground clamp first. During installation, connect the ground clamp last.

n If battery acid gets in your eyes or on your skin, flush immediately with large amounts of water and get medical attention.

n When charging a battery, turn off the power source to the battery before connecting the charger. Cell caps should be loosened to allow escaping gas.

n Never smoke while fueling. Equipment should be fueled with the engine and all electrical switches off.

n Keep the fuel nozzle in contact with the tank to prevent static sparks. Keep hoses and containers in contact with metal during transport.

n Flammable substances should only be carried in NFPA approved safety cans.

n Follow Layne Safety Practice C2 when transporting more than 1,000 lbs of any fuel.

n All rotating hazards, such as drive lines or fan belts, should be covered. Be sure to replace guards after maintenance.

n Never, under any circumstances, jeopardize your safety or that of the motoring public by operating a company vehicle while fatigued or under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

n Never travel with the mast raised or partially raised.

n Remove the truck and drill keys and chock the wheels when the vehicle is unattended or maintenance is being performed.

n When loading or unloading the rig, use ramps of adequate design to carry the rig weight. Always load or unload on even ground.

n Use someone on the ground as a guide during loading, unloading and backing. Maintain sight of your spotter at all times.

n Secure all tools and equipment prior to travel according to Safety Practice C3.

n Ensure the weight of the drill is distributed to the center line of the trailer so some of the load is transferred to the pulling vehicle. Secure the rig with adequate load binders or chains.

n When traveling off-road, first walk the route of travel inspecting for depressions, stumps, gullies, ruts or other obstacles.

n Inspect the drive train for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings after each shift.

n Use caution when traveling side hill. Conservatively estimate the side-hill capability of the drill to include shifting loads. When possible, travel directly up or downhill.

n Units using flotation tires should remember to bleed air to proper tire inflation before highway travel. Also never exceed 60 mph as too much heat can be generated with high multi-ply tires.

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

11.07 4-T4

mud rotary drilling methodSafety Practice comPliance Procedure t5

Layne Christensen operates many different types and makes of drilling rigs and well service equipment. Each piece of equipment and work method has different procedures and safety practices. The following pages will outline the safe work practice for the mud rotary drilling method.

EQUIPMENTThe mud rotary method of drilling is a process where the hole is advanced by rotating the drill string with a bit attached to the end of it. As the bit is rotated, it loosens and removes rock chips and cuttings. Simultaneously, a circulating fluid(water or mud) is forced down the inside of the drill pipe and out throught ports in the bit. There the fluid picks up the cuttings and flushes them out of the hole through the space or annulus between the drill pipe and the hole wall. If the water is used as the circulating fluid, it flows from the annulus to a settling pit where the cuttings are removed from the fluid, and then to the storage pit where the fluid is picked up at the pump suction and recirculated

The following types of equipment are utilized by Layne Christensen operations in the mud rotary drilling method:n Ingersoll Rand TH-55, TH-60, TH-75E,n TH-0100An Schram T-450, T-685n Portadrill 10-TLTn Drill Systems MPD-1000, MPD-1500,

W-750, CSR-2000n Gus Pech BRAT 22n Mobile B-59, B-61n Layne Ark 2500n Gardner-Denver 500, 1000, 1500, 2500n Failing CF-10, CF-15, CF-20, CF-25n Chicago Pneumatic 1800n Spenser Harris 2500, 5000

n WichTex 2500n CME 55, 75, 95, 750, 850n Speedstar SS200

RIG SAFETY EQUIPMENTCertain Safety equipment is required to be installed on all drill rigs. This includes the following:n Fire Extinguisher (Safety Practice B12)n First Aid Kit/Bloodborne Pathogen Kitn Emergency Reflective Road Trianglesn Climbing Protection (Safety Practice A5)n Back-up Alarmn Visual Hazard Identification

(Safety Practice B10)n Functional Emergency Engine Kill Switch

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTAll personnel working on drilling projects must have the following personal protective equipment:n Safety Glasses (Safety Practice A2)n Hard Hat (Safety Practice A1)n Safety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)n Hearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)n Gloves (Safety Practice A1)n Proper Clothing (close fitting, long pants

and shirts with sleeves)n Equipment required by environmental site

specific health and safety plan (Safety Practice E2)

SITE PREPARATION AND STARTUPPrior to moving onto the drill pad, adequate site clearing and leveling should be performed. Check the site for ground stability,

11.07 1-T5

DRILLING OPERATIONSn Never consume alcohol or drugs prior to

or while on the job. If taking over the counter medication, use the type that does not cause drowsiness.

n Always operate the drill from the control platform. The operator should never leave the control panel while the drill is in operation. Ensure all drive and feed controls are in neutral when leaving the control platform and shut down the engine if leaving the work area.

n Clean mud and grease from your boots before mounting the drill platform or climbing the mast. Always use handholds and railings. When using a ladder, face the ladder and put both hands on the side rails. Always maintain “3-point” contact on the ladder. Do not try to climb while carrying tools. Use a bucket to raise and lower hand tools. Watch for slippery or uneven ground when dismounting.

n When drilling in an enclosed area, ensure engine exhaust is vented out of the work area. Exhaust fumes are toxic and cannot always be detected by smell.

n All air and water lines should be drained when not in use if freezing weather is expected.

n All unattended bore holes must be covered to prevent persons from falling into the hole. Bore holes should be backfilled to local or state regulations on completion of the project.

n “Horseplay” is never allowed on the job.

n Wrench jaws should be periodically inspected and replaced if necessary.

n Drill rods should not be held or lowered with pipe wrenches.

n If a string of drill rod accidentally is released into the hole, do not attempt to grab the falling rods with your hands or a wrench.

n In the event of circulation blockage, bleed down the pressure in the piping before breaking the first tool joint.

overhead obstructions such as power lines or tree limbs, and ensure underground utility clearance has been accomplished.

Large rigs and doghouses are often mounted on trailer platforms and caution should be exercised when maneuvering these trailers into position. Ensure trailer mounted rigs, doghouses, and pipe trailers are properly blocked and leveled to prevent shifting during drilling operations. In addition, any doghouse trailer positioned adjacent to the rig should have minimum separation between the trailers and each trailer should be level in relation each other. Any gaps between the trailers will be covered with temporary decking to reduce tripping hazards and personal injuries.

Before raising the mast, the rig must be stabilized with leveling jacks and/or solid cribbing. The drill should be leveled and ground stability checked if it settles after initial setup. Raise and lower the mast only when leveling jacks are down. Have a crew member watch the mast as it is raised to observe for caught cables, clearances, and other problems. Only operate the drill with the mast locked in the raised position. Never move the drill while the mast is raised.

All personnel should be instructed to “stand clear” of the rig and in the operators sight immediately prior to starting the engine. Make sure all gear boxes are in neutral and all hydraulic levers are in non-actuating positions. Ensure all valves (sun controls) are open to prevent the mast head from moving while starting engine. Start the engine according to the manufacturers guide.

11.07 2-T5

drum. The cathead itself should be clean and dry. The cathead should be replaced if a rope groove of greater than 1/8 inch (3mm) forms.

n Position all hoist lines to prevent contact with the cathead rope. The operator should be on a level surface with firm footing. Do not wear loose clothing or gloves with loose straps or cuffs. Never wrap the rope around your hand, wrist or arm. Never stand on the end of the cathead rope. Maintain a minimum 18 inch clearance between operating hand and drum. Be aware the rope advances with eachhammer blow on samplers.

n If the rope grabs or tangles, alert personnel to back away and stay clear. If tools are suspended, carefully shut down the drill and keep close watch on suspended tools.

WIRE ROPE AND SLING SAFETYn Most sheaves on exploration rigs are

stationary with a single part line. Never increase the number of line parts without consulting the drill manufacturer.

n Wire rope must be properly matched with each sheave. Too large and the rope will pinch, too small and the sheave will groove. Once a sheave is grooved, it will pinch and damage larger rope.

n When stuck loads can not be raised with the hoist, disconnect the hoist line and connect the load directly to the feed mechanism. Do this only when the pipe is secured with a wrench or dog collar. Do not use the leveling jacks for added pull.

n Minimize the shock to wire rope. Pull loads smoothly and steadily, especially in cold weather. Never use frozen ropes.

n Protect wire rope from sharp corners and edges. Replace faulty guides and rollers.

n All hooks must be the type with a safety latch.

n Periodically inspect and lubricate cables and sheaves.

n Do not use your hands to clean mud or drill fluid from the drill rod. A rod wiper or rag should be used.

n Know all pinch points including breakout wrench, pull down cables and carousel. The points must be color coded. Experienced employees should show new employees these places. Keep hands away from elevators while tripping.

n Stand clear when breaking bits, subs or hammers.

n Mud pits should be fenced or taped off with CAUTION tape.

n One of the most dangerous places around the rig is near pressure hoses. A blockage in the line or lifting water after making adds can cause the hose to whip uncontrollably. Control this hazard by placing whip checks on all positive pressure air lines, secure the discharge hose, and never stand near the hose. The discharge hose travels downward very quickly, especially during airlifting and swabbing. Know its location at all times.

n Laying down or adding pipe is a dangerous operation use mechanical method when practical. Always use a sling or strap while handling pipe. Be sure all bed stakes are in

place before laying down pipe. Watch your footing to prevent slips and avoid stepping between pipe to prevent smashed ankles. Stand to the side while tripping and tailing pipe. Never stand under the pipe.

n The cathead is a danger area on the rig. Always use a clean, dry rope. An oily rope may grab on the cathead. Never use a rope any longer than necessary. A long rope could become tangled in the operators legs. Never leave the rope wrapped on the

11.07 3-T5

n Remove the truck and drill keys and chock the wheels when the vehicle is unattended or maintenance is being performed.

n When loading or unloading the rig, use ramps of adequate design to carry the rig weight. Always load or unload on even ground.

n Use someone on the ground as a guide during loading, unloading and backing. Maintain sight of your spotter at all times.

n Secure all tools and equipment prior to travel according to Safety Practice C3.

n Ensure the weight of the drill is distributed to the centerline of the trailer so some of the load is transferred to the pulling vehicle. Secure the rig with adequate load binders or chains.

n When traveling off-road, first walk the route of travel inspecting for depressions, stumps, gullies, ruts or other obstacles.

n Inspect the drive train for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings after each shift.

n Use caution when traveling side hill. Conservatively estimate the side-hill capability of the drill to include shifting loads. When possible, travel directly up or downhill.

n Units using flotation tires should remember to bleed air to proper tire inflation before highway travel. Also never exceed 60 mph as too much heat can be generated with high multi-ply tires.

MAINTENANCEn Tires are the key to safe travel. Inspect

tires for proper inflation. Also inspect for loose or missing wheel lugs, objects wedged between treads, abnormal wear, and cuts in the tire. Keep in mind it is

n Know the safe working load of the equipment. Do not exceed the rated capacity of hooks, rings, slings, links, swivels, shackles, or other lifting devices.

n When handling wire rope, always wear gloves. Do not guide rope on to hoist drums with your hands. Replace wire rope according to manufacturers specifications. When new rope is installed, first lift a light load to allow the rope to adjust.

n Never leave an unattended load suspended in mid-air. Try to avoid lifting loads over personnel and other objects, i.e., cars.

n Keep hands and feet away from pinch points as slack is being taken up. Never ride a hoist line up the mast.

n Follow Safety Practice B13 for safe and proper use to slings.

TRAVEL, LOADING AND UNLOADINGn Only properly qualified personnel should

drive the drill rig.

n Know all dimensions and weights of the equipment, especially the overhead clearance! Allow for mast overhang when approaching corners, other vehicles or structures. Be aware of service station and motel canopies. They are most often too low for mast clearance. Watch for low hanging electrical lines, especially at entrances to drill and commercial sites. Be aware of increased height when the rig is transported by trailer.

n Never operate the drill unless the brakes are in good working order. Perform a thorough pre-trip inspection, including brake adjustment, prior to travel. Stop periodically along the route to inspect the truck and the load.

n Never travel with the mast raised or partially raised.

11.07 4-T5

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

n When charging a battery, turn off the power source to the battery before connecting the charger. Cell caps should be loosened to allow escaping gas.

n Never smoke while fueling. Equipment should be fueled with the engine and all electrical switches off.

n Keep the fuel nozzle in contact with the tank to prevent static sparks. Keep hoses and containers in contact with metal during transport.

n Flammable substances should only be carried in NFPA approved safety cans.

n Follow Layne Safety Practice C2 when transporting more than 1,000 lbs of any fuel.

n All rotating hazards, such as drive lines or fan belts, should be covered. Be sure to replace guards after maintenance.

not necessarily the tread on the tire, but the age and use history that can cause a blowout.

n Perform and document a preshift safety and maintenance inspection based on the Layne Jobsite Safety Audit and Vehicle Inspection forms. Perform preventative maintenance according to Safety Practice C4.

n Always wear safety glasses or a face shield and use extreme caution when servicing batteries. Perform battery maintenance in a well ventilated area and never smoke while servicing batteries. During removal disconnect the ground clamp first. During installation, connect the ground clamp last.

n If battery acid gets in your eyes or on your skin, flush immediately with large amounts of water and get medical attention.

11.07 5-T5

rotary bucket drilling methodSafety Practice comPliance Procedure t6

Layne Christensen operates many different types and brands of drilling rigs and well service equipment. Each piece of equipment and work method has different procedures and safety practices. The following pages will outline the safe work practices for the Rotary Bucket Drilling method.

EQUIPMENTRotary bucket drilling method utilizes a large diameter bucket auger to excavate materials. The bucket bit is attached to the lower end of a kelly bar that passes through and is rotated by a large ring gear that serves as a rotary table. The kelly is square in cross section and consists of two or more lengths of square tubing, with lengths telescoping inside the other. This design permits boring to depths greater than the collapsed length of the kelly bar. Drill rod may be added between the bucket and the kelly to extend the depth of the boring. Depths of less than 150 feet are most common.

The following types of equipment are utilized by Layne operations in the bucket drilling method:

n EZ-Bore Method 90, 120

n Cal Weld

RIG SAFETY EQUIPMENTCertain safety equipment is required to be installed on the drill rig. It includes:

n Fire Extinguisher (Safety Practice B12)

n First Aid Kit/Bloodborne Pathogen Kit

n Climbing Protection (Safety Practice A5)

n Visual Hazard Identification (Safety Practice B10)

n Functional Emergency Engine Kill Switch

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTEach individual must have the following personal protective equipment:

n Safety Glasses (Safety Practice A2)

n Hard Hat (Safety Practice A1)

n Safety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)

n Hearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)

n Gloves (Safety Practice A1)

n Proper Clothing (close fitting, long pants and shirts with sleeves)

SITE PREPARATION AND START UPPrior to moving on the drill pad, adequate site clearing and leveling should be performed. Check the site for ground stability, overhead obstructions such as power lines or tree limbs, and ensure underground utility clearance has taken place.

Before raising the mast, the rig must be stabilized with leveling jacks and/or solid cribbing. The drill should be leveled and ground stability checked if it settles after initial set up. Raise and lower the mast only when leveling jacks are down. Fasten the derrick extension or “stinger” with bolts and the pin prior to elevating the derrick. Have a crew member watch the mast as it is raised to observe for caught cables or other problems. Only operate the drill with the mast locked in the raised position.

All personnel should be instructed to “stand clear” of the rig and in the operators sight immediately prior to starting the engine. Make sure all gear boxes are in neutral and

11.07 1-T6

n All unattended bore holes must be covered to prevent persons from falling into the hole. Bore holes should be backfilled to job, local or state specifications on completion of the project.

n “Horseplay” is never allowed on the job.

n Wrench jaws should be periodically inspected and replaced if necessary.

n Good communication and vision between the driller and helper is mandatory on bucket rigs. When the helper is pulling the lever to dump the bucket, the driller should have the helper in sight at all times.

n The helper should approach the bucket from the outside. The bucket should be resting on the ground with the rig idled down. The driller should not attempt to dump the bucket until the helper is well clear of the area.

n Know all pinch points including breakout wrenches, pull down cables, carousels, catheads etc. The points should be color coded. Experienced employees should show new employees these places on the first day of work.

n Stand clear when breaking bits, subs or hammers. Never position yourself beneath a suspended load.

n Laying down or adding pipe is a dangerous operation use mechanical methods when practical. Always use a sling or strap while manually handling pipe. Be sure all bed stakes are in place before laying down pipe. Finally, watch your footing to prevent slips and avoid stepping between pipe to prevent smashed ankles.

all hydraulic levers are in non-actuating positions to prevent the table from moving while starting the engine. Start the engine according to the manufacturer’s guide.

SAFETY DURING DRILLING OPERATIONSn Never consume

alcohol or drugs prior to or while on the job. If taking over the counter medication, use the type that does not cause drowsiness.

n Always operate the drill from the control platform. The operator should never leave the control panel while the drill is in operation. Ensure all drive and feed controls are in neutral when leaving the control platform and shut down the engine if leaving the work area.

n Protect employees from falling into the boring. Barricade the perimeter of the boring with temporary construction barriers and cover the boring with timbers or steel when setting the well or working near the edge.

n Clean mud and grease from your boots before mounting the drill platform or climbing the mast. Always use handholds and railings. When using a ladder, face the ladder and put both hands on the side rails. Always maintain “3-point” contact on the ladder. Do not try to climb while carrying tools. Use a bucket to raise and lower hand tools. Watch for slippery or uneven ground when dismounting.

n When drilling in an enclosed area, ensure engine exhaust is vented out of the work area. Exhaust fumes are toxic and cannot always be detected by smell.

n All air and water lines should be drained when not in use if freezing weather is expected. Air line antifreeze may be required.

11.07 2-T6

n Periodically inspect and lubricate cables and sheaves.

n Know the safe working load of the equipment. Do not exceed the rated capacity of hooks, rings, slings, links, swivels, shackles, or other lifting devices.

n When handling wire rope, always wear gloves. Do not guide rope on to hoist drums with your hands. Replace wire rope according to manufacturers specifications. When new rope is installed, first lift a light load to allow the rope to adjust.

n Never leave an unattended load suspended in mid-air.

n Keep hands and feet away from pinch points as slack is being taken up. Never ride a hoist line up the mast.

n Follow Safety Practice B13 for safe and proper use to slings.

TRAVEL, LOADING AND UNLOADINGn Only properly qualified personnel should

drive the drill rig.

n Know all dimensions and weights of the equipment, especially the overhead clearance. Allow for mast overhang when approaching corners, other vehicles or structures. Be aware of service station and motel canopies. Watch for low hanging electrical lines, especially at entrances to drill and commercial sites. Be aware of increased height when the rig is transported by trailer.

n Never operate the drill unless the brakes are in good working order. Perform a thorough pre-trip inspection, including brake adjustment, prior to travel. Stop periodically along the route to inspect the truck and the load. Note: Airbrake inspection and adjustment can only be performed by personnel who have

n The cathead is a danger area on the rig. Always use a clean, dry rope. An oily rope may grab on the cathead. Never use a rope any longer than necessary. A long rope could become tangled in the operators legs. Never leave the rope wrapped on the drum. The cathead itself should be clean and dry. The cathead should be replaced if a rope groove of greater then 1/8 inch (3mm) forms.

n Position all hoist lines to prevent contact with the cathead rope. The operator should be on a level surface with firm footing. Do not wear loose clothing or gloves with loose straps or cuffs. Never wrap the rope around your hand, wrist, or arm. Never stand on the end of the cathead rope. Maintain a minimum of 18 inches clearance between operating hand and drum. Be aware the rope advances with each hammer blow on samplers.

n If the rope grabs or tangles, alert personnel to back away and stay clear. If tools are suspended, carefully shut down the drill and keep close watch on suspended tools.

WIRE ROPE AND SLING SAFETYn Most sheaves on rigs are stationary

with a single part line. Never increase the number of sheaves, winch lines or line parts without consulting the drill manufacturer.

n Wire rope must be properly matched with each sheave. Too large and the rope will pinch, too small and the sheave will groove. Once a sheave is grooved, it will pinch and damage larger rope.

n Minimize the shock to wire rope. Pull loads smoothly and steadily, especially in cold weather. Never use frozen ropes.

n Protect wire rope from sharp corners and edges. Replace faulty guides and rollers.

n All hooks must be the type with a safety latch.

11.07 3-T6

n When traveling off-road, first walk the route of travel inspecting for depressions, stumps, gullies, ruts or other obstacles.

n Inspect the drive train for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings after each shift.

n Use caution when traveling side hill. Conservatively estimate the side-hill capability of the drill to include shifting loads. When possible, travel directly up or downhill and have roads and drill pads excavated.

n Units using flotation tires should remember to bleed air to proper tire inflation before highway travel. Also never exceed 60 mph as too much heat can be generated with high multi-ply tires.

MAINTENANCEn Tires are the key to safe travel. Inspect

tires for proper inflation. Also inspect for loose or missing wheel lugs, objects wedged between treads, abnormal wear, and cuts in the tire. Keep in mind it is not necessarily the tread on the tire, but the age and use history that can cause a blowout.

n Perform and document a pre-shift safety and maintenance inspection based on the Layne Job site Safety Audit and Vehicle Inspection forms. Perform preventative maintenance according to Safety Practice C4.

n Always wear safety glasses or a face shield and use extreme caution when servicing batteries. Perform battery maintenance in a well ventilated area and never smoke while servicing batteries. During removal disconnect the ground clamp first. During installation, connect the ground clamp last.

completed training and received certification for airbrake inspection and adjustment.

n Always obey the company maximum speed limit of 60 mph for commercial motor vehicles.

n Never, under any circumstances, jeopardize your safety or that of the motoring public by operating a company vehicle while fatigued or under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

n Never travel with the mast raised or partially raised.

n Perform a daily inspection of the drive train checking for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings.

n Remove the truck and drill keys and chock the wheels when the vehicle is unattended or maintenance is being performed.

n When loading or unloading the rig, use ramps of adequate design to carry the rig weight. Always load or unload on even ground.

n Use someone on the ground as a guide during loading, unloading and backing. Maintain sight of your spotter at all times.

n Secure all tools and equipment prior to travel according to Safety Practice C3.

n Ensure the weight of the drill is distributed to the center line of the trailer so some of the load is transferred to the pulling vehicle. Secure the rig with adequate load binders or chains.

11.07 4-T6

n Keep the fuel nozzle in contact with the tank to prevent static sparks. Keep hoses and containers in contact with metal during transport.

n Flammable substances should only be carried in NFPA approved safety cans.

n Follow Layne Safety Practice C2 when transporting more than 1,000 lbs of any fuel.

n All rotating hazards, such as drive lines or fan belts, should be covered. Be sure to replace guards after maintenance.

n If battery acid gets in your eyes or on your skin, flush immediately with large amounts of water and get medical attention.

n When charging a battery, turn off the power source to the battery before connecting the charger. Cell caps should be loosened to allow escaping gas.

n Never smoke while fueling. Equipment should be fueled with the engine and all electrical switches off.

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

11.07 5-T6

percussion Hammer drilling metHodSafety Practice comPliance Procedure t7

Layne Christensen operates many different types and brands of drilling rigs and well service equipment. Each piece of equipment and work method has different procedures and safety practices. The following pages will outline the safe work practices for the Percussion Hammer drilling method.

EQUIPMENTThe percussion hammer drilling method uses a diesel hammer that applies 8,100 psi on the bit when the hammer detonates. A dual or triple wall pipe is used, with air flowing down through the outer annulus and cuttings back up into the bit and through the inner annulus.

The following types of equipment are utilized by Layne operations in the percussion hammer drilling method:

n Drill Systems AP-1000

RIG SAFETY EQUIPMENTCertain safety equipment is required to be installed on the drill rig. They include:n Fire Extinguisher (Safety Practice B12)n Flashlightn Flares or Reflective trianglesn First Aid Kit/Bloodborne Pathogen Kitn Climbing Protection (Safety Practice A5)n Visual Hazard Identification

(Safety Practice B10)

n Functional Emergency Engine Kill Switch

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTEach individual must have the following personal protective equipment:

n Safety Glasses (Safety Practice A2)n Hard Hat (Safety Practice A1)n Safety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)n Hearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)

n Gloves (Safety Practice A1)n Proper Clothing (close fitting, long pants

and shirts with sleeves)

SITE PREPARATION AND START UPPrior to moving on the drill pad, adequate site clearing and leveling should be performed. Check the site for ground stability, overhead obstructions such as power lines or tree limbs, and ensure underground utility clearance has taken place.

Before raising the mast, the rig must be stabilized with leveling jacks and/or solid cribbing. The drill should be leveled and ground stability checked if it settles after initial set up. Raise and lower the mast only when leveling jacks are down. Fasten the derrick extension or “stinger” with bolts and the pin prior to elevating the derrick. Have a crew member watch the mast as it is raised to observe for caught cables or other problems. Only operate the drill with the mast locked in the raised position.

All personnel should be instructed to “stand clear” of the rig and in the operators sight immediately prior to starting the engine. Make sure all gear boxes are in neutral and all hydraulic levers are in non-actuating positions to prevent the table from moving while starting the engine. Start the engine according to the manufacturer’s guide.

SAFETY DURING DRILLING OPERATIONSn Never consume alcohol or drugs prior to

or while on the job. If taking over the counter medication, use the type that does not cause drowsiness.

n Always operate the drill from the control platform. The operator should never leave the control panel while the drill is in operation. Ensure all drive and feed

11.07 1-T7

n One of the most dangerous places around the rig is the discharge hose. A blockage in the line can cause the discharge hose to whip uncontrollably. Control this hazard by placing whip checks on all positive pressure air lines, secure the discharge hose, and never stand near the hose. The discharge hose travels downward very quickly. Know its location at all times.

n Ensure the cyclone is chained to the rig. Inspect the cyclone and discharge hose head connection daily for signs of damage or wear.

n Laying down or adding pipe is a dangerous operation. Always use a sling or strap while handling pipe. Be sure all bed stakes are in place before laying down pipe. Finally, watch your footing to prevent slips and avoid stepping between pipe to prevent smashed ankles. Stand to the side while tripping and tailing pipe. Never stand under the pipe or between the rig and pipe truck while tripping pipe.

n Catheads are dangerous. Always use a clean, dry rope. An oily rope may grab on the cathead. Never use a rope any longer than necessary. A long rope could become tangled in the operators legs. Never leave the rope wrapped on the drum. The cathead itself should be clean and dry. The cathead should be replaced if a rope groove of greater then 1/8 inch (3mm) forms. Many times in wet or icy conditions a cathead cannot be used.

n Position all hoist lines to prevent contact with the cathead rope. The operator should be on a level surface with firm footing. Do not wear loose clothing or gloves with loose straps or cuffs. Never wrap the rope around your hand, wrist, or arm. Never stand on the end of the cathead rope. Maintain a minimum of 18 inches clearance between operating hand and drum. Be aware the rope advances with each hammer blow on samplers.

n If the rope grabs or tangles, alert personnel to back away and stay clear. If tools are

controls are in neutral when leaving the control platform and shut down the engine if leaving the work area.

n Clean mud and grease from your boots before mounting the drill platform or climbing the mast. Always use handholds and railings. When using a ladder, face the ladder and put both hands on the side rails. Always maintain “3-point” contact on the ladder. Do not try to climb while carrying tools. Use a bucket to raise and lower hand tools. Watch for slippery or uneven ground when dismounting.

n When drilling in an enclosed area, ensure engine exhaust is vented out of the work area. Exhaust fumes are toxic and cannot always be detected by smell.

n All air and water lines should be drained when not in use if freezing weather is expected. Air line antifreeze may be required.

n All unattended bore holes must be covered to prevent persons from falling into the hole. Bore holes should be backfilled to job, local or state specifications on completion of the project.

n “Horseplay” is never allowed on the job.

n Wrench jaws should be periodically inspected and replaced if necessary.

n The spinning chain is very powerful and must be treated with respect. Spinning chains must have a rope tail. Good communication between the driller and helper will ensure safe operation of the spinning chain.

n Know all pinch points including breakout wrenches, pull down cables, carousels, catheads etc. The points should be color coded. Experienced employees should show new employees these places on the first day of work.

n Inspect the mast daily for cracked welds and loose pins or bolts. Inspect hydraulic hoses and connections for leaks, signs of damage or wear.

11.07 2-T7

n Never ride a hoist up the mast.

n Follow Safety Practice B13 for safe and proper use to slings.

TRAVEL, LOADING AND UNLOADINGn Only properly qualified personnel should

drive the drill rig.

n Know all dimensions and weights of the equipment, especially the overhead clearance. Allow for mast overhang when approaching corners, other vehicles or structures. Be aware of service station and motel canopies. Watch for low hanging electrical lines, especially at entrances to drill and commercial sites. Be aware of increased height when the rig is transported by trailer.

n Never operate the drill unless the brakes are in good working order. Perform a thorough pre-trip inspection, including brake adjustment, prior to travel. Stop periodically along the route to inspect the truck and the load. Note: Airbrake inspection and adjustment can only be performed by personnel who have completed training and received certification for airbrake inspection and adjustment.

n Always obey the company maximum speed limit of 60 mph for commercial motor vehicles.

n Never, under any circumstances, jeopardize your safety or that of the motoring public by operating a company vehicle while fatigued or under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

n Never travel with the mast raised or partially raised.

n Perform a daily inspection of the drive train checking for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings.

n Remove the truck and drill keys and chock the wheels when the vehicle is unattended or maintenance is being performed.

suspended, carefully shut down the drill and keep close watch on suspended tools.

WIRE ROPE AND SLING SAFETYn Most sheaves on rigs are stationary

with a single part line. Never increase the number of sheaves, winch lines or line parts without consulting the drill manufacturer.

n Wire rope must be properly matched with each sheave. Too large and the rope will pinch, too small and the sheave will groove. Once a sheave is grooved, it will pinch and damage larger rope.

n When stuck loads cannot be raised with the hoist disconnect the hoist line and connect the load directly to the feed mechanism. Do this only when the pipe is secured with a wrench or dog collar. Do not use the leveling jacks for added pull.

n Minimize the shock to wire rope. Pull loads smoothly and steadily, especially in cold weather. Never use frozen ropes.

n Protect wire rope from sharp corners and edges. Replace faulty guides and rollers.

n All hooks must be the type with a safety latch.

n Periodically inspect and lubricate cables and sheaves.

n Know the safe working load of the equipment. Do not exceed the rated capacity of hooks, rings, slings, links, swivels, shackles, or other lifting devices.

n When handling wire rope, always wear gloves. Do not guide rope on to hoist drums with your hands. Replace wire rope according to manufacturers specifications. When new rope is installed, first lift a light load to allow the rope to adjust.

n Never leave an unattended load suspended in mid-air.

n Keep hands and feet away from pinch points as slack is being taken up. Never ride a hoist line up the mast.

11.07 3-T7

n Perform and document a pre-shift safety and maintenance inspection based on the Layne Job site Safety Audit and Vehicle Inspection forms. Perform preventative maintenance according to Safety Practice C4.

n Always wear safety glasses or a face shield and use extreme caution when servicing batteries. Perform battery maintenance in a well ventilated area and never smoke while servicing batteries. During removal disconnect the ground clamp first. During installation, connect the ground clamp last.

n If battery acid gets in your eyes or on your skin, flush immediately with large amounts of water and get medical attention.

n When charging a battery, turn off the power source to the battery before connecting the charger. Cell caps should be loosened to allow escaping gas.

n Never smoke while fueling. Equipment should be fueled with the engine and all electrical switches off.

n Keep the fuel nozzle in contact with the tank to prevent static sparks. Keep hoses and containers in contact with metal during transport.

n Flammable substances should only be carried in NFPA approved safety cans.

n Follow Layne Safety Practice C2 when transporting more than 1,000 lbs of any fuel.

n All rotating hazards, such as drive lines or fan belts, should be covered. Be sure to replace guards after maintenance.

n When loading or unloading the rig, use ramps of adequate design to carry the rig weight. Always load or unload on even ground.

n Use someone on the ground as a guide during loading, unloading and backing. Maintain sight of your spotter at all times.

n Secure all tools and equipment prior to travel according to Safety Practice C3.

n Ensure the weight of the drill is distributed to the center line of the trailer so some of the load is transferred to the pulling vehicle. Secure the rig with adequate load binders or chains.

n When traveling off-road, first walk the route of travel inspecting for depressions, stumps, gullies, ruts or other obstacles.

n Inspect the drive train for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings after each shift.

n Use caution when traveling side hill. Conservatively estimate the side-hill capability of the drill to include shifting loads. When possible, travel directly up or downhill and have roads and drill pads excavated.

n Units using flotation tires should remember to bleed air to proper tire inflation before highway travel. Also never exceed 60 mph as too much heat can be generated with high multi-ply tires.

MAINTENANCEn Tires are the key to safe travel. Inspect

tires for proper inflation. Also inspect for loose or missing wheel lugs, objects wedged between treads, abnormal wear, and cuts in the tire. Keep in mind it is not necessarily the tread on the tire, but the age and use history that can cause a blowout.

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

11.07 4-T7

auger drilling methodSafety Practice comPliance Procedure t8

Layne Christensen operates many different types and brands of drilling rigs and well service equipment. Each piece of equipment and work method has different procedures and safety practices. The following pages will outline the safe work practices for the auger drilling method.

EQUIPMENTThe auger drilling method may utilize three principal designs to excavate earth materials to form a bore hole or well:n Large diameter bucket augern Solid-stem augern Hollow-stem auger

Bucket drilling method is discussed in Safety Practice Compliance Procedure T-1. Solid and hollow augers are rotated by a top head rotary drive mechanism. Solid-stem augers may use single flight (one long section) or continuous flighting, multiple sections, which are typically 5 feet long. Diameters of 4 to 24 inches are common. Boreholes of 60 feet are not ususal in stable soil.

Unlike solid-stem augers, hollow-stem augers allow sampling tools, drill rods and core barrels to pass through the inside of the auger lengths acting as temporary casing. Auger lengths are 5 feet long with common diameters ranging from 6¼ to 13 inches outside diameter (OD). Common depths drilled in stable formations are less than 120 feet.

The following types of equipment are utilized by Layne Christensen operations in the auger drilling method:n Acker; ADII, Soil Maxn CME; 45, 55, 75, 95, 550, 750, 850n E-Z Bore; 80, 120n Failing; F-7, F-10n Gus Pech; 22R-Brat

n Mobil; B30, B40, B53, B56, B57, B59, B61, B80

n Simco; 2400, 2800, 4000, TR-1n Terramec; 600, 1000

Top head drive drill rigs manufactured by other companies may also be adapted for auger work.

RIG SAFETY EQUIPMENTCertain safety equipment is required to be installed on the drill rig. They include:n Fire Extinguisher (Safety Practice B12)n Flashlightn Reflective Safety Vestn Flares or Reflective trianglesn First Aid Kit/

Bloodborne Pathogen Kit

n Climbing Protection (Safety Practice A5)

n Visual Hazard Identification (Safety Practice B10)

n Functional Emergency Engine Kill Switch

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTEach individual must have the following personal protective equipment:

n Safety Glasses (Safety Practice A2)n Hard Hat (Safety Practice A1)

n Safety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)n Hearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)n Gloves (Safety Practice A1)

11.07 1-T8

n Clean mud and grease from your boots before mounting the drill platform or climbing the mast. Always use handholds and railings. When using a ladder, face the ladder and put both hands on the side rails. Always maintain “3-point” contact on the ladder. Do not try to climb while carrying tools. Use a bucket to raise and lower hand tools. Watch for slippery or uneven ground when dismounting.

n When drilling in an enclosed area, ensure engine exhaust is vented out of the work area. Exhaust fumes are toxic and cannot always be detected by smell.

n All air and water lines should be drained when not in use if freezing weather is expected. Air line antifreeze may be required.

n All unattended bore holes must be covered to prevent persons from falling into the hole. Bore holes should be backfilled to job, local or state specifications on completion of the project.

n “Horseplay” is never allowed on the job.

n Wrench jaws should be periodically inspected and replaced if necessary.

n Know all pinch points including breakout wrenches, pull down cables, carousels, catheads etc. The points should be color coded. Experienced employees should show new employees these places on the first day of work.

n Inspect the mast daily for cracked welds and loose pins or bolts. Inspect hydraulic hoses and connections for leaks, signs of damage or wear.

n Laying down or adding augers is a dangerous operation. If possible, use a sling or strap while manually handling augers. Be sure all bed stakes are in place before laying down augers. Finally, watch your footing to prevent slips and avoid stepping between auger to prevent smashed ankles. Stand to the side while tripping and tailing augers. Never stand under the pipe or between the rig and auger truck while tripping augers.

n Proper Clothing (close fitting, long pants and shirts with sleeves)

SITE PREPARATION AND START UPPrior to moving on the drill pad, adequate site clearing and leveling should be performed. Check the site for ground stability, overhead obstructions such as power lines or tree limbs, and ensure underground utility clearance has taken place.

Before raising the mast, the rig must be stabilized with leveling jacks and/or solid cribbing. The drill should be leveled and ground stability checked if it settles after initial set up. Raise and lower the mast only when leveling jacks are down. Fasten the derrick extension or “stinger” with bolts and the pin prior to elevating the derrick. Have a crew member watch the mast as it is raised to observe for caught cables or other problems. Only operate the drill with the mast locked in the raised position.

All personnel should be instructed to “stand clear” of the rig and in the operators sight immediately prior to starting the engine. Make sure all gear boxes are in neutral and all hydraulic levers are in non-actuating positions to prevent the table from moving while starting the engine. Start the

engine according to the manufacturer’s guide.

SAFETY DURING DRILLING OPERATIONS

n Never consume alcohol or drugs prior to

or while on the job. If taking over the counter medication, use the type that does not cause drowsiness.

n Always operate the drill from the control platform. The operator should never leave the control panel while the drill is in operation. Ensure all drive and feed controls are in neutral when leaving the control platform and shut down the engine if leaving the work area.

11.07 2-T8

n Do not attempt to remove cuttings from rotating augers.

n Always keep loose clothing away from augers and any rotating parts.

WIRE ROPE AND SLING SAFETYn Most sheaves on rigs are stationary

with a single part line. Never increase the number of sheaves, winch lines or line parts without consulting the drill manufacturer.

n Wire rope must be properly matched with each sheave. Too large and the rope will

pinch, too small and the sheave will groove. Once a sheave is grooved, it will pinch and damage larger rope.

n When stuck loads cannot be raised with the hoist disconnect the hoist line and connect the load directly to the feed mechanism. Do this only when the pipe is secured with a wrench or dog collar. Do not use the leveling jacks for added pull.

n Minimize the shock to wire rope. Pull loads smoothly and steadily, especially in cold weather. Never use frozen ropes.

n Protect wire rope from sharp corners and edges. Replace faulty guides and rollers.

n All hooks must be the type with a safety latch.

n Periodically inspect and lubricate cables and sheaves.

n Know the safe working load of the equipment. Do not exceed the rated capacity of hooks, rings, slings, links, swivels, shackles, or other lifting devices.

n When handling wire rope, always wear gloves. Do not guide rope on to hoist drums with your hands. Replace wire rope according to manufacturers specifications. When new rope is installed, first lift a light load to allow the rope to adjust.

n Catheads are dangerous. Always use a clean, dry rope. An oily rope may grab on the cathead. Never use a rope any longer than necessary. A long rope could become tangled in the operators legs. Never leave the rope wrapped on the drum. The cathead itself should be clean and dry. The cathead should be replaced if a rope groove of greater then 1/8 inch (3mm) forms. Many times in wet or icy conditions a cathead cannot be used.

n Position all hoist lines to prevent contact with the cathead rope. The operator should be on a level surface with firm footing. Do not wear loose clothing or gloves with loose straps or cuffs. Never wrap the rope around your hand, wrist, or arm. Never stand on the end of the cathead rope. Maintain a minimum of 18 inches clearance between operating hand and drum. Be aware the rope advances with each hammer blow on samplers.

n If the rope grabs or tangles, alert personnel to back away and stay clear. If tools are suspended, carefully shut down the drill and keep close watch on suspended tools.

SAFE USE OF AUGERSn When engaging rotation or down pressure

always begin slowly.

n Always keep fingers clothing and tools clear of auger guides. Remove auger guides if they are not needed. This should be done only when rotation and feet controls are in neutral.

n Establish a clear system of communication between the operator and helpers for applying or removing the auger fork. Always make eye contact.

n Do not place hands or fingers under the bottom of an auger section when hoisting the auger over the top of another section or any other hard object. Whenever possible use tool hoists to handle auger sections.

n Never put your fingers in bolt holes to clean threads while augers are coupled.

11.07 3-T8

n Never travel with the mast raised or partially raised.

n Perform a daily inspection of the drive train checking for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings.

n Remove the truck and drill keys and chock the wheels when the vehicle is unattended or maintenance is being performed.

n When loading or unloading the rig, use ramps of adequate design to carry the rig weight. Always load or unload on even ground.

n Use someone on the ground as a guide during loading, unloading and backing. Maintain sight of your spotter at all times.

n Secure all tools and equipment prior to travel according to Safety Practice C3.

n Ensure the weight of the drill is distributed to the center line of the trailer so some of the load is transferred to the pulling vehicle. Secure the rig with adequate load binders or chains.

n When traveling off-road, first walk the route of travel inspecting for depressions, stumps, gullies, ruts or other obstacles.

n Inspect the drive train for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings after each shift.

n Use caution when traveling side hill. Conservatively estimate the side-hill capability of the drill to include shifting loads. When possible, travel directly up or downhill and have roads and drill pads excavated.

n Units using flotation tires should remember to bleed air to proper tire inflation before highway travel. Also never exceed 60 mph as too much heat can be generated with high multi-ply tires.

n Never leave an unattended load suspended in mid-air.

n Keep hands and feet away from pinch points as slack is being taken up. Never ride a hoist line up the mast.

n Never ride a hoist up the mast.

n Follow Safety Practice B13 for safe and proper use to slings.

TRAVEL, LOADING AND UNLOADINGn Only properly qualified personnel should

drive the drill rig.

n Know all dimensions and weights of the equipment, especially the overhead clearance. Allow for mast overhang when approaching corners, other vehicles or structures. Be aware of service station and motel canopies. Watch for low hanging electrical lines, especially at entrances to drill and commercial sites. Be aware of increased height when the rig is transported by trailer.

n Never operate the drill unless the brakes are in good working order.

Perform a thorough pre-trip inspection, including brake adjustment, prior to travel. Stop periodically along the route to inspect the truck and the load. Note: Airbrake inspection and adjustment can only be performed by personnel who have completed training and received certification for airbrake inspection and adjustment.

n Always obey the company maximum speed limit of 60 mph for commercial motor vehicles.

n Never, under any circumstances, jeopardize your safety or that of the motoring public by operating a company vehicle while fatigued or under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

11.07 4-T8

n If battery acid gets in your eyes or on your skin, flush immediately with large amounts of water and get medical attention.

n When charging a battery, turn off the power source to the battery before connecting the charger. Cell caps should be loosened to allow escaping gas.

n Never smoke while fueling. Equipment should be fueled with the engine and all electrical switches off.

n Keep the fuel nozzle in contact with the tank to prevent static sparks. Keep hoses and containers in contact with metal during transport.

n Flammable substances should only be carried in NFPA approved safety cans.

n Follow Layne Safety Practice C2 when transporting more than 1,000 lbs of any fuel.

n All rotating hazards, such as drive lines or fan belts, should be covered. Be sure to replace guards after maintenance.

MAINTENANCEn Tires are the key to safe travel. Inspect

tires for proper inflation. Also inspect for loose or missing wheel lugs, objects wedged between treads, abnormal wear, and cuts in the tire. Keep in mind it is not necessarily the tread on the tire, but the age and use history that can cause a blowout.

n Perform and document a pre-shift safety and maintenance inspection based on the Layne Job site Safety Audit and Vehicle Inspection forms. Perform preventative maintenance according to Safety Practice C4.

n Always wear safety glasses or a face shield and use extreme caution when servicing batteries. Perform battery maintenance in a well ventilated area and never smoke while servicing batteries. During removal disconnect the ground clamp first. During installation, connect the ground clamp last.

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

11.07 5-T8

barber drilling methodSafety Practice comPliance Procedure t9

Layne Christensen operates many different types and brands of drilling rigs and well service equipment. Each piece of equipment and work method has different procedures and safety practices. The following pages will outline the safe work practices for the barber drilling method.

EQUIPmEntBarber drilling method uses a top head drive and circulates air down the stem and out of the bit. Cuttings are blown out through the annulus between the stem and casing into a side mounted cyclone. The Barber drill can also be operated in a reverse fashion in which air is circulated down through the annulus between the stem and casing. Cuttings are blown through the stem and into a side mounted cyclone. Air pressure is provided from the deck mounted compressors, however, air sources can be added into the system if necessary.

Casing and drill stems are advanced in 20 foot lengths. A piece of drill stem is added by rotating the top head drive into a horizontal position. The next piece of drill stem is lifted into place with the support crane, then screwed into the top head drive. Casing is then lifted over the newly attached stem by the crane and is held in place against the top head being supported by both the top head and the main line as the entire assembly is raised up to the vertical position and set in the table drive. The casing is then screwed or welded together and made ready for drilling. Jaws in the table drive close around the casing, air pressure is added and the drilling begins.

Telescoping cranes are a vital part of the DR24’s operation. All of the DR24 drill stems and casing are moved and installed for drilling operations with the assistance of cranes. Because the telescoping crane is an important part of the Barber’s operation Safety Practice T-2

should be reviewed before work begins.The following types of equipment are utilized by Layne Christensen operationsin the auger drilling method:n Formost DR-24.

RIG SAFEtY EQUIPmEntCertain safety equipment is required to be installed on the drill rig. They include:n Fire Extinguisher (Safety Practice B12)n Flashlightn Reflective Safety Vestn Flares or Reflective trianglesn First Aid Kit/Bloodborne Pathogen Kitn Climbing Protection (Safety Practice A5)n Visual Hazard Identification

(Safety Practice B10)n Functional Emergency Engine Kill Switch

PERSOnAL PROtECtIVE EQUIPmEntEach individual must have the following personal protective equipment:

n Safety Glasses (Safety Practice A2)n Hard Hat (Safety Practice A1)n Safety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)n Hearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)

11.07 1-T9

controls are in neutral when leaving the control platform and shut down the engine if leaving the work area.

n Clean mud and grease from your boots before mounting the drill platform or climbing the mast. Always use handholds and railings. When using a ladder, face the ladder and put both hands on the side rails. Always maintain “3-point” contact on the ladder. Do not try to climb while carrying tools. Use a bucket to raise and lower hand tools. Watch for slippery or uneven ground when dismounting.

n When drilling in an enclosed area, ensure engine exhaust is vented out of the work area. Exhaust fumes are toxic and cannot always be detected by smell.

n All air and water lines should be drained when not in use if freezing weather is expected. Air line antifreeze may be required.

n All unattended bore holes must be covered to prevent persons from falling into the hole. Bore holes should be backfilled to job, local or state specifications on completion of the project.

n ”Horseplay” is never allowed on the job.

n Wrench jaws should be periodically inspected and replaced if necessary.

n The spinning chain is very powerful and must be treated with respect. Spinning chains must have a rope tail. Good communication between the driller and helper will ensure safe operation of the spinning chain.

n Know all pinch points including breakout wrenches, pull down cables, carousels, catheads etc. The points should be color coded. Experienced employees should show new employees these places on the first day of work.

n Inspect the mast daily for cracked welds and loose pins or bolts. Inspect hydraulic hoses and connections for leaks, signs of damage or wear.

n Gloves (Safety Practice A1)n Proper Clothing (close fitting, long pants and shirts with sleeves)

SItE PREPARAtIOn AnD StARt UPPrior to moving on the drill pad, adequate site clearing and leveling should be performed. Check the site for ground stability, overhead obstructions such as power lines or tree limbs, and ensure underground utility clearance has taken place.

Before raising the mast, the rig must be stabilized with leveling jacks and/or solid cribbing. The drill should be leveled and ground stability checked if it settles after initial set up. Raise and lower the mast only when leveling jacks are down. Fasten the derrick extension or “stinger” with bolts and the pin prior to elevating the derrick. Have a crew member watch the mast as it is raised to observe for caught cables or other problems. Only operate the drill with the mast locked in the raised position.

All personnel should be instructed to “stand clear” of the rig and in the operators sight immediately prior to starting the engine. Make sure all gear boxes are in neutral and all hydraulic levers are in non-actuating positions to prevent the table from moving while starting the engine. Start the engine according to the manufacturer’s guide.

SAFEtY DURInG DRILLInG OPERAtIOnSn Never consume

alcohol or drugs prior to or while on the job. If taking over the counter medication, use the type that does not cause drowsiness.

n Always operate the drill from the control platform. The operator should never leave the control panel while the drill is in operation. Ensure all drive and feed

11.07 2-T9

n When stuck loads cannot be raised with the hoist disconnect the hoist line and connect the load directly to the feed mechanism. Do this only when the pipe is secured with a wrench or dog collar. Do not use the leveling jacks for added pull.

n Minimize the shock to wire rope. Pull loads smoothly and steadily, especially in cold weather. Never use frozen ropes.

n Protect wire rope from sharp corners and edges. Replace faulty guides and rollers.

n All hooks must be the type with a safety latch.

n Periodically inspect and lubricate cables and sheaves.

n Know the safe working load of the equipment. Do not exceed the rated capacity of hooks, rings, slings, links, swivels, shackles, or

other lifting devices.

n When handling wire rope, always wear gloves. Do not guide rope on to hoist drums with your hands. Replace wire rope according to manufacturers specifications. When new rope is installed, first lift a light load to allow the rope to adjust.

n Never leave an unattended load suspended in mid-air.

n Keep hands and feet away from pinch points as slack is being taken up. Never ride a hoist line up the mast.

n Never ride a hoist up the mast.

n Follow Safety Practice B13 for safe and proper use to slings.

tRAVEL, LOADInGAnD UnLOADInGn Only properly qualified personnel should

drive the drill rig.

n Know all dimensions and weights of the equipment, especially the overhead clearance. Allow for mast overhang when

n Laying down or adding pipe is a dangerous operation. Always use a sling or strap while handling pipe. Be sure all bed stakes are in place before laying down pipe. Finally, watch your footing to prevent slips and avoid stepping between auger to prevent smashed ankles. Stand to the side while tripping and tailing augers. Never stand under the pipe or between the rig and auger truck while tripping augers.

n Catheads are dangerous. Always use a clean, dry rope. An oily rope may grab on the cathead. Never use a rope any longer than necessary. A long rope could become tangled in the operators legs. Never leave the rope wrapped on the drum. The cathead itself should be clean and dry. The cathead should be replaced if a rope groove of greater then 1/8 inch (3mm) forms. Many times in wet or icy conditions a cathead cannot be used.

n Position all hoist lines to prevent contact with the cathead rope. The operator should be on a level surface with firm footing. Do not wear loose clothing or gloves with loose straps or cuffs. Never wrap the rope around your hand, wrist, or arm. Never stand on the end of the cathead rope. Maintain a minimum of 18 inches clearance between operating hand and drum. Be aware the rope advances with each hammer blow on samplers.

n If the rope grabs or tangles, alert personnel to back away and stay clear. If tools are suspended, carefully shut down the drill and keep close watch on suspended tools.

WIRE ROPE AnD SLInG SAFEtYn Most sheaves on rigs are stationary

with a single part line. Never increase the number of sheaves, winch lines or line parts without consulting the drill manufacturer.

n Wire rope must be properly matched with each sheave. Too large and the rope will pinch, too small and the sheave will groove. Once a sheave is grooved, it will pinch and damage larger rope.

11.07 3-T9

n Use someone on the ground as a guide during loading, unloading and backing. Maintain sight of your spotter at all times.

n Secure all tools and equipment prior to travel according to Safety Practice C3.

n Ensure the weight of the drill is distributed to the center line of the trailer so some of the load is transferred to the pulling vehicle. Secure the rig with adequate load binders or chains.

n When traveling off-road, first walk the route of travel inspecting for depressions, stumps, gullies, ruts or other obstacles.

n Inspect the drive train for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings after each shift.

n Use caution when traveling side hill. Conservatively estimate the side-hill capability of the drill to include shifting loads. When possible, travel directly up or downhill and have roads and drill pads excavated.

n Units using flotation tires should remember to bleed air to proper tire inflation before highway travel. Also never exceed 60 mph as too much heat can be generated with high multi-ply tires.

mAIntEnAnCE n Tires are the key to safe travel. Inspect

tires for proper inflation. Also inspect for loose or missing wheel lugs, objects wedged between treads, abnormal wear, and cuts in the tire. Keep in mind it is not necessarily the tread on the tire, but the age and use history that can cause a blowout.

approaching corners, other vehicles or structures. Be aware of service station and motel canopies. Watch for low hanging electrical lines, especially at entrances to drill and commercial sites. Be aware of increased height when the rig is transported by trailer.

n Never operate the drill unless the brakes are in good working order. Perform a thorough pre-trip inspection, including brake adjustment, prior to travel. Stop

periodically along the route to inspect the truck and the load. Note: Airbrake

inspection and adjustment can only be performed by personnel who have completed training and received certification for airbrake inspection and adjustment.

n Always obey the company maximum speed limit of 60 mph for commercial motor vehicles.

n Never, under any circumstances, jeopardize your safety or that of the motoring public by operating a company vehicle while fatigued or under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

n Never travel with the mast raised or partially raised.

n Perform a daily inspection of the drive train checking for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings.

n Remove the truck and drill keys and chock the wheels when the vehicle is unattended or maintenance is being performed.

n When loading or unloading the rig, use ramps of adequate design to carry the rig weight. Always load or unload on even ground.

11.07 4-T9

n Never smoke while fueling. EquipmentNever smoke while fueling. Equipment should be fueled with the engine and all electrical switches off.

n Keep the fuel nozzle in contact with theKeep the fuel nozzle in contact with the tank to prevent static sparks. Keep hoses and containers in contact with metal during transport.

n FlammableFlammable substances should only be carried in NFPA approved safety cans.

n Follow LayneFollow Layne Safety Practice C2 when transporting more than 1,000 lbs of any fuel.

n All rotatingAll rotating hazards, such as drive lines or fan belts, should be covered. Be sure to replace guards after maintenance.

n Perform and document a pre-shift safety and maintenance inspection based on the Layne Job site Safety Audit

and Vehicle Inspection forms. Perform preventative maintenance according to Safety Practice C4.

n Always wear safety glasses or a face shield and use extreme caution when servicing batteries. Perform battery maintenance in a well ventilated area and never smoke while servicing batteries. During removal disconnect the ground clamp first. During installation, connect the ground clamp last.

n If battery acid gets in your eyes or on your skin, flush immediately with large amounts of water and get medical attention.

n When charging a battery, turn off the power source to the battery before connecting the charger. Cell caps should be loosened to allow escaping gas.

11.07 5-T9

YOUR SAFEtY IS LAYnE ChRIStEnSEn’S nUmbER OnE COnCERn

core drilling methodSafety Practice comPliance Procedure t10

Layne Christensen operates many different types and brands of drilling rigs and well service equipment. Each piece of equipment and work method has different procedures and safety practices. The following pages will outline the safe work practices for the barber drilling method.

EQUIPMENTCoring is a method of drilling that uses a high speed rotating drill stem and barrel. The open end bit cuts a “core” of sample and allows it to be retrieved for logging and analysis.

Many types of drills can be set up for coring operations. The following are specifically used for coring in Layne operations.n Longyear 34, 38, 44, 65n CS1000, 1500, 4000n Hagby/Onram 1000/2, 1000/3n Joy 22n CP50n Boyles Dresser 25, 37n Boyles Brothers 15, 80n HC150n Diamec 230, 251, 260n Terramac 1000, 600n UDR 1500n JKS B30

SAFETY EQUIPMENTCertain safety equipment is required to be installed on all drill rigs. This includes:n Fire Extinguisher

(Safety Practice B12)

n Flashlightn First Aid/

Bloodborne Pathogen Kit

n Emergency Reflective Road Trianglesn Back-up Alarmn Visual Hazard Identification

(Safety Practice B10)n Climbing Protection with full body

harness (Safety Practice A5)n Functional Emergency Engine Kill Switchn Equipment required by environmental site

specific health and safety plan (Safety Practice E2)

n Back up alarm

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTEach individual must have the following personal protective equipment:

n Safety Glasses (Safety Practice A2)

n Hard Hat (Safety Practice A1)

n Safety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)

n Hearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)

n Gloves (Safety Practice A1)n Proper Clothing (close fitting, long pants

and shirts with sleeves)

SITE PREPARATION AND START UPPrior to moving on the drill pad, adequate site clearing and leveling should be performed. Check the site for ground stability, overhead obstructions such as power lines or tree limbs, and ensure underground utility clearance has taken place.

Large rigs and doghouses are often mounted on trailers. Caution should be exercised when maneuvering these into position. Ensure rigs, doghouses and pipe trailers are properly blocked and leveled to prevent shifting during drilling operations. In addition, any

11.07 1-T10

n Never consume alcohol or drugs prior to or while on the job. If taking over the counter medication, use the type that does not cause drowsiness.

n Always operate the drill from the control platform. The operator should never leave the control panel while the drill is in operation. Ensure all drive and feed controls are in neutral when leaving the control platform and shut down the engine if leaving the work area.

n POSITION THE DRILL SO IT IS IMPOSSIBLE FOR ANY PORTION OF THE EQUIPMENT TO COME WITHIN THE MINIMUM REQUIRED SAFE DISTANCE TO ENERGIZED LINES. Maintain at least 10 feet clearance of lines carrying 50,000 volts. One foot additional clearance is required for every additional 30,000 volts. If you do not know line voltage, ask the electric utility. All overhead lines should be considered energized.

n Never operate the drill during electrical storms, high wind conditions or in poor light.

n Clean mud and grease from your boots before mounting the drill platform or climbing the mast. Always use handholds and railings. When using a ladder, face the ladder and put both hands on the side rails. Always maintain “3-point” contact on the ladder. Do not try to climb while carrying tools. Use a bucket to raise and lower hand tools. Watch for slippery or uneven ground when dismounting.

n “Horseplay” is never allowed on the job.

n Wrench jaws should be periodically inspected and replaced if necessary.

n Drill rods should not be held or lowered with pipe wrenches

doghouse trailer or drill platform positioned adjacent to the rig should have minimum separation, and each platform should be level and at the same height. Any gaps should be covered with temporary decking to reduce tripping hazards.

Before raising the mast, the rig must be stabilized with leveling jacks and/or solid cribbing. The drill should be leveled and ground stability checked if it settles after initial set up. Raise and lower the mast only when leveling jacks are down. Fasten the derrick extension or “stinger” with bolts and the pin prior to elevating the derrick. Have a crew member watch the mast as it is raised to observe for caught cables or other problems. Only operate the drill with the mast locked in the raised position.

All personnel should be instructed to “stand clear” of the rig and in the operators sight immediately prior to starting the engine. Make sure all gear boxes are in neutral and all hydraulic levers are in non-actuating positions to prevent the table from moving while starting the engine. Start the engine according to the manufacturer’s guide.

SAFETY DURING DRILLING OPERATIONSn Never attempt to operate the drill unless

you are fully trained in its use. Do not allow unqualified persons to operate the drill, unless fully supervised as part of a training program.

11.07 2-T10

n Wire rope must be properly matched with each sheave. Too large and the rope will pinch, too small and the sheave will groove. Once a sheave is grooved, it will pinch and damage larger rope.

n When stuck loads cannot be raised with the hoist disconnect the hoist line and connect the load directly to the feed mechanism. Do this only when the pipe is secured with a wrench or dog collar. Do not use the leveling jacks for added pull.

n Minimize the shock to wire rope. Pull loads smoothly and steadily, especially in cold weather. Never use frozen ropes.

n Protect wire rope from sharp corners and edges. Replace faulty guides and rollers.

n All hooks must be the type with a safety latch.

n Periodically inspect and lubricate cables and sheaves; and wire line cable clamps, thimble and spooling.

n Know the safe working load of the equipment. Do not exceed the rated capacity of hooks, rings, slings, links, swivels, shackles, or other lifting devices.

n When handling wire rope, always wear gloves. Do not guide rope on to hoist drums with your hands. Replace wire rope according to manufacturers specifications. When new rope is installed, first lift a light load to allow the rope to adjust.

n Never leave an unattended load suspended in mid-air.

n Keep hands and feet away from pinch points as slack is being taken up. Never ride a hoist line up the mast.

n Never ride a hoist up the mast.

n Follow Safety Practice B13 for safe and proper use to slings.

n If a string of drill rod or core barrel is accidentally released into the hole, do not attempt to grab the falling rod or wire line with your hands or a wrench.

n Do not use your hands to clean mud or drill fluid from the drill rod. A rag or rod wiper should be used.

n Know all pinch points including break out wrench, drive head and core barrels. Color code all pinch points. Experienced employees should show new employees these places on the first day of work.

n Stand clear when breaking bits and subs.

n Mud pits should be fenced or taped off with CAUTION tape.

n Laying down or adding pipe is a dangerous operation. Always use a sling or strap while handling pipe. Be sure bed stakes are in place before laying down pipe. Finally, watch your footing to prevent slips and avoid stepping between pipe to prevent smashed ankles. Stand to the side while tripping or tailing pipe. Never stand under the pipe or between the rig and pipe truck while tripping pipe.

n Inspect and grease water swivel. Make sure of tie off. Do not service swivel with rods in rotation.

n Make sure foot clamp jaws are in place. Keep tools and materials away from foot clamp. Always shut down the engine before servicing foot clamp. Keep bolts and nuts tightened and all moving parts lubricated.

n Make sure the quill hose is not twisted, kinked or broken. Check wing nuts and spud fittings, water swivel fittings, and be sure whip checks are in place.

WIRE ROPE AND SLING SAFETYn Most sheaves on rigs are stationary

with a single part line. Never increase the number of sheaves, winch lines or line parts without consulting the drill manufacturer.

11.07 3-T10

n Use someone on the ground as a guide during loading, unloading and backing. Maintain sight of your spotter at all times.

n Secure all tools and equipment prior to travel according to Safety Practice C3. Secure the mast properly in the rest. Never over tension the load line, or damage can result.

n Ensure the weight of the drill is distributed to the center line of the trailer and so some of the load is transferred to the pulling vehicle. Secure the unit with adequate load binders or chains.

n When traveling off-road, first walk the route of travel inspecting for depressions, stumps, gullies, ruts or other obstacles.

n Inspect the drive train for loose or damaged bolts, nuts, studs, shafts and mountings after each shift.

n Use caution when traveling side hill. Conservatively estimate the side-hill capability of the drill to include shifting loads. When possible, travel directly up or downhill.

n Units using flotation tires should remember to bleed air to proper tire inflation before highway travel. Never exceed 60 mph as too much heat can be generated with high multi-ply tires.

MAINTENANCEn Perform and document a pre-shift safety

and maintenance inspection based on the Layne Job site Safety Audit and Vehicle Inspection forms. Perform preventative maintenance according to Safety Practice C4.

TRAVEL, LOADING AND UNLOADINGn Only properly qualified personnel should

drive the drill rig.

n Know all dimensions and weights of the equipment, especially the overhead clearance. Allow for mast overhang when approaching corners, other vehicles or structures. Be aware of service station and motel canopies. Watch for low hanging electrical lines, especially at entrances to drill and commercial sites. Be aware of increased height when the rig is transported by trailer.

n Never operate the unit unless the brakes are in good working order.

Perform a thorough pre-trip inspection, including brake inspection, prior to travel. Stop periodically along the route to inspect the truck and the load.

n Insure the vehicle is never operated unless the brakes are in good working order. Perform a thorough brake inspection, including brake adjustment, if necessary, prior to travel.

NOTE: Airbrake inspection and adjustment can only be performed by personnel who have completed training and received certification for airbrake inspection and adjustment.

n Never travel with the mast raised or partially raised.

n Remove the truck keys and chock the wheels when the vehicle is unattended or maintenance is being performed.

n When loading or unloading the drill, use ramps of adequate design to carry the weight. Always load or unload on even ground.

11.07 4-T10

n If battery acid gets in your eyes or on your skin, flush immediately with large amounts of water and get medical attention.

n When charging a battery, turn off the power source to the battery before connecting the charger. Cell caps should be loosened to allow escaping gas.

n Never smoke while fueling. Equipment should be fueled with the engine and all electrical switches off.

n Keep the fuel nozzle in contact with the tank to prevent static sparks. Keep hoses and containers in contact with metal during transport.

n Flammable substances should only be carried in NFPA approved safety cans.

n Follow Layne Safety Practice C2 when transporting more than 1,000 lbs of any fuel.

n All rotating hazards, such as drive lines or fan belts, should be covered. Be sure to replace guards after maintenance.

n Tires are the key to safe travel. Inspect tires for proper inflation. Also inspect for loose or missing wheel lugs, objects wedged between treads, abnormal wear, and cuts in the tire. Keep in mind it is not necessarily the tread on the tire, but the age and use history that can cause a blowout.

n Always wear safety glasses or a face shield and use extreme caution when servicing batteries. Perform battery maintenance in a well ventilated area and never smoke while servicing batteries. During removal disconnect the ground clamp first. During installation, connect the ground clamp last.

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

11.07 5-T10

helicopter safetySafety Practice comPliance Procedure t11

L ayne Christensen crews often travel to remote job sites in aircraft. Helicopters are used to sling equipment to drill pads and assist in the construction of drill rigs. This safety practice will outline the safe work procedures for working around aircraft.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTEach individual must have the following personal protective equipment:

nSafety Glasses (safety goggles for slinging and helicopter guiding operations) (Safety Practice A2)

nHard Hat (Safety Practice A1)

nSafety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)

nHearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)

nGloves (Safety Practice A1)

nProper Clothing (close fitting, long pants and shirts with sleeves)

GENERAL AIRCRAFT SAFETY

and engine exhaust. Approach and leave the helicopter in a crouched position.

nDo not approach a helicopter from an uphill direction. Rotor blades droop and could hit you. Always enter and exit the helicopter from the downhill side.

n DO NOT APPROACH THE REAR OF A HELICOPTER. The tail rotor blade spins very fast and cannot be seen.

nDo not touch the windows of the aircraft. Be aware and avoid any antennae sticking out from the aircraft. Do not touch pitot tubes on the aircraft. They are heated and will burn your hands.

nHold on to your hat and any objects you are carrying. Rotor downwash will lift the hard hat right off your head and into the rotor blades, causing damage to the aircraft. Keep the landing area clear of debris.

nCarry long tools and objects horizontal to the ground, below waist level to avoid contact with the rotor blades.

nEnsure your seatbelt is inside before closing the door. Fasten seat belt immediately upon entry to aircraft. Do not slam the door, close it gently.

nKnow the location of emergency equipment on the aircraft. Emergency exit, first aid kit, fire extinguisher and emergency locator beacon should be noted.

nDo not smoke in or around the aircraft or landing area unless authorized by the pilot.

11.07 1-T11

nDo not approach the aircraft until instructed to do so by the pilot. Only approach from the front or side of a helicopter so the pilot can see you. Approach an aircraft as to avoid propellers

nThe pilot expects the hook up man to be standing next to the load. Attach the load hook as quickly as possible to avoid hovering for long periods over the hook up man. Upon attaching load, move quickly to an area clear of the flight path.

nWatch the load while it is being lifted for hang ups in the sling, basket or cleavice. Signal the pilot immediately if a hang up is noticed.

n If you can not see the pilot, he can not see you! If eye contact is lost, hand signals do not accomplish anything.

n It is better to take a little more time to set up the load than to have it fall to the ground. It is better to use too many securement chains and binders than too few. At least two securement devices should be used in case one breaks.

nBefore attaching the load to the cargo hook, make sure the helicopter has been grounded to drain the static electric charge. Touch the load hook to the sling eye before touching the hook with your hand. Do not stand in water while doing this. If the helicopter is on the ground, it will be grounded.

WIRE ROPE AND SLING SAFETYnMinimize the shock to wire rope.

Movement should be smooth and steady, especially in cold weather. Never use frozen ropes.

nProtect wire rope from sharp corners and edges. Replace faulty guides and rollers.

nAll hooks must be equipped with a safety latch.

nPeriodically inspect and lubricate cables and sheaves; and wireline cable clamps, thimble and spooling.

nHazardous materials in any quantity are not allowed on the aircraft unless approved by the pilot.

SLINGING OPERATIONSnWhen directing the helicopter, stand with

your back to the wind. Wear safety goggles and hard hat with chin strap. Coordinate in advance with the pilot for hand signals or radio communication. Exaggerate hand signals so they can be identified by the pilot. Careful planning is the key to safe slinging operations.

nNo riders are allowed in the aircraft during slinging operations, unless performing an essential function.

nEnsure all drill rig parts are pinned or bolted into place immediately after positioning.

nWhen attaching a cable to a load, do not lay the cable over the skids of the helicopter.

nTighten cleavices very tightly.

nDo not use elastic or rope. Both may break and rebound into the rotor blades. Always use steel cable.

nDo not use banding as the sole source of load securement. Vibration will break it.

n If using a cargo net, inspect it carefully for any tears in the netting.

nCheck the swivel to ensure it rotates freely. Make sure the keeper is functional and in good working order.

n Inspect cables, slings and load handling devices.

11.07 2-T11

nNever leave an unattended load suspended in mid-air. Avoid lifting loads over personnel and other objects, i.e., cars.

nKeep hands and feet away from pinch points as slack is being taken up.

nFollow Safety Practice B13 for safe and proper use of slings.

nKnow the safe working load of the equipment. Do not exceed the rated capacity of hooks, rings, slings, links, swivels, shackles, or other lifting devices.

nWhen handling wire rope, always wear gloves. Do not guide rope on to hoist drums with your hands. Replace wire rope according to manufacturers specifications. When new rope is installed, first lift a light load to allow the rope to adjust.

11.07 3-T11

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

11.07 4-T11

Ground GuidinG hand siGnals

Shut EnginE OffEither arm and hand level with shoulder, hand

moving across throat

mOvE tO rightLeft arm extended horizontally sideways in direction

of movement and other arm swung overhead in same direction, in a repeating movement

rElEaSE Sling lOadLeft arm extended forward horizontally, right hand making horizontal slicing movement below the left

hand, palm downward

StOpArms held clossed overhead

fOrwardArms a little aside, palms facing backward

and repeatedly moved upward and backward from soulder height

hOld OvErArms held overhead with clenched fists

mOvE dOwnwardArms extended horizontally sideways, moving

downward, with palms turned down

lOOkS gOOd Or affirmativEHand raised thumb up

mOvE lEftRight arm extended horizontally sideways

in direction of movement and other arm swung overhead in same direction, in a repeating

movement

landArms crossed and extended downward

in front of the bodylOOkS bad Or nEgativE

Hand raised thumb down

mOvE rEarwardArms by sided, palms facing forward, arms swept

forward and upward repeatedly to shoulder height

11.07 5-T11

Ground GuidinG hand siGnals, continued

mOvE upwardArms extended horizontally sideways, moving

upward with palms up

takEOffRight hand is moved in a circular motion overhead,

ending in a pointing motion in the direction of takeoff – given when load is clear and hookup is good

mOvE rEarwardArms by sided, palms facing forward, arms swept

forward and upward repeatedly to shoulder height

barge safety for marine drilling operationsSafety Practice comPliance Procedure t13

L ayne Christensen crews are sometimes required to drill or service wells on or near bodies of water. When work activities are conducted from floating platforms, certain regulating agencies have laws that are intended for worker protection and your safety. The US Coast Guard (USCG) is the main enforcement body for lakes, rivers and coastal waterways in the United States. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and the US Army Corp. of Engineers also enforce safe work practices when working on floating platforms. The following safe practices come from the US Army Corps of Engineers Safety and Health Requirements Manual, section 19.a.07, OSHA 29 CFR 1926.106 & .605, Working Over or Near Water; and by United States Coast Guard publications.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTEach individual must have the following personal protective equipment:

nSafety Glasses (safety goggles for slinging and helicopter guiding operations) (Safety Practice A2)

nHard Hat (Safety Practice A1)

nSafety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)

nHearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)

nGloves (Safety Practice A1)

nProper Clothing (close fitting, long pants and shirts with sleeves)

nUS Coast Guard approved Personal Floatation Device (PFD/lifejacket)

SAFETY PRACTICES FOR MARINE OPERATIONSIf the work platform is over water greater than 5 feet in depth, these safety practices apply.nA USCG approved personal floatation

device (life jacket) must be worn at all times while on the water. The PFD must be a Type I, II or III meeting 46 CFR 160 or 33 CFR 175.23 requirements. The PFD must be in good condition and shall be removed from service when damage affects their buoyant properties or capability to be fastened.

nA USCG approved 30 inch ring buoy or rescue ring with 90 feet of 600 pound capacity line shall be available. The distance between ring buoys shall not be greater than 200 feet.

nA launch, skiff or motorboat shall be available for emergency use.

nCables which cross waterways between floating platform and the mooring shall be clearly marked.

n If personnel spend the night on the platform one person shall remain on watch at all times to guard against fire.

nPrevent the accumulation of fuel and grease on floors, decks and in bilges.

nSwimming is prohibited around marine work operations. With the exception of divers, a person in the water is considered a person overboard.11.07 1-T13

nThe ladder must be secured before use and the area around the ladder should be painted a contrasting, bright color from the dock.

nAll the general safety practices, i.e. drill rig safety, fall protection, chemical safety, first aid kit, etc., shall apply when working from floating work platforms.

SPILL REPORTING PROCEDURESnFuel storage tanks must be diked or

bermed to contain the contents in the event of leakage.

nTake precautions to prevent the commingling of fuel or oil with rain water.

Any petroleum product that has been discharged to a navigable waterway, that leaves a noticeable sheen, is a reportable amount and should be reported to your supervisor immediately. SEHS must be notified immediately, and they will in turn notify the local branch of the Marine Safety office, US Coast Guard and the National Response Center (800) 424-8802 within one hour of the spill.

These safe work practices outline actual barge work. Many additional regulations regarding tow boat navigation also apply. If your office intends to perform marine operations, contract only professional, reputable tow boat operators who are familiar with and will adhere to the rules of marine safety.

nDeck loading is limited to the safe capacity of the barge. Loads will be secured and holdbacks or rings will be provided to secure loose equipment during rough weather and transport.

nGuardrails, bulwarks, or taut cable guard lines shall be provided for deck openings, elevated surfaces and similar locations where persons may fall or slip from them.

nProjection and tripping hazards shall be removed or identified with warning signs or distinctly marked with “safety yellow” paint.

nWhen two or more floating platforms are being used as one, they shall be securely fastened together to prevent openings between them, or the openings shall be covered or guarded.

nNonskid surfaces shall be provided on all working decks, stairs, etc.

nWalkways between shore and dock must be equipped with a handrail and toeboards; and inclined portions shall have cleated or nonslip surfacing.

nWalkways shall be secured on both ends at two points.

nPermanently installed or portable ladders available for emergency use shall be provided on all waterfront docks. The ladder shall extend from the face of the dock to the waterline at its lowest elevation. Spacing between ladder installations shall be no greater than 400 feet.

11.07 2-T13

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

backhoe/loadersSafety Practice comPliance Procedure t14

L ayne Christensen operates many different types and brands of drilling rigs and well service equipment. Each piece of equipment and work method has different procedures and safety practices. This safety practice will outline the safe work procedures for backhoe/loaders.

EQUIPMENTBackhoe/loaders are used by Layne Christensen for support of drilling operations and well service work. Equipment includes two and four-wheel drive models but all are similar in operation.

SAFETY EQUIPMENTCertain safety equipment is required to be installed on the backhoe/loader. It includes:

nFire Extinguisher (Safety Practice A2)

nBack-up Alarm

nSeatbelt

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTEach individual must have the following personal protective equipment:

nSafety Glasses (Safety Practice A2)

nHard Hat (Safety Practice A1)

nSafety Toed Shoes (Safety Practice A1)

nHearing Protection (Safety Practice A3)

nGloves (Safety Practice A1)

nProper Clothing (close fitting, long pants and shirts with sleeves)

SET-UP AND OPERATIONSnNever attempt to operate the backhoe/

loader unless you are fully trained in its use. Do not allow unqualified persons to operate the unit, unless fully supervised as part of a training program.

nNever consume alcohol or drugs prior to or while on the job. Do not take over the counter medication that may cause drowsiness.

nAlways operate the backhoe/loader from the operator’s station, with the seat belt fastened. The operator should never leave the controls while the unit is in operation. Keep the operator’s platform clear of debris. Do not operate the controls with oily or greasy hands.

nKnow the controls of the unit. Read the operator’s manual before use. Know the capacity and operating characteristics of the model. Perform a pre-operation inspection before use. This should include an inspection of the seat belt, lights, horn, guards, mirrors, back-up alarm, fire extinguisher, tires, hydraulic system and protective structures. If there is a problem with any item on the checklist, report it to your supervisor immediately. Do not operate a machine that is not in good condition.

n POSITION THE BACKHOE SO IT IS IMPOSSIBLE FOR ANY PORTION OF THE EQUIPMENT TO COME WITHIN THE MINIMUM REQUIRED SAFE DISTANCE TO ENERGIZED LINES. Maintain at least 10 feet

1.09 1-T14

setting up near overhanging banks or excavations. If working on concrete, ensure it is thick enough to support the unit and outrigger loading.

OPERATION SAFETY – LOADER

nNever use the bucket as a work platform or personnel transport. There should only be one person on the unit, the operator.

nKnow the location of all employees and objects around the unit. Before moving or beginning work, look around to ensure adequate clearance.

nWhen using the loader, don’t obstruct your vision. Carry the load as low as possible for maximum stability and visibility.

n If the backhoe has been removed, make sure the unit has adequate rear counterweight.

nWhen lifting objects such as round bales, poles, wood, etc., do not lift the loader too high. Rolling the bucket or lifting too high will cause the load to slide rearward into the operator’s compartment.

nTravel uphill with the loaded bucket pointed uphill. Travel uphill with an empty bucket pointed downhill. This improves unit stability.

OPERATION SAFETY – BACKHOEnAlways operate the backhoe from the

operator’s seat. Attempting to operate the controls from the ground can result in severe injury or death.

nDo not dig under the machine or stabilizers. A cave in could cause the machine to fall into the excavation.

clearance of lines carrying 50,000 volts or less. Space will need to be increased as voltage increases: .4 incles for every 1,000 volts. If you do not know line voltage, ask the electric utility. All overhead lines should considered energized.

nClean mud and grease from your boots before mounting the operator’s platform or climbing on the deck. Always use handholds and railings. When using a ladder, face the ladder and put both hands on the side rails. Always maintain “3-point” contact on the ladder. Do not try to climb while carrying tools. Watch for slippery or uneven ground when dismounting.

n“Horseplay” is never allowed on the job.

nSet the parking brake and ensure all controls are in the neutral position.

Clear the area and start the unit from the operator’s seat. Allow the hydraulic system to warm to operating temperature.

nObserve all dials and gauges to ensure the unit is operating properly. Cycle through all the control levers to ensure they are operating properly. Check brakes, steering and transmission. If there is a problem with any item, report it to your supervisor immediately. Do not operate a machine that is not in good condition.

nLocate the backhoe/loader on a firm and level surface that will provide adequate outrigger support. Use caution when

1.09 2-T14

nAlways travel with the backhoe in the travel lock position.

nRemove the keys and chock the wheels when the unit is unattended or maintenance is being performed.

nWhen loading or unloading the unit, use ramps of adequate design to carry the weight. Always load or unload on even ground.

nUse someone on the ground as a guide during loading, unloading and backing. Maintain sight of your spotter at all times.

nEnsure the weight of the unit is distributed to the centerline of the trailer and so some of the load is transferred to the pulling vehicle. Secure the unit with adequate load binders or chains.

nWhen traveling off-road, first walk the route of travel inspecting for depressions, stumps, gullies, ruts or other obstacles.

nTravel at safe speeds. Stay in gear when traveling down hill. Maintain engine RPM to provide steering and braking. Use the same gear for traveling down a grade as you would traveling up.

nAvoid traveling side hill with a backhoe, Conservatively estimate the side hill capability of the unit to include shifting loads. When possible, travel directly up or downhill.

n If road travel is necessary, make sure all lights and clearance flags are in place and visible. Obey all local traffic regulations. Find out if you need an escort vehicle or any permits. If traffic backs up behind you, pull over and allow it to pass.

nNever allow anyone to enter the backhoe swing pivot area.

nAlways operate the backhoe with the front bucket in the lowered position. Use the front bucket and rear stabilizers to level the machine as much as possible.

nWhen operating on a slope, swing the backhoe to the uphill side to dump the load. If a downhill dump is necessary, only swing far enough to dump the load. Downhill swings threaten unit stability.

n If using the backhoe arm as a lifting tool, consult the operator’s manual for lifting capacity

OVERLOADING IS DANGEROUS! Make sure you are in the safe work radius and weight range. Balance the load properly and use the stabilizers.

nWhen work is complete, shut down the machine and engage the parking brake. Lower the front bucket to the ground and ensure the transmission is in neutral. Shut down the unit, remove the key and chock the tires. If any problems were noted during operation, report them to your supervisor immediately. Don’t leave it for the next guy!

TRAVEL, LOADING AND UNLOADINGnOnly properly qualified personnel should

drive the backhoe/loader.

nKnow all dimensions and weights of the equipment, especially the overhead clearance! Be aware of service station and motel canopies. They are most often too low for clearance. Watch for low hanging electrical lines, especially at entrances to work and commercial sites. Be aware of increased height when the unit is transported by trailer.

1.09 3-T14

1.09 4-T14

nWhen charging a battery, turn off the power source to the battery before connecting the charger. Cell caps should be loosened to allow escaping gas.

nNever smoke while fueling. Equipment should be fueled with the engine and all electrical switches off.

nKeep the fuel nozzle in contact with the tank to prevent static sparks. Keep hoses and containers in contact with metal during transport.

nFlammable substances should only be carried in NFPA approved safety cans.

nAll rotating hazards, such as drive lines or fan belts, should be covered. Be sure to replace guards after maintenance.

MAINTENANCEnOnly qualified personnel should perform

maintenance on the backhoe/loader. Never work on a unit while it is operating or with the PTO engaged.

nPerform and document a preshift safety and maintenance inspection based on the Layne Jobsite Safety Audit and Vehicle Inspection forms. Perform preventive maintenance according to Safety Practice C4.

nAlways wear safety glasses or a face shield and use extreme caution when servicing batteries. Perform battery maintenance in a well ventilated area and never smoke while servicing batteries. During removal disconnect the ground clamp first. During installation, connect the ground clamp last. If battery acid gets in your eyes or on your skin, flush immediately with large amounts of water and get medical attention.

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

forklift safetySafety Practice comPliance Procedure t17

M oving things — heavy things, is at the heart of every industrial operation and Layne Christensen Company is no different. Everyday Layne personnel are engaged in moving heavy pallets of sand, betonite, etc or handling pipe in the yard or on job sites. Most of the time these materials are moved with powered industrial trucks, better known as forklifts. The forklift is a valuable tool, but only in the hands of an operator trained in the safe and correct methods of operations. This safety compliance procedure will give a basic overview of forklifts and their safe operation.

CLASSES OF POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCKSThe following are classes of industrial lift trucks as defined by the Industrial Truck Association (ITA). All types meet the ANSI/ASME B56.1 safety standard.

CLASS IElectric Motor Rider Truck(Cushion and Pneumatic Tire)nCounterbalanced, electric powered truck.

Fume free, quiet operation, for indoor use.

nCushion tires intended for use on smooth, hard surfaces. Pneumatic tires intended for use on outdoor improved surfaces.

nSteering performed by rear wheels. Drive power maintained by front wheels. Travels equally well in forward or reverse.

nMaximum grade is approximately 10%.

nMaterial carried by forks or attachments mounted on a hydraulically operated mast at front of unit. Material travels vertically on mast. Mast may tilt forward or backward.

CLASS IIElectric Motor Narrow Aisle TrucknElectric powered truck. Operator usually

stands and faces in either direction of travel. Used in warehouse or general storage operations. Types include high lift, reach outrigger, and front side loader.

nSteering and drive power supplied by wheel(s) located opposite the load end of truck. Travels equally well in forward or reverse.

nMaterial carried by forks or attachments mounted on a hydraulically operated mast which elevates vertically.

CLASS IIIElectric Motor Hand or Hand/Rider TrucknElectric powered, pedestrian controlled

with a stand up riding position available. Used in areas where loads do not require stacking.

nTravel is controlled with an arm that controls direction, speed and forks. Operator walks in front of unit, controlling arm.

1.09 1-T17

LPG powered truck. Intended for use on less than ideal surfaces. Fumes generated require good ventilation or outdoor use.

nSteering performed by rear wheels. Drive power maintained by front wheels. Travels equally well in forward or reverse.

nMaximum grade is approximately 15%.

nMaterial is carried by forks or attachments mounted on a hydraulically operated mast at front of unit. Material travels vertically on mast. Mast may tilt forward or backward.

CLASS VIElectric or Internal Combustion EngineTow TractornElectric or internal combustion powered

truck. Operator is seated and faces forward with excellent visibility. Intended for use on smooth, hard surfaces.

nSteering performed by front wheels. Drive power maintained by rear wheels. Travels equally well in forward or reverse.

nMaterial carried horizontally on trailers or carts. No vertical movement of load.

CLASS VIIRough Terrain Lift TrucksnGasoline, diesel or LPG powered truck.

Operator is seated and faces forward. Intended for use on outdoor, unimproved surfaces or disturbed terrain.

nSteering performed by rear wheels, four wheel skid, or articulated frame skid. Drive power from front wheels or four wheel drive. Travels equally well in forward or reverse.

nUnit can steer 90 degree turns. Maximum grade is approximately 5%. Intended for use on smooth, hard surfaces. Travels equally well in forward and reverse.

nMaterial carried by forks which elevate vertically.

CLASS IVInternal Combustion Engine Truck(Cushion Tire)nCounterbalanced; gasoline, diesel or

LPG powered truck. Intended for use on smooth, hard surfaces. Fumes generated require good ventilation.

nSteering performed by rear wheels.

Drive power maintained by front wheels. Travels equally well in forward or reverse.

nMaximum grade is approximately 15%.

nMaterial carried by forks or attachments mounted on a hydraulically operated mast at front of unit. Material travels vertically on mast. Mast may tilt forward or backward.

CLASS VInternal Combustion Engine Truck (Pneumatic Tire)

nCounterbalanced, gasoline, diesel or

1.09 2-T17

handling. The mast is mounted at the front of the truck and supported by the front axle and the lift cylinders. The function of the mast is to lift the load to the desired height and tilt it to the desired angle. Lifting and tilting functions are controlled by hydraulics.

The two-stage mast has two sections — inner and outer rails, or channels. Through extension of the inner rail, maximum height can be reached.

The two-stage full-free lift mast also has inner and outer rail sections, but is designed to maximize free lift. Free lift is the maximum vertical distance traveled before any extension of the mast. The standard two-stage may have a free lift of 4 to 6 inches, the full-free mast can have a free lift from 20 to 40 inches.

The three stage mast works in the same manner as the two stage, but has inner, outer and middle rails. It has the ability to reach extended heights, but still retract to a low profile.

FORKS AND ATTACHMENTSForks are probably the most common attachment used to carry loads. Forks are easily mounted and removed. Adjustment of the spread or spacing of the forks is done easily.

Forks should always be shorter than the load you are carrying. A protruding fork could damage another load when handled. However, if the forks are too short, the load will be unstable. The forks should extend three-fourths of the distance under the load. Always use proper length and proper spacing of the forks.

Other attachments allow the lift truck to perform specific functions. Drum handlers and dump bins are examples. The most important

nMaximum grade is approximately 45%.

nMaterial carried by forks or attachments mounted on a hydraulically operated mast, linkage mechanism, or horizontally mounted telescoping boom which pivots upward. Material travels vertically on mast. Mast may tilt forward or backward.

POWER SOURCESThe two basic power sources for lift trucks are internal combustion or battery powered electric.

Internal combustion engines may be powered by diesel fuel, gasoline or liquified petroleum gas (LPG).

Diesel powered lift trucks are most often “heavy duty” trucks. Diesel fuel is less expensive but has less clean emissions.

Gasoline is expensive, but readily available and offers high horsepower. Gasoline engines generate carbon monoxide emissions.

LPG is clean burning and low cost, but generates lower horsepower.

Battery powered electric lift trucks have the advantage of being emission free and can be used indoors. They use fewer parts and are more compact in size. The batteries must be frequently charged and can generate hydrogen gas during the charging process.

Power sources may be connected to automatic or standard transmissions. Automatics are more expensive but make for easy operation and less operator fatigue. Manual transmissions are less expensive, easier to maintain and offer greater “inching” control.

LOAD HANDLING SYSTEMSThe mast assembly is the most important piece of the lift truck for powered materials

1.09 3-T17

1.09 4-T17

environmental conditions and truck maintenance. Don’t forget to add the weight of packing materials and pallets to the load. Always leave a safety cushion when deciding if the load is safe to lift.

STABILITYThree and four wheel trucks have a three point suspension. On three wheel trucks, the two drive and one steering wheel provide the suspension. On four wheel trucks, the two front wheels and center of the rear axle provide the suspension. The three points provide the stability triangle.

The lift truck is only stable when the

combined center of gravity of the load is within the stability triangle.

If the center of gravity moves outside the triangle, the truck may tip over. For example, if the load is lifted and the mast is tilted back, the center of gravity will also move back.

Below, the center of gravity has moved outside the stability triangle, and the potential for tip over has increased. A bump in the road could cause this truck to overturn.

Accidents can be avoided if the operator always is aware of load weights, load center distances, and the rated capacity of the truck.

OPERATIONOnly fully certified employees will operate the lift truck. Employees must be familiar with all aspects of the unit, including those listed in the previous sections.

A pre-operation check must be performed. It should include checking for fluid leaks, oil,

thing to remember is load capacity. Do not overload the unit. Clearance is another issue. Attachments may change the height, width and turning radius of the lift truck.

LIFT TRUCK CONCEPTS OF OPERATIONThe front wheels act as the center point between the load and the overall truck counterweight. It works much like the pivot-point of a see-saw. The amount of weight on each end and the position of the center point determines which end will lift up.

In the case of the lift truck, if the load weight is greater than the counter weight, (overall weight of the truck), stability cannot be maintained and the truck will lift, or worse! A lift truck’s rated capacity is indicated on a name plate. The plate will list maximum lift weight and the maximum distance between the center of the weight and the front vertical face of the forks. This is called the load center distance.

Lift trucks also have a load capacity chart in the operators manual. The chart displays load weight on the left, with load center distance along the bottom. Curves given show maximum fork height used when load center distances differ from those stated on the name plate.

To read the chart, first check the truck’s name plate for the maximum fork height. Next determine the load center distance (usually ½ the length of the load). Trace up from the load center distance to the appropriate mast curve, and over to the capacity scale. This number must be greater than the weight of the load to be lifted. Increased load center distances usually decreases the lift capacity.

Remember, every truck is different. Also, load charts do not take into account

1.09 5-T17

the load evenly on the forks. Off center loads will affect vehicle stability. Position the load against the backrest, with the mast tilted back. Make sure the forks are completely under the load.

When traveling, carry the load as low to the ground as possible. A low center of gravity increases load stability. When carrying large loads, travel in reverse. This improves operator visibility. Watch overhead, side and rear end swing clearance. Avoid loose objects, bumps, wet areas and other vehicles. If you have to travel over railroad tracks, cross at an angle, one wheel at a time. Look both ways for traffic, the noise of your engine may mask oncoming traffic.

Go slow around corners and sound your horn. Come to complete stops at stop signs. Never travel across an incline. Only travel straight up or down an incline. When traveling up or down an incline, travel with the load facing uphill. This improves stability. Always travel slow on inclines. If your load blocks your visibility, use a spotter. Keep the spotter in your line of sight at all times.

When entering a truck or driving on a trailer to pick up a load, ensure wheels on trailer are chocked and that adequate clearance is provided. Also, make sure the floor will support the weight of the forklift. Make sure the trailer is stable. The weight of the forklift on one end might cause it to tip.

Unload material slowly, with the unit at a complete stop. Never move the mast while the forklift is traveling.

At the end of the job, inspect the unit. Report any problems to your supervisor. Leave the unit as you found it, with parking brake set, gear in neutral and all power off.

Forklifts are a valuable tool to Layne, but can cause serious injury and damage when not used properly. The operator needs to be familiar with forklifts, understand their mechanical components and practice safe operating techniques at all times.

coolant, brake and hydraulic fluid level check, and tire/lug nut inspection. The operators seat must have a seat belt. A fire extinguisher must be present, the horn and all lights must be operational, and the unit should be equipped with a functioning back-up alarm. Finally, inspect the load handling system for damage. Adjust the forks to the desired width.

The employee should also be familiar with the instruments, controls and body components. Before starting the unit, check the area. Make sure the gear shift is in neutral and parking brake is set. When starting the unit, all dials and gauges should be noted. If any gauges are not functional or reading out of the normal, the unit should not be used until repaired. Any warning signals (such as the brake accumulator) should not be ignored. Take extra care to familiarize yourself with the load controls. Know how to raise and lower, or tilt the mast. Cycle through all the controls to make sure they are functioning. Detecting a faulty control in advance can save personal injury and property damage.

Disengage the parking brake and proceed. Always obey the rules of the road. Speed limit and traffic rules should be followed. Any type of horseplay is strictly prohibited.

The forklift should be used for its intended purpose. Never carry riders. There is only room for one person on the forklift — the operator. When using the forklift as a manlift, use only an approved basket. Rails should be four feet high, with intermediate rails every foot. Proper fall protection must be worn when in the basket. Never leave the forklift unattended with an employee in the basket.

Before picking up the load, set the forks to the maximum width the load will allow. This will keep the load stable. When leaving the driver’s seat, make sure the unit is in neutral, with the parking brake engaged.

Before picking up the load, check the load weight and load center. Don’t forget to include the weight of any packing material. Position

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

vehicle safetySafety Practice comPliance Procedure c1

Knowing how to operate a vehicle safely is important for many reasons. If we’re not driving safely, we put other people on the road in danger. We could be injured or even killed because of our own carelessness.

Driving a vehicle is not difficult, but there are some things we can do to ensure that our everyday driving is as safe as possible. This safety practice lists the things we should do every time we get into a vehicle.

SAFE DRIVING CHECKLISTINSPECT THE VEHICLE BEFORE YOU GET INCheck the fluid levels and lights to make sure everything is working properly. Also, be sure there is a fire extinguisher and first-aid kit in the vehicle.

INSPECT YOURSELF BEFORE YOU GET INNever try to drive a vehicle if you are under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Even some prescription and over-the-counter drugs can make you sleepy. If you’re not 100% alert — don’t drive.

PUT ON YOUR SAFETY BELTWearing a seat belt reduces your risk of dying in a crash by 40% to 50%. It is Layne Christensen’s policy that seat belts be worn by all personnel traveling in Company vehicles or in rental vehicles for Company business. Buckling up is also the law.

DRIVE CAREFULLYn Do not exceed the

speed limit. Speeding kills more drivers, passengers and pedestrians than any other driving danger.

n Take the weather conditions into consideration. If it’s raining, turn your lights on and slow down. Watch for other vehicles who may not be doing the same.

n Avoid driving through fog or on ice. Depending on how thick the fog is, driving slowly with your lights on may be enough. Use your best judgement. But don’t even try to drive on ice. You have no control and neither do the other drivers who are on the road.

n Be aware of traffic dangers. Watch for yield signs and merges and don’t tailgate. If you see or hear an emergency siren approaching, pull off to the right side of the road immediately.

n Never try to beat a train across the tracks. If the lights are flashing, it’s time to stop. If you come to a crossing with no signal, come to a full stop at least 15 feet from the tracks. Don’t shift gears when you’re crossing the tracks.

n All vehicles over 10,001 gvwr must be equipped with an emergency road kit including a 5 lb. fire extinguisher, first aid kit, emergency reflective triangles, orange traffic vests and flashlight. It is good practice to have these items in all vehicles under 10,001 gvwr also.

11.07 1-C1

DON’T FORGET!Make sure your vehicle is in good working condition before you even get in.

Pay as much attention to other drivers’ driving as you do to your own.

Road rage is becoming a huge problem on U.S. highways. Always obey all traffic rules and “drive friendly.” If you find yourself in a road rage situation, drive to a police station or call for help on a cell phone. Never take matters into your own hands!

All vehicles should be equipped with an accident investigation kit provided by the Layne Christensen Insurance Department. The kit provides direction on what to do in the event of a vehicle accident.

Driving is sometimes an unconscious activity — we often do it without even thinking — and that’s how accidents happen. Pay attention to your vehicle, your surroundings and yourself when you’re driving a Layne or personal vehicle. Being alert and aware can mean the difference between a safe trip and a senseless accident.

n If you have to make an emergency stop, put three reflective triangles behind your vehicle as soon as you stop. If you have an oversize load, you also need to attach a red flag to the end of the load during the day and a red lamp at night.

n Always wear a reflective vest when directing traffic. After dark use a flashlight in addition to the vest.

n Always watch for other vehicles on and off the road. Watch for vehicles and pedestrians crossing traffic, pulling out in front of your, speeding up, slowing down, stopping, etc.

n Cell phones should not be used while driving. If you must take or make a call, pull to the side of the road in a safe location

DID YOU KNOW?3:00 a.m. on Sunday morning is the most dangerous time to be driving. The least dangerous time to be on the road is also on Sunday — at noon.

11.07 2-C1

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUmBER ONE CONCERN

transporting hazardous materialsSafety Practice comPliance Procedure c2

The Department of Transportation (DOT) states that any driver transporting certain quantities of hazardous materials must have a shipping paper in the door pouch. These requirements are for your safety as well as the safety of other drivers on the road. If you are in an accident and the material spills, emergency crews need to know what the material is in order to clean up the spill and handle the material properly.

This safety practice outlines DOT and company requirements for transporting hazardous materials. The overview will include driver qualifications, how to complete shipping documents, placarding and/or labeling guidelines, emergency response procedures and security awareness.

DRIVER QUALIFICATIONS:Driver must have the following qualifications:n Layne Christensen Company approval

to operate company commercial motor vehicles

n (>10,001 GVWR)n Hazardous Materials Training

Driver must have the following qualifications for all loads that require

PLACARDS:n Class A or B CDL (Commercial Driver’s

License)

n Hazardous Materials Endorsementn Tanker Endorsement (required for

portable tanks over 1,000 gallons)

THINGS TO KNOWShipping Papers:Must be completed for all Hazardous Materials (identified in table 172.101) offered in transportation. NOTE: Shipping papers are not required for ORM-D material or Class 3 (flammable or combustible) less than 30 L (8 gallons), see 173.6 Materials of trade exceptions for additional information.

Placards:Required for all BULK packaging containing Hazardous Materials.

Bulk Packaging: n package with a maximum capacity

GREATER than 450 L (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a liquid;

n a maximum net mass GREATER than 400 kg (882 pounds) and a maximum capacity greater than 450 L (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a solid;

n a water capacity GREATER than 454 kg (1000 pounds) as a receptacle for a gas as defined in 173.115

Non-bulk Packaging:n package with a maximum capacity

LESS than 450 L (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a liquid;

11.07 1-C2

PLACARDS AND LABELSPlacards are required on the front, back and both sides of your vehicle when transporting hazardous materials in bulk packaging. Labels are required on non-bulk and bulk packaging (exception for bulk packaging: placarded packages and cargo tanks, portable tanks or tank cars).

EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES FOR A HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION INCIDENT:All spills and releases will be immediately reported to the supervisor who will determine the proper procedures.

In the event of a large spill or a spill that cannot be adequately contained the following information must be reported:n Name of caller and call back numbern Location of spilln Substance released (including UN or

NA number)n Containment, if any, medium or media

into which the substance was released (i.e. water soil, cement etc.)

n Estimated quantity of releasen Response action underwayn Shipper and manufacturer of productn Local conditions (i.e. weather,

temperature, wind etc.)

n a maximum net mass LESS than 400 kg (882 pounds) and a maximum capacity greater than 450 L (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a solid;

n a water capacity LESS than 454 kg (1000 pounds) as a receptacle for a gas as defined in 173.115

WHY ARE BILLS OF LADING REQUIRED?

Again they are required for your safety and the safety of other drivers on the road. Emergency crews need to know what you’re hauling in the case of an accident or spill. You could be fined and even lose your license if don’t fill out the form completely and correctly.

REGULATION CHANGE TO SHIPPING PAPERS:The number and description of packages must be indicated on shipping papers. (Mandatory by October 1, 2007)n Display total number of packages.

n Description of package. Indicate type of package in the Description of Articles column located on the shipping paper.

Refer to Layne Christensen Company Hazardous Materials Poster, Driver’s Hazardous Materials Reference Guide for Preparing Shipping Papers (Bill of Lading), Layne Christensen Company Fleet Safety Manual, Section 3 for Instruction for completing Bill of Lading and examples of a completed Bill of Lading.

11.07 2-C2

DON’T FORGET SECURITY AWARENESSRisk Assessment: n Always be aware of your surrondings,

be cautious of suspicious behavior or unusual activities. If you are not aware, you are at risk. Always be alert.

Personal Security: n Always report immediately to the local

authorities and your supervisor if you feel you have been confronted with security safety situations. Use your good judgement based on the degree to which you feel your personal safety is at risk. Do not take unnecessary risks for the sake of equipment.

En Route Security: n Always complete security inspection,

review your transportation route and security procedures prior to getting on road.

Layne Christensen Company is committed to the safety and security of our employees, customers and general public.

TO REPORT A SPILL OR RELEASE CONTACT:Layne Safety and Environmental Health Sciences 610 S. 38th StreetKansas City, KS 66106

Office: 913-342-4803

Cell Phone: 210-287-8097 Director of Safety

Cell Phone: 913-707-5931 Senior Safety Coordinator

Refer to Layne Christensen’s Safety Plans and Programs Manual, Spill Contingency Plan for additional reporting requirements and procedures.

DID YOU KNOWDriver’s Daily Report (Log Book):n Shipping document number must be

recorded on the Driver’s Log Book (remarks section, lower left corner)

DON’T FORGETHazardous Materials Registration:n A current copy of the companies

Hazardous Materials Registration must be in the vehicle transporting Hazardous Materials. NOTE: registration is renewed yearly in the month of June and available on Layne Safety website: www.laynesafety.com.

11.07 3-C2

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

vehicle load securementSafety Practice comPliance Procedure c3

Layne Christensen projects often require the transportation of materials and equipment on trucks and trailers. Our fleet consists mostly of trucks and trailers that do not have sides and are considered flatbeds by the Department of Transportation (DOT). These vehicles are an important part of the fleet because they allow safe and easy loading and unloading of equipment that is too big to handle by hand.

The DOT has established regulations for protection against shifting or falling cargo and securing items which are hauled on public highways. These regulations can be found in the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSR) manual Sections 393.100 through 393.126. These regulations outline the minimum requirements for securing a load for transport. This Safety Practice addresses these loading and securing requirements.

MiniMuM Load LiMit for tiedownsThe working load limit of any securement system must be at least one-half of the total weight of the item or items you are securing.

The working load limit is figured differently depending on how you secure the tiedowns. It is figured by adding one-half of the load limit of each tie-down that goes from an anchor point on the vehicle to an attachment point on the cargo. It is figured by adding the sum of the full load limit of each tiedown that goes from a vehicle anchor point through, over, or around the cargo, then to another vehicle anchor point.

MiniMuM nuMber of tiedownsWhen your cargo is not blocked to prevent movement, you must have a minimum number of tiedowns. That number depends on the length and weight of the cargo.

Articles 5ft (1.52m) or less in length, and 1100lbs (500kg) or less in weight, only need one tiedown. Two tiedowns are required if the cargo is 5ft long or less, but weighs more than 1100lbs. Two tiedowns are also required is the cargo is between 5ft and 10ft (3.04m), no matter what it weighs. If the cargo is longer than 10ft, you will need an additional tiedown for every 10ft, or fraction of 10ft, past the first 10ft of cargo length. For example, a piece of cargo that is 17ft long would require 3 tiedowns.

tiedown standardsAll cargo securement devices must meet the requirements of FMCSR Section 393.102. Material used as dunnage, chocks, cradles, shoring bars, or used for blocking and bracing must be free from damage and defects.

Vehicle structures and anchor points including floors, walls, decks, bulkheads, and posts must be strong enough to perform properly.

The tiedowns themselves must not be damaged or weakened with cracks or cuts. Tiedowns cannot have knots. Damaged tiedowns can be repaired, as long as they continue to meet the required standards.

Be sure to use edge protection if a tiedown could be cut or crushed where it touches the cargo. Remember, an edge doesn’t have to feel sharp to the touch for it to cut through a tiedown while the vehicle is moving.

11.07 1-C3

Small items like shovels, hoses, steam cleaners, grout, and blocking should be secured in boxes, tool storage compartments, or vehicle storage bins. Over-the-cab storage bins should be secured with a lid or strapping to keep items from falling out.

Pallet material such as sand, cement, and grout should be secured with plastic wrap or loaded in such a way that you can cross tie the bags and strap them into place.

The rules in this Safety Practice do not apply to special purpose vehicles like those hauling steel or concrete beams, crane booms, girders, and trusses. Because of their design, size, shape, and weight, those items must be secured by special methods.

did You Know. . .tiedowns must be designed, constructed, and maintained so that they can be tightened by drivers

don’t forGet. . .you need to know the length and weight of your cargo to determine the correct number of tiedowns you need

securinG carGoCargo must be secured firmly on a vehicle by structures, dunnage or dunnage bags, shoring bags, tiedowns or a combination of these. Pieces of cargo loaded beside each other and secured must be touching each other, or they must be prevented from shifting toward each other while in transit to avoid damage to the cargo and the tiedowns.

front end structureEvery vehicle hauling cargo must have a front end structure or headboard strong enough to prevent a shifting load from crushing or penetrating the driver’s cab. The front end structure of the vehicle or trailer you are using must be at least 4 ft high, or high enough to keep the cargo you are hauling from moving forward, whichever is higher.

LaYne ProceduresSome Layne Christensen projects may require you to transport small items or pallet materials. These operations present specific hazards that need to be considered as you load the cargo.

11.07 2-C3

Your safetY is LaYne christensen’s nuMber one concern

preventive maintenanceSafety Practice comPliance Procedure c4

Inspections are an important part of any equipment program, especially vehicle maintenance programs. The safety of Layne operators and passengers as well as the people who share this nation’s highways with our vehicles is of utmost importance. A solid inspection and maintenance program helps to ensure that vehicles operated upon the roadway are in safe mechanical condition.

The Department of Transportation (D.O.T.) requires Layne to have a system to inspect, repair, and maintain all commercial motor vehicles under our control in accordance with 49 CFR 396. Noncompliance with this regulation could result in fines and vehicles being place “out of service”. Everyone knows that periodic maintenance and timely repair of those items that fail will provide you with a more reliable, longer lasting, and safer vehicle. In addition, this will provide for lower overall operating costs since small problems are addressed before they become large and costly. This is the same philosophy we must follow when it comes to Layne vehicles. This safety practice gives an overview of Layne’s Periodic Maintenance Program. This program can be found in the Layne Fleet Safety Manual.

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE (P.M.)Periodic maintenance is maintenance completed at specified intervals established by the manufacturer. Intervals are usually based on time, mileage, hours or a combination of these. They are similar to regular maintenance an individual follows on their personal vehicle (i.e. change oil, filter, and lubricate every 3,000 miles or 3 months). Layne has a wide variety of

vehicles in it’s fleet and several schedules to follow. The schedule for

a particular vehicle can be found on the reverse side of the

Maintenance Plan and Record form for that type of vehicle. (The only exception is for light trucks through 1-ton trucks where the schedule is included in the Maintenance Plan and Record form.) These forms can be obtained from the field superintendent. In addition, the field superintendent at each district office is required to track all periodic maintenance on the Consolidated Equipment P.M. Schedule.

INSPECTIONSIt is the responsibility of each operator of a commercial motor vehicle to complete a Pre and Post trip inspection. These inspections will be documented on the Driver’s Vehicle Inspection Report (DVIR). The purpose of these inspections is to log the condition of the equipment and to identify unsafe conditions and items requiring repair. A copy of the last inspection must be kept on the power unit. The original inspection will be forwarded to the district office for repair action, if applicable, and filing. The DVIR’s must be maintained for 90 days.

11.07 1-C4

EQUIPMENT REPAIRSWhen a deficiency with a piece of equipment has been identified a Layne Equipment Repair Order will be issued by the district office. This form is used to provide a means of tracking repairs. It provides a record of the repairs completed, individual responsible, and the associated costs. A completed copy is filed in the individual equipment folder and maintained for a period of one year.

DOCUMENTATION Of MAINTENANCEAll data relating to vehicle information, PM requirements, annual inspections, an repairs will be maintained at the district office in the vehicle maintenance file.

DID YOU KNOW?A regular maintenance program can decrease maintenance costs by as much as 30 percent over a one year period.

11.07 2-C4

YOUR SAfETY IS lAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

cargo tanksSafety Practice comPliance Procedure c5

Occasionally hazardous materials must be transported to job sites. The Department of Transportation (DOT) places EXTREME emphasis on the transportation of hazardous materials when conducting audits of records at the safety office and during roadside vehicle and driver inspections.

All field offices must follow the procedures outlined below and all DOT or government regulations regarding the transportation of hazardous materials.

All personnel involved in the transportation of hazardous materials must complete Hazardous Materials Transportation Training.

ACID TANK TYPESThe acid tanks Layne utilizes are made of either steel or polyethylene. The polyethylene tanks are divided into two types “existing exempt” or “new exempt” tanks.

EXISTING EXEMPT TANKSTanks made of polyethylene (plastic) are not covered under the current DOT hazardous materials regulations. A current and valid certificate of exemption from the manufacturer must be carried in the vehicle transporting the tank. These tanks must also be tested in accordance with the applicable exemption for the type and make of the tank.

NEW EXEMPT TANKSPlastic tanks ordered to replace all steel and existing exempt tanks. These tanks must meet the same requirements outlined above.

DOCUMENTATIONCargo tank files must contain the following information for each tank:

n Manufacturer’s certification

n Current verification of testing

n Two (2) color photos of the entire tank showing proper placarding

n One (1) color photo of the inspection plate. The plate in the photo must be legible.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTSn All tanks must be inspected and tested in

accordance with the applicable regulation or exemption confirmation of current testing needs to accompany tank on delivery.

n All tanks used to transport acid must be placarded on all four (4) sides with a permanent placard showing the number UN 1789. Placards must be permanently affixed to the tank using a bolt-on metal or stick-on vinyl (non-removable/ non-changeable placard). Placards must be visible from all four sides of the vehicle when the tank(s) are loaded on the vehicle.

n All tanks must be secured with chains and binders in good mechanical condition. Nylon straps are not acceptable because strap deterioration can occur from contact with acid or acid vapors or bases. If tanks are rented or leased for more than 30 days testing and inspection criteria must be completed, documented and maintained on file.

n Prior to transporting tanks the driver must complete the pre-trip inspection on the transport vehicle. Any defects noted must be corrected before the vehicle transports the tank on a public highway. Refer to Safe Practice C3 for information on load securement.

n A standard hazardous materials bill of lading must be completed. Note the amount of acid carried in the tank(s)

1.09 1-C5

following Layne Safety Practice Procedures for proper transporting information and additional hazard materials guidance for all potentially hazardous products carried by Layne.

B2 Hazard Communication B3 Flammables and Solvents B4 Corrosives B5 Oxidizers B6 Explosives C2 Hazardous Materials Transportation C3 Load Securement C4 Preventative Maintenance

and any other hazardous materials being transported. Each tote of Hydorchloric acid must be listed individually on the Bill of Lading. See Safety Practice C2 or the Fleet Safety Manual. This bill of lading must be carried in the cab of the transport vehicle.

n All units transporting acid or cargo tanks must carry an Emergency Response Guidebook and a Pocket Guide to Hazardous Materials. Refer to the

1.09 2-C5

YOUR SAfETY IS LAYNE ChRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

driver daily logsSafety Practice comPliance Procedure c6

The Department of Transportation (DOT) requires every DOT qualified driver who operates a commercial motor vehicle to maintain a daily record of their duty status for each 24 hour period. Failure to complete the record of duty status, failure to preserve a record of such duty status, or making false reports in connection with such duty status shall make the driver and/or carrier liable for prosecution. Layne Christensen will use only the standard driver’s daily log. Drivers must complete a log whether they have driven or not.

Layne requires all original driver’s daily log sheets (white copy) to be submitted to the

safety department by the fifth day of the following month. The yellow copy should be maintained on file at the district office and the pink copy should be retained by the driver. Every driver must have

his drivers logs for the previous seven (7) consecutive days in his possession.

DRIVER LOG AUDIT POLICYThe safety director must verify compliance with the following requirements from driver logs:n vehicle class A, B or N/A must be circledn compliance with the 11, 14, or 70 hour

regulationsn correct date

n miles driven are entered in the proper location on the log

n tractor and trailer numbers are entered in the proper locations and that all information in legible

n the word “NONE” or the co-driver’s name is in the co-driver’s section

n load number(s) and commodities are entered in the proper area in the “Remarks” section

n logs have been properly signedn origin and destination for each load

moved that day is shownn line 4 is logged as “ON DUTY NOT

DRIVING” when not driving, in the “SLEEPER”, or “OFF DUTY” (on routine stops)

n excess hours are explained in the “REMARKS” section

ON-DUTY TIME – All time from the time the driver begins work or is required to be in readiness for work, until the time relieved from work and all responsibility for performing work. “On duty time” includes:n All time spent at a carrier or shipper

plant, terminal, facility, or other property, or on any public property, waiting to be dispatched, unless they have been relieved from duty by the Company.

n All time spent inspecting equipment, or otherwise spent inspecting, servicing, or conditioning any company vehicle.

n All drive time.n All time, other than driving time, spent in

or upon any company vehicle, except time spent resting in a sleeper berth.

n All time spent in the loading or unloading of a company vehicle, supervising or assisting in the loading or unloading of a company vehicle, attending a company vehicle being loaded or unloaded, or in

11.07 1-C6

EXEMPTION – TRANSPORTATION AND OPERATION OF GROUND WATER WELL DRILLING RIGSIn all states, except California, a driver will be permitted for any period of 7 or 8 consecutive days to end with the beginning of an off-duty period of 24 or more consecutive hours for the purposes of determining maximum driving and on-duty time. (Interpretation: Drivers will be allowed to reset hour on-duty to zero (0) after a 24 hour off-duty break occuring anytime during a 7 or 8 day period).

11-HOUR RULEFollowing ten (10) consecutive hours off duty,

drivers may drive for up to eleven (11) consecutive hours without an off-duty period. However, THEY ARE NOT PERMITTED TO DRIVE FOR MORE THAN ELEVEN (11) CONSECUTIVE HOURS. In addition, after driving eleven (11) straight hours, they must spend at least ten (10) continuous hours off duty before being allowed to drive again. A combination of sleeper berth time and off-duty time may be used to fulfill the requirements for ten (10) continuous hours off duty.

NOTE: TIME SPENT IN THE SLEEPER BERTH IS OFF-DUTY TIME, HOWEVER, THERE ARE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS GOVERNING USE OF SLEEPER BERTHS THAT DO NOT APPLY TO OTHER OFF-DUTY TIME. THEREFORE, FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS DISCUSSION, THE TERMS “OFF-DUTY” AND “OFF-DUTY TIME” REFER TO OFF-DUTY TIME NOT SPENT IN THE SLEEPER BERTH.

Two consecutive driving periods cannot exceed eleven (11) hours, unless there is an off-duty/sleeper berth period of at least ten (10) hours between the two driving periods.

These rules do not limit a driver to working (being on duty) ten hours per day. After driving eleven (11) straight hours, they may still continue to work (on duty, not driving),

giving or receiving receipts for shipments loaded or unloaded.

n All time spent at an accident scene in which the driver was in or giving assistance to others.

n All time spent repairing a company vehicle, obtaining assistance for the repair of a company vehicle, or remaining in attendance with a disabled company vehicle.

n All time spent performing any other work in the capacity of, or in the employment or service of Company.

11.07 2-C6

Other work in the service of the company includes fuel stops, DOT inspections, inspections by law enforcement officers, and inspections by company safety personnel or other safety personnel authorized by the company, and so forth.

HOURS OF SERVICE RULESThe regulations established limits on the number of hours drivers may be on duty during any 24-hour period, the number of consecutive hours they may be on duty, and the number of consecutive hours they may drive.

8-DAY, 70-HOUR LIMITBecause some of Layne offices operate trucks and equipment cargo seven days a week, drivers will operate on an 8-day, 70-hour limitation system. DRIVERS ARE NOT PERMITTED TO DRIVE AFTER BEING ON DUTY (WORKING AND/OR DRIVING FOR MORE THAN 70 HOURS DURING ANY PERIOD OF EIGHT (8) CONSECUTIVE DAYS. When drivers reach the 70 hour limit, they must not drive until they have accumulated enough consecutive off-duty hours to reduce their on-duty time below the 70-hour limit.

This is how it works:Drive for part of your 11 hours. Then use the berth for at least 2 hours. Drive the rest of your 11 hours and go into the berth again to finish your 10 hours off duty before driving again.

SUMMARY: If drivers have driven 11 straight hours, they must have ten (10) straight hours offduty/ sleeper time before driving again. If they had a sleeper berth period of two (2) hours or more during the eleven (11) hour driving period , they may drive again after eight (8) or more hours in the sleeper berth (the two sleeper berth periods must total 10 hours or more). Drivers may drive at any time after having ten (10) continuous hours off-duty/sleeper berth time as long as they do not violate the 8-day, 70-hour rule.

After your second sleeper berth time, can you drive 11 hours?No, remember the time you were driving in between the sleeper berth periods. You hadn’t rested 8 hours yet. So subtract the previous driving time in between the two sleeper berth periods from the allowed 11 hours to figure your hours left to drive.

as long as they do not violate the 8-day, 7-hour limitation or the 14-hour on-duty rule. But, drivers

must have a continuous period of ten (10) hours off-duty/sleeper berth time before they can drive again.

SLEEPER BERTH TIMEYou can stretch out your driving time by using the sleeper berth. But, remember, you are still limited by the driving time rule. You do not have to take your sleeper berth time all at once. You can get your 10 hours off duty by breaking it into two periods. A period of less than 2 hours is still recorded as sleeperberth time. But a period of less than 2 hours doesn’t count if you are trying to get your 10 hours in.

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

11.07 3-C6

tire maintenance and safetySafety Practice comPliance Procedure c7

Layne Christensen vehicles rely on their tires to get them where they are going. You, as a driver, also rely on the vehicle tires to get where you’re going. The tires and rims are the key element for safe travel. This safety

practice outlines tire maintenance and safety tips. Always consult your vehicle operators manual, a factory representative or certified mechanic for tire questions or concerns.

KNOW YOUR TIRESTo properly maintain the tires on your vehicle, you have to have some information. Every tire is different! All you need to know is imprinted on the side of the tire. The graphic, on page 4, tells you where and what to look for:

TIRE SELECTION AND REPLACEMENTWhen do I replace my tires? Tires contain tread wear indicators. These lateral bars are molded into the grooves at a percent of the tread depth. If you see this indicator, replace the tire.Tires should also be replaced if tread wear is severely uneven or if the center is worn much more than the edges, if the sidewalls are cracked, if there is any indication of tread separation or if a technician states the tire can’t be satisfactorily repaired after puncture.

When you replace tires, install matched pairs or complete sets. Installing different tire types on the left and right upset the handling

balance of the vehicle. Construction, size and brand of tire should match in side-to-side pairs. It is desirable that front-to-rear sets match as well, except in performance cars with larger rear tires or heavy trucks with rear duals.

Install new tires in the front, since the front tires usually wear faster. Avoid dramatic differences in tread wear, front-to-rear. New fronts and worn rears result in instability. Under no circumstances install tires of different construction (radial/bias-ply) or classification (summer/winter) on opposite ends or sides as severe handling problems will result. Also, make sure the tires fit the rims when changing tire size and type.

The person selecting tires has a huge responsibility. A hard tread may increase wear life, but decrease traction. An aggressive, open tread may enhance traction in the snow, but sacrifice tread life on dry pavement. We ask our tires to operate in temperature ranges from -40° to 140° F. We want performance in snow, mud, gravel and dry pavement; and we want a good deal! It is important that Layne mechanics or operations managers select the right tire for the vehicle. Cutting corners on a $300 tire can result in the loss of a $500,000 drill rig. Get the idea?

TIRE AND RIM INSPECTIONBefore your trip begins, you perform a pre-trip inspection. Look at the tires, checking for abnormal wear, cuts or bulges on the tire and sidewall. Check the tread for chunking,

11.07 1-C7

inside and a complete inspection conducted with the tire off the rim. Sidewall damage requires tire replacement.

Sealing compounds and other temporary emergency repair aids should only be used to move the vehicle to a safe location. Always inform the technician repairing the tire that a sealing compound has been used. Unset compound can spray out when the technician removes the tire. If sealant is not removed immediately, it can set and throw the tire off balance, causing uneven wear.

TIRE ROTATION AND BALANCETires on smaller vehicles should be rotated every 6,000 miles or according to manufacturer’s recommendations. The rotation allows for even tread wear maximum life. The front tires on front wheel drive vehicles wear faster than the rear tires, and vice-versa on rear wheel drive vehicles. The cross-rotation pattern best balances tread wear and tire life. That is, the right front tire is switched with the left rear position and left front with the right rear. This rotation can only be conducted on vehicles with four like, non- unidirectional tires. Unidirectional tires (designated by an arrow on the sidewall) can only be rotated front to rear, on the same side of the vehicle, so the direction of revolution does not change.

Out-of-balance tires cause uneven tire wear and an uncomfortable ride. They also cause excessive wear on the suspension and other components. Out-of-balance tires are detected by a load noise or thumping of the tire at speed, and/or a vibration in the steering wheel.

If you detect a tire balance problem, have it corrected as soon as possible. Dynamic tire balancing involves weighting the tire

exposed belts or tread separation. Visually inspect for nails, rocks or other road hazards imbedded in the tire. Check the rims for cracks, missing lugs or other damage.

NEVER operate a vehicle if there is any question of tire or rim integrity.

TIRE AIR PRESSUREProper inflation has been recognized as the key element in tire life and performance. Layne Christensen requires tire inflation to be checked as part of the pre-trip inspection and documented in the comments sections of

11.07 2-C7

the driver’s daily logbook. Inflation checks are also required as part of load inspections during hazardous material transport.

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration cites under-inflation as the leading cause of tire failure. Under-inflation can come from natural air loss through the tire membrane. Up to 1 psi per month can be lost in this manner, especially in cold weather. Temperature is also a factor in tire inflation. For every 8° F change in temperature, 1 psi can be lost or gained in inflation.

Proper inflation affects vehicle handling performance, tire wear, fuel consumption and overall tire stress. This stress from flexing and overheating can lead to structural failure.

Maximum tire pressure recommendations are found on the tire sidewall. Recommended tire pressures are found in the vehicle operator’s manual, or on a printed label inside the driver’s door frame or glove box. Tires should be inflated to this recommended pressure.

TIRE REPAIRSTires should only be repaired by factory certified technicians. Most damage can be repaired, but some can not. External plugs are not allowed. Repairs should be made from the

OTHER CONCERNSNever attempt to repair or modify a rim without the approval of the manufacturer. If you seek to heat, weld or braze the rim, always remove the tire first!

Don’t forget the spare! Inspection and inflation of the spare tire are important. The spare can go flat over time if not maintained.

Never run a single tire on a dual assembly. The carrying capacity of the single tire is dangerously exceeded and the overheating can cause a tire fire.

Do not use tubes in a tubeless tire/rim assembly. Loss of air pressure from fractures in a tubeless rim warns you of a potential rim failure. Adding tubes results in the loss of this safety feature.

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration 29 CFR 1910.177 requires all tube type and tubeless, medium and large truck tires be inflated using an OSHA approved restraining device (safety cage). A clip on air chuck with pressure regulator and extension air hose are also required.

If your vehicle has flotation tires, be sure to review Section 9 of the Fleet Safety manual for flotation tire information, maintenance and replacement of this type of tire.

in the appropriate place and should only be conducted by a trained technician. Balancing should occur every time the tires are first mounted, remounted or when a problem is detected.

VEHICLE STEERING AND SUSPENSIONProper alignment also affects vehicle handling and tire wear. If you feel the vehicle pulling to one side or the other, recognize an alignment problem and get it repaired. Alignments should be conducted after the vehicle is involved in a collision or on a routine basis if the vehicle is used continuously on rough, uneven surfaces.

DON’T GO OVER...Overloading is the second leading cause of tire failure. Check the maximum load rating of the tire and rim before installation. This load is often substantially less that the vehicle can carry. It is imperative you do not overload the tire as structural failure can result. When calculating vehicle weight, don’t forget to add the tongue weight of any trailer you might tow. Keep in mind that tires from the factory may or may not meet the load weight requirement of the operation.

Overheating is an enemy of tire life. The higher the heat a tire is exposed to, the shorter it’s overall life. High speeds, heavy loads, under-inflation, coarse road surfaces and aggressive driving all increase tire temperature. Adjust your driving style during times of high temperatures.

YOUR SAfETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

11.07 3-C7

Pass

enge

r veh

icle/

car t

ire

Tire

wid

th in

mili

met

ers

Ratio

of s

idew

all h

eigh

tto

trea

d w

idth

. Ran

ge 3

5-80

Radi

al co

nstr

uctio

n

Whe

el d

imen

tion

in in

ches

Max

imum

load

ratin

g. Ty

pica

l75

-100

. Wei

ght i

n lb

s loc

ated

else

whe

re o

n th

e sid

ewal

l.

Code

for m

axim

um sa

fe sp

eed

whe

n pr

oper

ly in

flate

d an

d in

good

cond

ition

. Exa

mpl

es:

S - 1

12 m

ph T

= 1

18 m

phU

= 1

24 m

ph V

= 1

49 m

ph

Num

ber p

lies (

laye

rs in

tire

)

fina

l dig

its te

ll w

hen

tire w

as m

ade.

0800

mea

ns ei

ghth

wee

k of 2

000.

Lett

ers a

fter

DOT

den

ote

whe

re ti

re w

as m

ade

Heat

resis

tanc

eA=

best

C=w

orst

How

wel

l the

tire

stop

s on

wet

road

s. Go

vern

men

t tes

tsra

te A

bes

t, C w

orst

.

How

long

trea

d sh

ould

last

. Exa

mpl

e:Tr

ead

rate

d at

220

last

s tw

ice as

long

as11

0. N

et re

late

d to

spec

ific d

istan

ce.

Max

. air

pres

sure

cold

11.07 4-C7

hazardous materials security awarenessSafety Practice comPliance Procedure c8

Security is an issue in many workplaces across the country. While the need for greater security was heightened by the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, Layne Christensen has been aware of the security and safety issues in working with and transporting hazardous materials for many years. It was necessary for the protection of our employees, customers and the general public that we have a Hazardous Materials Security Plan. This safety practice will highlight our security plan and what steps employees need to follow.

Layne’s Hazardous Materials Security Plan addresses the following areas:

n Risk Assessment

n Personnel Security

n En Route Security

n Facility Security

RISK ASSESSMENTWhat are the hazmat security risks at our company? Those Layne offices that store and/or transport hazardous materials requiring placarding, such as diesel fuel, chlorine or hydrochloric acid are at a risk of theft and misuse of these materials.

Potential threats may exist, not only at the job site and on truck routes, but also in the yard. Being able to identify security risks, and recognizing potential targets and threats is a good start. We don’t want to become paranoid, but we do need to be ever aware of our surroundings and cautious of anyone or anything that seems unusual. Not letting your guard down is key to

security awareness. If you are not aware, you are at risk. Always be alert.

PERSONNEL SECURITYIn order to provide a work environment that is reasonably free of hazards and threats, Layne Christensen Company ensures that all employees and drivers are provided security training, which includes adhering to suspicious activity reporting procedures and meeting strict driver qualification criteria.

Becoming a well-trained employee with a heightened awareness of when something is wrong will help you know how to respond to a suspicious person or activity.

Employees will want to watch and report:

n Unauthorized persons trying to access equipment, materials or restricted areas;

n Anyone appearing to be extremely nervous, agitated or hiding something (employee, customer, general public);

n Obviously disgruntled employees;

n Anyone asking sensitive questions or requesting information when they are unauthorized to do so;

n Anyone not having proper identification when asked to produce it;

n Anyone possessing a weapon;

n Unfamiliar vehicles that are parked where they don’t belong;

n Persons watching vehicles at company facilities or work sites for long periods of time;

n Vehicles following for extended periods of time, with 3 or more people in the vehicle.

Employees are expected to immediately report any observed suspicious activity to your supervisor and/or District Manager.

11.07 1-C8

n Review shipping papers for accuracy, emergency information and signatures.

n Complete a thorough pre-trip inspection of vehicle.

n Correct any discrepancies prior to dispatch.

n Observe surroundings and report immediately any suspicious or unusual activity.

EN ROUTE SECURITY PROCEDURESn Minimize stops en route.

n Avoid highly populated areas, bridges and tunnels when practical.

n After each stop, inspect cargo and vehicle to make sure no tampering or theft has occurred.

n DO NOT discuss information regarding load, route or schedule with anyone other than authorized personnel.

n Park in safe, well-lit, designated truck parking locations only.

n Park trailers, loaded with hazardous materials, against a wall, fence or other stationary object when possible.

n Lock vehicles and have all windows closed while parked..

n DO NOT allow any unauthorized personnel in truck.

n DO NOT pick up hitchhikers.

n DO NOT stop to help disabled vehicles or motorists. (Note location and contact local authorities to assist them).

n Changes in delivery schedules or location should not be honored until they are verified through the District Office.

n Pull over for an unmarked vehicle only if it has proper sirens and lights.

If you are on the road while encountering suspicious behavior, follow the en route security procedures. It is your responsibility to use common sense and good judgment when assessing the potential threat to safety or security.

DRIVER QUALIFICATIONSNo driver will operate a Layne Christensen Company commercial motor vehicle or trailer unless the criteria outlined in the Fleet Manual has been satisfied and driver’s qualifications have been approved by Safety.

LOAD SECURITYInformation relating to the storage and/or transporting of hazardous materials shall be restricted to employees on a need-to-know basis. Only authorized personnel (dispatchers, managers and other employees with a specific need) shall have access to hazardous materials load information.

To ensure that the load is complete and accurate, dispatchers shall review the load information with drivers. Make sure that:

1. Load information is clearly communicated

2. Shipping papers reflect accurately the load.

3. Transportation routes are reviewed.

EN ROUTE SECURITYTransportation security starts prior to getting on the road. Drivers need to follow load preparation security checks before leaving, as well as security procedures en route.

Load Preparation Rules for Driversn Supervise entire loading process.

n Make sure no unauthorized or unscheduled cargo is loaded on any trailer.

n Once loaded, make sure cargo is secure and accurate.

n Insure proper load securement, including any segregation requirements.

n Review specified route.

11.07 2-C8

n Vendors and suppliers that are allowed access to secured areas will be logged in and logged out by appropriate Layne Christensen personnel.

n Vendors or suppliers will be approved and re-evaluated for special authorized access by the District Manager.

SECURED OFFICE/PARKING AREA GUIDELINESn A single point of entry shall be designated

for all traffic

n All visitors and customers shall register with on-duty receptionist or guard

n A written log of visitors shall be maintained for 12 months and include; name, date and time of arrival, purpose of visit and date and time of departure.

GENERAL OFFICE GUIDELINESn Visitor shall register and then be escorted

by an employee to the appropriate area of access.

n Visitor shall be instructed to immediately leave secured area upon completion of business.

EMPLOYEE/VISITOR PARKINGn Employees and visitors shall park only in

designated “employee/visitor” areas.

n Unauthorized parking near or in a loading/ unloading dock is PROHIBITED.

n Reasonable effort will be made to make employee/visitor parking areas lighted, safe and secure

THIRD PARTY GUARD SERVICEn If guard service is necessary, the District

Manager is responsible to provide the guard service with all security instructions, procedures and responsibilities.

n District manager is responsible for assessing the performance of the security guard service.

n When transporting hazardous materials, it is appropriate to request a marked vehicle and uniformed officers before granting access to the vehicle.

n Use the NO-STOP policy when you believe a vehicle hijacking is, or may be, in progress.

n Notify the police as soon as possible if you fall victim to vehicle hijackers or cargo thieves. Notify your supervisor or District Manager thereafter.

n Supervise unloading of cargo. Contact your District Office immediately in the event of cargo damage, overage, shortage or any other discrepancy.

When confronted with security/safety situations, always use your good judgment based on the degree to which you feel your personal safety is at risk. Do not take unnecessary risks for the sake of cargo or equipment.

FACILITY SECURITYExternal and internal site security measures are needed to ensure the safety of our employees, equipment, facilities, hazardous materials and the general public. The District Manager is responsible for general security and recordkeeping for the office.

EXTERNAL PREMISES SECURITYn Where perimeter fencing is in place,

weekly inspection of the fence and gates should be documented, along with necessary repairs.

n Fence lines must be kept free of debris or other objects (trees, pallets, etc.) that might allow entry over the fence.

n Hazardous materials must be stored in a secured area with limited and controlled access.

n All visitors, customers, vendors and suppliers should be instructed to park in designated “visitor parking” areas only.

11.07 3-C8

DID YOU KNOW?There are more than 800,000 shipments of hazardous materials on U.S. highways each day.

FOR OUR PROTECTIONThe Federal government established the Department of Homeland Security in October 2001 to better protect and

secure our nation. This complex task includes awareness, prevention, protection, response and recovery. For more information on preparing your family for the unexpected go to www.ready.gov.

11.07 4-C8

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMbER ONE CONCERN

driver daily logsSafety Practice comPliance Procedure c9

The Department of Transportation (DOT) requires every DOT qualified driver who operates a commercial motor vehicle to maintain a daily record of their duty status for each 24 hour period. Failure to complete the record of duty status, failure to preserve a record of such duty status, or making false reports in connection with such duty status shall make the driver and/or carrier liable for prosecution. Layne Christensen will use only the standard driver’s daily log. Drivers must complete a log whether they have driven or not.

Layne requires all original driver’s daily log sheets (white copy) to be submitted to the

safety department by the fifth day of the following month. The yellow copy should be maintained on file at the district office and the pink copy should be retained by the driver. Every driver must have

his drivers logs for the previous seven (7) consecutive days in his possession.

DRIVER LOG AUDIT POLICYThe safety director must verify compliance with the following requirements from driver logs:n vehicle class A, B or N/A must be circledn compliance with the 11, 14, or 70 hour

regulationsn correct date

n miles driven are entered in the proper location on the log

n tractor and trailer numbers are entered in the proper locations and that all information in legible

n the word “NONE” or the co-driver’s name is in the co-driver’s section

n load number(s) and commodities are entered in the proper area in the “Remarks” section

n logs have been properly signedn origin and destination for each load

moved that day is shownn line 4 is logged as “ON DUTY NOT

DRIVING” when not driving, in the “SLEEPER”, or “OFF DUTY” (on routine stops)

n excess hours are explained in the “REMARKS” section

ON-DUTY TIME – All time from the time the driver begins work or is required to be in readiness for work, until the time relieved from work and all responsibility for performing work. “On duty time” includes:n All time spent at a carrier or shipper

plant, terminal, facility, or other property, or on any public property, waiting to be dispatched, unless they have been relieved from duty by the Company.

n All time spent inspecting equipment, or otherwise spent inspecting, servicing, or conditioning any company vehicle.

n All drive time.n All time, other than driving time, spent in

or upon any company vehicle, except time spent resting in a sleeper berth.

n All time spent in the loading or unloading of a company vehicle, supervising or assisting in the loading or unloading of a company vehicle, attending a company vehicle being loaded or unloaded, or in

11.07 1-C9

EXEMPTION – TRANSPORTATION AND OPERATION OF GROUND WATER WELL DRILLING RIGSIn all states, except California, a driver will be permitted for any period of 7 or 8 consecutive days to end with the beginning of an off-duty period of 24 or more consecutive hours for the purposes of determining maximum driving and on-duty time. (Interpretation: Drivers will be allowed to reset hour on-duty to zero (0) after a 24 hour off-duty break occuring anytime during a 7 or 8 day period).

11-HOUR RULEFollowing ten (10) consecutive hours off duty,

drivers may drive for up to eleven (11) consecutive hours without an off-duty period. However, THEY ARE NOT PERMITTED TO DRIVE FOR MORE THAN ELEVEN (11) CONSECUTIVE HOURS. In addition, after driving eleven (11) straight hours, they must spend at least ten (10) continuous hours off duty before being allowed to drive again. A combination of sleeper berth time and off-duty time may be used to fulfill the requirements for ten (10) continuous hours off duty.

NOTE: TIME SPENT IN THE SLEEPER BERTH IS OFF-DUTY TIME, HOWEVER, THERE ARE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS GOVERNING USE OF SLEEPER BERTHS THAT DO NOT APPLY TO OTHER OFF-DUTY TIME. THEREFORE, FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS DISCUSSION, THE TERMS “OFF-DUTY” AND “OFF-DUTY TIME” REFER TO OFF-DUTY TIME NOT SPENT IN THE SLEEPER BERTH.

Two consecutive driving periods cannot exceed eleven (11) hours, unless there is an off-duty/sleeper berth period of at least ten (10) hours between the two driving periods.

These rules do not limit a driver to working (being on duty) ten hours per day. After driving eleven (11) straight hours, they may still continue to work (on duty, not driving),

giving or receiving receipts for shipments loaded or unloaded.

n All time spent at an accident scene in which the driver was in or giving assistance to others.

n All time spent repairing a company vehicle, obtaining assistance for the repair of a company vehicle, or remaining in attendance with a disabled company vehicle.

n All time spent performing any other work in the capacity of, or in the employment or service of Company.

11.07 2-C9

Other work in the service of the company includes fuel stops, DOT inspections, inspections by law enforcement officers, and inspections by company safety personnel or other safety personnel authorized by the company, and so forth.

HOURS OF SERVICE RULESThe regulations established limits on the number of hours drivers may be on duty during any 24-hour period, the number of consecutive hours they may be on duty, and the number of consecutive hours they may drive.

8-DAY, 70-HOUR LIMITBecause some of Layne offices operate trucks and equipment cargo seven days a week, drivers will operate on an 8-day, 70-hour limitation system. DRIVERS ARE NOT PERMITTED TO DRIVE AFTER BEING ON DUTY (WORKING AND/OR DRIVING FOR MORE THAN 70 HOURS DURING ANY PERIOD OF EIGHT (8) CONSECUTIVE DAYS. When drivers reach the 70 hour limit, they must not drive until they have accumulated enough consecutive off-duty hours to reduce their on-duty time below the 70-hour limit.

This is how it works:Drive for part of your 11 hours. Then use the berth for at least 2 hours. Drive the rest of your 11 hours and go into the berth again to finish your 10 hours off duty before driving again.

SUMMARY: If drivers have driven 11 straight hours, they must have ten (10) straight hours offduty/ sleeper time before driving again. If they had a sleeper berth period of two (2) hours or more during the eleven (11) hour driving period , they may drive again after eight (8) or more hours in the sleeper berth (the two sleeper berth periods must total 10 hours or more). Drivers may drive at any time after having ten (10) continuous hours off-duty/sleeper berth time as long as they do not violate the 8-day, 70-hour rule.

After your second sleeper berth time, can you drive 11 hours?No, remember the time you were driving in between the sleeper berth periods. You hadn’t rested 8 hours yet. So subtract the previous driving time in between the two sleeper berth periods from the allowed 11 hours to figure your hours left to drive.

as long as they do not violate the 8-day, 7-hour limitation or the 14-hour on-duty rule. But, drivers

must have a continuous period of ten (10) hours off-duty/sleeper berth time before they can drive again.

SLEEPER BERTH TIMEYou can stretch out your driving time by using the sleeper berth. But, remember, you are still limited by the driving time rule. You do not have to take your sleeper berth time all at once. You can get your 10 hours off duty by breaking it into two periods. A period of less than 2 hours is still recorded as sleeperberth time. But a period of less than 2 hours doesn’t count if you are trying to get your 10 hours in.

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

11.07 3-C9

site specific health and safety plansSafety Practice comPliance Procedure e2

n Site control measures. A site map, work zones, and a communication system must be determined.

n Frequency and type of air monitoring. The air on and around the site will be tested regularly for contaminants.

n Decontamination measures. Depending on the site level, you must follow certain procedures after working with hazardous materials.

n Emergency procedures. In case of an accident, everyone on the site must know how to alert coworkers of the emergency, emergency phone numbers, where the nearest hospital is and how to get there.

Each person who will be working on an environmental site must read and ask questions about the HASP. After discussing the details, each crew member may be asked to sign and date the plan saying that he or she understands the hazards on the site and has no questions on site operations.

While some site specific HASPs can be reviewed at a tailgate meeting held before work begins, major projects may require several hours to review the plan. Each day you work on an environmental site should start with a short tailgate meeting to review basic safety requirements like hard hats, hearing protection, and eye protection.

OSHA also requires the HASP be available for review or inspection by anyone coming

11.07 1-E2

OSHA regulations require a site specific health and safety plan (HASP) be written for working on any site that contains hazardous material. The client, district office personnel, and Safety and Environmental Health Sciences (SEHS) all work together to design a plan that, when followed, will help protect you and your coworkers from the hazards and dangers of site contamination.

This safety practice explains what goes into a HASP as well as your responsibility for safety on an environmental site.

OSHA REGULATIONSThere are certain things OSHA requires to be included in every HASP. Those are:

n A safety and health hazard analysis. The site is reviewed for hazards, contaminants, and other potential dangers to crew members.

n Employee training requirements. Crews working on a site must have attended a 40-hour training session and annual 8-hour updates.

n Personal protective equipment. Besides dressing out in the required level for the site, crew members are required to wear hearing protection and any other specified personnel protective equipment (PPE).

n Medical surveillance. Crew members may be required to have a physical both when beginning and completing a project.

onto the site. It does not have to be posted, but the emergency information in it should be. In case of an accident, it would be much quicker to look at a posted sheet than to flip through the HASP to find it.

LAYNE REGULATIONSWhile health and safety officers should be making sure the site specific HASP is followed, you are ultimately responsible for your own safety and the safety of your coworkers. Layne asks you to be responsible. You are required to follow the site specific HASP and report any hazards you see on the site not noted in the plan.

11.07 2-E2

YOUR SAfETY IS LAYNE cHRISTENSEN’S NUmbER ONE cONcERN

Working with or near hazardous materials on a job can be dangerous if you don’t follow the site specific health and safety plan to the letter. The HASP is designed to protect you and your coworkers from contaminants and injury. It’s written for your benefit, so benefit from it. Read, understand, and follow.

DID YOU KNOW?Over 2 million Americans earn their living doing some kind of environmental cleanup work

DON’T fORGET!Make sure you understand the HASP and all site operations before starting to work

ionizing radiationSafety Practice comPliance Procedure e4

I onizing radiation is an increasing item of concern on environmental sites. Guidelines have been developed to assist in appropriate review and handling of such projects. These policies and procedures are stated in the Environmental Services Policy and Procedures Manual, Page 2 and Page 6.

This safety practice was written to protect you and your coworkers by explaining procedures to follow for protection when working in an environment where radiation is a potential hazard.

The policy states that written Senior Management approval is required prior to taking action which would obligate Layne, Inc. to perform work on any site which has known or suspected ionizing radiation levels in excess of 0.02 mR/hr or background levels. Approval to perform work on such a site must be obtained from the president of Layne prior to the bid of the project. The approval of the health and safety plan must be obtained by Layne Safety and Environmental Sciences prior to the start of the project.

TYPES OF IONIZING RADIATIONAlpha ParticlesThe alpha particle is identical to the nucleus of a helium atom and is composed of two protons and two neutrons, giving the particle an overall electrical charge of 2+. Because of its relatively large size, an alpha particle will

not travel far and may be stopped by a thin layer of paper or water (ie. paper tyveks). The greatest hazard with alpha particles is inhalation and ingestion. A full-face

airpurifying respirator with correct cartridges will provide adequate protection.

Beta ParticlesBeta particles are released when a proton converts to a neutron or a neutron turns into a proton. Beta particles are smaller and lighter than the alpha particles. A beta particle can travel several meters in air and may be stopped by a thin piece of metal, an inch of wood, a sheet of plastic or a few inches of water. Beta particles pose an absorption, inhalation and ingestion hazard.

Gamma RaysGamma radiation or gamma ray is a stream of protons traveling in a wavelike path. Gamma radiation is PURE energy and is ordinarily greater than alpha and beta particle energy, therefore travels much further. Lead is used as a shield for gamma radiation because of its great density. Several inches of lead may be needed to stop gamma rays depending on its energy. Gamma radiation is the most hazardous!

11.07 1-E4

SURVEY INSTRUMENTS(Direct Reading)Survey meters are portable, hand-held devices used to detect radiation very accurately. Survey meters may be designed to detect only alpha, beta, or gamma radiation, or any combination of the three over various ranges. Some of the most common instruments used are Beta-Gamma survey meters and Geiger-Mueller meters.

These survey meters are sensitive to moderate and high energy beta radiation and low energy gamma radiation.

ALPHA SCINTILLATION COUNTER:This survey meter detects high-range alpha particles and is used to determine alpha activity on a scale of 0-2,000,000 counts-per-minutes (cpm).

PROTECTION FROM RADIATIONHow can we reduce our exposure to radiation? Time, distance and shielding are the three factors that we can manipulate for protection during radiological incidents.

TIMEThe less time spent in a radiation area, the lower the dose received. Therefore, time spent in a radiation area should be minimized!

DISTANCEDistance provides very good protection against radiation exposure, the farther away from the source you are the lower the intensity of the radiation. Remember that alpha particles travel only several centimeters in air and beta particles travel several meters. However, gamma rays may travel a much farther distance.

ALLOWABLE EXPOSURE LIMITSThe federal government has set limits for the amount of radiation a person may be exposed to according to where the person lives and works. A member of the public (Layne employee) is allowed no more than 0.5 rem/year beyond the exposures received from medical procedures and background radiation. Background radiation consists of a combination of cosmic rays, which are high energy gamma rays from outer space, and naturally occurring radioactive isotopes, such as, Uranium, Thorium and Carbon-14. Medical sources may include, Xrays, diagnostic testing, dental exams and therapy.

METHODS OF DETECTIONPersonal DosimetryPersonnel entering a potential radiation area may be required to wear dosimeters on the front upper portion of the body. There are three types of dosimeters: thermoluminescent dosimeters (TLD), high-range pocket dosimeters, and lowrange pocket dosimeters.

The TLD badge is a device used to measure beta, gamma and x-ray exposure to the skin and whole

body. The measurements of the absorbed dose are obtained from analytical analysis of the badge. The pocket dosimeters measure gamma radiation and are considered “direct” reading dosimeters. To read the pocket dosimeters, hold the dosimeter toward the light and record the dosage.

11.07 2-E4

Our bones contain a small percentage of a radioactive isotope of potassium (K-40) and non-radioactive potassium

(K-39). Radioactive isotope K-40 is the largest contributor to the natural radiation found in all of us.

DEFINITIONS:nDirect Reading: Instrument/dosimeter

which gives an instantaneous measurement.

nrem: Roentgen equivalent man - unit of radiation dose for humans. mrem = millirem

nRoentgen (R): unit of radiation exposure.

nmR/hr: milli Roentgen per hour.

SHIELDINGBuilding, trees, walls, earth banks and vehicles all may act as shielding to different degrees depending on their thickness and density. Shielding from radiation is dependent on the type of radiation and the intensity and energy of the radiation.

DID YOU KNOW?Ionizing Radiation is the easiest hazard to detect, quantify and safely protect yourself against.

The yearly dose received by each one of us from background radiation averages about 125 mrem.

11.07 3-E4

YOUR SAFETY IS LAYNE CHRISTENSEN’S NUMBER ONE CONCERN

hydrogen sulfide exposure controlSafety Practice comPliance Procedure e5

Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) is a potentially harmful gas that you could encounter while working at Layne Christensen. This Safety Practice was written to help you protect yourself and coworkers from exposure to dangerous levels of H2S.

TrainingTraining to prevent dangerous exposure to H2S includes the information in this Safety Practice as well as scheduled training for safe confined space entry and hazard communication. Each of these safety programs work together to minimize both exposure to, and side effects of, H2S.

WhaT is iT?Hydrogen sulfide is a naturally occurring gas produced as a byproduct of some industrial processes, by decaying organic matter, and from liquid manure and natural gas. It is used to produce elemental sulfur and sulfuric acid.

The colorless, flammable gas has a distinctive ‘‘rotten egg’’ smell, and can be highly toxic. It is also known as dihydrogen sulfide, sulfur hydride, sewer gas, and stink damp.

ExposurEH2S is present during many well services and some confined space entries. At 10 parts per million (ppm), H2S can be smelled. The smell is a warning sign that H2S is in the air. At concentrations over 10 ppm, you must wear respiratory PPE or leave the area and your 4 Gas meter should be alarming—remove yourself from the area.

sympTomsH2S can enter your body through inhalation, ingestion, or skin absorption. Some signs that you have been exposed include eye, nose or throat irritation, headache, dizziness, nausea, coughing, or difficulty breathing.

prEvEnTionIdeally, work will not be attempted in areas with elevated levels of H2S. However, if circumstances require work in those areas, H2S hazards will be controlled with dilution ventilation, forced air ventilation, and the use of self-contained breathing apparatus or air-supplied respirators.

Four-gas meters are used to monitor the air in confined space work situations. Alarms will sound if the amount of H2S in the space reaches 10 ppm. If the alarm sounds, leave the area immediately. Get to fresh air and do not reenter the confined space until the air is clear or you are wearing respiratory protection.

rEsponsibiliTyEveryone shares responsibility in making sure H2S exposure is prevented or kept to the Permissible Exposure Limit set by OSHA.

1.09 1-E5

laynE safETy The safety department reviews OSHA requirements as well as the health hazards associated with H2S. Training programs are created, and personal protective equipment is provided. The safety department also maintains exposure monitoring records for confined space work.

supErvisorsManagers and supervisors must understand and follow the safety programs designed by the safety department. They also ensure that the proper PPE is available for the work going on at their site. If H2S exposure occurs, it must be reported to Layne Safety.

EmployEEsAnyone who will be working on a site where H2S exposure is possible must complete a scheduled confined space entry and hazard

1.09 2-E5

communication training program. They must use the correct PPE as necessary and report any potential exposure to a supervisor.

Knowing the potential hazards of H2S exposure and how to prevent them are important to working safely. Everyone can play a role in keeping this hazard to a minimum.

DiD you KnoW. . .Exposure to H2S can cause shock, convulsions, damage to your central nervous system, and even death at high levels.

Don’T forgET. . .Knowledge is your best weapon for the prevention of exposure to any potentially harmful material.

your safETy is laynE chrisTEnsEn’s numbEr onE concErn